Οδηγός στα Ασσυριακά

PRINCIPALW. R. TAYLORCOLLECTION

1951

FIRST STEPS IN ASSYRIAN

FIRST STEPS IN ASSYRIAN

A BOOK FOR BEGINNERSBEING

A SERIES OF HISTORICAL, MYTHOLOGICAL, RELIGIOUS,

MAGICAL, EPISTOLARY AND OTHER TEXTS PRINTED IN

CUNEIFORM CHARACTERS WITH INTERLINEARTRANSLITERATION AND TRANSLATION

AND

A SKETCH OF ASSYRIAN GRAMMAR, SIGN-LIST ANDVOCABULARY

BY

L. W. KING, M. A.,

ASSISTANT IN THE DEPT. OF EGYPTIAN AND ASSYRIAN ANTIQUITIES,

BRITISH MUSEUM

522645

LONDONKEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TROBNER & CO., LTD.

PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD

1898.

[ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.]

SEEN BYPRESERVATION

SERVICES

FEB * '"2DATE..

PJ32SI

Re

Printed by Adolphus Holzhausen, Vienna.

PREFACE.

THE aim of the present work is to furnish the beginner with

all the materials which he will require in his earliest studies of

the Assyrian language and the cuneiform inscriptions. It con-

tains a sketch of the most useful facts concerning the cuneiform

system of writing, and an outline of the principles of Assyrian

grammar ;a list of the more common signs and ideograms ;

a

series of texts and extracts printed in the Assyrian cuneiform

character with interlinear transliteration and translation, ranging

in date from about B. C. 2250 to B. C. 260;and a full voca-

bulary to all the texts printed in the book. To enable the reader

to apply the knowledge he can obtain by a perusal of the first

294 pages, and to give him practice in independent decipher-

ment, a few untransliterated and untranslated texts have been

added.

For the convenience of the beginner all the Babylonian texts

included in this volume have been transcribed into the Assyrian

character. It is of the greatest importance for him to become

master of the so-called Ninevite script as soon as possible for

almost every work found in Ashur-bani-pal's Royal Library at

Nineveh is written in it. His Babylonian studies should begin

when he is able to read the ordinary Assyrian character with

ease.

The texts here chosen represent all the main divisions of

Babylonian and Assyrian literature and include examples of histor-

VI PREFACE.

ical, mythological, religious, magical, epistolary and other do-

cuments, and care has been taken in selecting them to include

those which are of importance from an historical point of view.

Among these may be specially mentioned the account of the

siege of Jerusalem by Sennacherib in 701 B. C. and of the taking

of Babylon by Cyrus in 588 B. C. Students of Eastern cosmo-

gonies will be glad to have in a handy form the Babylonian

legends of the Creation and the Deluge. The other legends

here given, viz. the Descent of Ishtar into Hades and the Loves

of Ishtar, the Treachery of the god Zii, the story of the Eagle

and the Serpent, and of Etana's flight to heaven with the Eagle,

etc. illustrate the stories with which the early dwellers on the

plains of Mesopotamia amused their leisure in the childhood of

their race. Recent discoveries are illustrated by some extracts

from the now famous correspondence between the kings of Egypt

and their Babylonian allies and vassals in the fifteenth century

B. C. as found in the Tell el-Amarna tablets.

The translations have been made as literal as is consistent

with the difference which exists between the Assyrian and English

languages, and usually the meaning of every word will be found

beneath it. In the few passages in which this is not the case

reference to the vocabulary will enable the reader to identify

the words and their meanings. In the full vocabulary which

follows the texts the words are arranged alphabetically ;words

clearly derived from the same root are placed together, but where-

ever this might cause the beginner difficulty cross references have

been added. It may be remarked, in passing, that the reader

who possesses a knowledge of Hebrew will find it most useful

in his Assyrian studies;such knowledge, however, on his part,

has not been assumed anywhere throughout the book.

The remarks that Dr. Wallis Budge has made in the Preface

to his First Steps in Egyptian with reference to the scarcity of

material for study at the disposal of the beginner in Egyptian

PREFACE. VII

are true, mutatis mutandis, for Assyrian. I undertook this work at

his suggestion and I have carried it out practically on the lines

adopted in his book. I take this opportunity of thanking him

for many valuable suggestions and for his friendly advice which

he has freely placed at my disposal during the course of the

work.

L. W. KING.

London, May 2nd, 1898.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

Preface ... ... ... ... ... ... ... v

PART I.

Introduction :

Cuneiform inscriptions ... ... ... ... XVII

Cuneiform writing XXI

The Assyrian method of writing ... ... ... XXVI

Syllabic signs XXXII

Ideograms XXXV

Determinatives and phonetic complements .,. XXXIX

Phonetic changes XLV

Pronouns ... ... ... ... ... ... XLVIII

Nouns ... ... ... ... ... ... ... LIII

Adverbs LXI

Prepositions LXIV

Conjunctions .. ... ... ... ... ... LXVI

Verbs LXVIU

List of Assyrian signs ... ... ... ... ... LXXXVIII

List of numerals ... ... ... ... ... ... CXXXIII

List of determinatives CXXXIV

List of ideograms for the months ... ... ... CXXXV

List of ideograms for the principal deities ... ... CXXXVII

List of ideograms for the principal countries, cities

and rivers CXXXVIII

X CONTENTS.

PAGE.

PART II.

Texts with interlinear transliteration and translation :

1. NAMES AND TITLES OF EARLY BABYLONIAN AND

ASSYRIAN KINGS 1 4

2. INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF HAMMURABI,KING OF BABYLON, ABOUT 2200 B. C.

See Strassmaier and Winckler, Zeitschr. filr Assyr.,

II, P- 1 75 f. 573. THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI

I, KING

OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT 1825 B C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),

pi, 3g, and Jastrow, Am, Journ. of Sem. Lang, and

Lit., Vol. XII, pp. i 4 3 if. 8174. THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TlGLATH-PILESER

I,

KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT noo B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 14 ... 18 21

5. INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NXSIR-

PAL, KING OF ASSYRIA, 884 860 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol.I, pi. 17 ... 22 28

6. THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 60 f.,

and Jeremias, Beitr. zur Assyr., I, pp. 268 ff. ... 29 36

7. THE SIEGE OF DAMASCUS BY SHALMANESER II AND

THE TRIBUTE OF JEHU, KING OF ISRAEL, 842 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 5, No. 6 37 3g

8. EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PI-

LESER III.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 9, No. 3,

and pi. 10, No. 2; and Rost, Die Keilschrifttexte

Tiglat-Pilesers III, pp. 22f.,

26f., 78 ff. 4046

9. EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON.

See Botta, Monument de Ninive, Vol. IV, pll. 145,

CONTENTS. XI

PAGli.

82 and 65, andWincklcr, Die Keikthrifttextc Sargoru,

I, pp. 38tf.,

100f., II, pll. 9, 14, 3o f. ... 4751

10. SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE AND THE

SIEGE OF JERUSALEM, 701 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol.I, pi. 38 f. ... 5266

11. THE MURDER OF SENNACHERIB, 681 B. C.

See Abel and Winckler, Keilschrifttexte, p. 48;

Scheil, Recueil de travaux, Vol. XVIII, p. 17, and

Messerschmidt, Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Ge-

sellschaft, 1896, I, pp. 24 f., 73 ... ... ... 67 69

12. THE DESTRUCTION OF SlDON BY ESARHADDON.


1 3. THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 2 ... 77 80

14. THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 2 ... 8187

15. THE CUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SlPPAR BY NABO-

POLASSAR, KING OF BABYLON, 625604 B. C.

See Strassmaier and Winckler, Zeitschr. fur Assyr.,

II, pp. 69 ff. 88 90

1 6. THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON BY

NEBUCHADNEZZAR II, KING OF BABYLON, 604

561 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 34, and

Winckler, Zeitschr. fur Assyr., II, p. 143 ... ... gi 94

17. THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 64; Hagenand Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 218 f., 248 95 102

1 8. THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 35 ; Hagenand Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 210 ff.,-222 f.,

248 io3 114

X CONTENTS.

PAGE.

PART II.

Texts with interlinear transliteration and translation :

1. NAMES AND TITLES OF EARLY BABYLONIAN AND

ASSYRIAN KINGS 1 4

2. INSCRIPTION EROM A CYLINDER OE HAMMURABI,KING OF BABYLON, ABOUT 2200 B. C.


II, p.i 75 f- 573. THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI I, KING

OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT 1825 B C.

See Can. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),

pi. Sg, and Jastrow, Am. Journ. of Sem. Lang, and

Lit., Vol. XII, pp. 143 ff. 8174. THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TlGLATH-PILESER

I,

KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT noo B. C.

See dm. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 14 ... 18 21

5. INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-

PAL, KING OF ASSYRIA, 884860 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol.I, pi. 17 ... 22 28

6. THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 60 f.,

and Jeremias, Beitr. zur Assyr., I, pp. 268 ff. ... 29 36

7. THE SIEGE OF DAMASCUS BY SHALMANESER II AND

THE TRIBUTE OF JEHU, KING OF ISRAEL, 842 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 5, No. 6 37 3g

8. EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PI-

LESER III.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 9, No. 3,

and pi. 10, No. 2; and Rost, Die Keilschrifttexte

Tiglat-Pilesers III, pp. 22 f., 26f., 78 ff. 4046

9. EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON.

See Botta, Monument de Ninive, Vol. IV, pll. 145,

CONTENTS. XI

PAGD.

82 and 65, and Wincklcr, Die Keilschrifttexte Sargons,

I, pp. 38tf.,

100 f., II, pll. 9, 14, 3o f. ... 475110. SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE AND THE

SIEGE OF JERUSALEM, 701 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol.I, pi. 38 f. ... 5266

11. THE MURDER OF SENNACHERIB, 681 B. C.

See Abel and Wincklcr, Keilschrifttexte, p. 48;

Scheil, Recueil de travaux, Vol. XVIII, p. 17, and

Mcsserschmidt, Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Ge-

sellschaft, 1896, I, pp. 24 f., 73 ... ... ... 67 69

12. THE DESTRUCTION OF SlDON BY ESARHADDON.


13. THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL.


14. THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 2 ... 8187

15. THE CUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SlPPAR BY NABO-

POLASSAR, KING OF BABYLON, 625604 B. C.


II, pp. 69 ff. 88 90

1 6. THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON BY

NEBUCHADNEZZAR II, KING OF BABYLON, 604

561 B. C.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 34, and

Winckler, Zeitschr. fur Assyr., II, p. 143 ... ... gi 94

17. THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 64; Hagenand Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 218 f., 248 95 102

1 8. THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 35 ; Hagenand Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 210 ff.r 222 f.,

248 io3 114

XII CONTENTS.

PAGE.

19. INSCRIPTION OF DARIUS, KING OF BABYLON, 521

485 B. C.

See Schulz, Jotirnal Asiatique, Troisieme Serie,

t. IX, pi. VIII, Col. a, and Bezold, Die Achdmeniden-

inschriften, pp. 36 f., y3, 87 ... ... ... ... 115 116

20. INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER, KING OF BA-

BYLON, 280260 B. C.


21. THE CREATION OF THE GODS.

See George Smith, Trans, of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch.,

Vol. IV, p. 362 f., and Chaldean account of Genesis,

p. 62 f.; Jensen, Die Kosmologie der Babylonier, pp.

268 ff.; Zimmern in Gunkel's Schopfung und Chaos,

p. 401 f.; and Delitzsch, Abh. der konigl. Gesellsch. der

Wissensch., Bd. XVII, pp. 22f., 92 ... ... ... 122 123

22. THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON.

See S. A. Smith, Miscellaneous Texts, pp. i 5;

Zimmern, op. cit., pp. 407 ff.; and Delitzsch, op. cit.,

pp. 32 if.,100 ff. ... ... ... ... .,. 124 136

23. THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON.

See E. A. Wallis Budge, Proc. of the Soc. of Bibl.

Arch., Vol.X, p. 86 (six plates); Delitzsch, Assyrische

Lesestiicke (3nd ed.), pp. 97 ff.; Jensen, Die Kosmologie

der Babylonier, pp. 278 ff.; Zimmern in Gunkel's

Schopfung und Chaos, pp. 410 ff.;and Delitzsch,

Abh. der konigl. Gesellsch. der Wissensch., Bd. XVII,

pp. 22 f., 92 ... ... 13715724. THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES AND

THE SEASONS.

See George Smith, Trans, of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch.,

Vol. IV, p. 362f., pi. 2; Jensen, op. cit., p. 288

f.,

Zimmern, op. cit., p. 414; and Delitzsch, op. cit.,

pp. 46 ff., 108 f. ... ... ... ... ... ... 158 160

CONTENTS. XIII

I'ACil .

25. THE STORY OF THE DELUGE.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi.

48 f.; Haupt, Das babylonische Nimrodepos, pp. 184 n.

;

George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, pp. 264 ff.;

Jensen, Die Kosmologie der Babylonier, pp. 368 ff.; and

Zimmern in Gunkel's Schdpfung und Chaos, pp.

428 ff. 161 181

26. THE DESCENT OF ISHTAR INTO HADES.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV, pi. 3i;and

Jeremias, Die babylonisch-assyrischcn Vorstellungen vom

Leben nach dem Tode, pp. 10 ff. ... ... ... 182 185

27. THE LOVES OF ISHTAR.


pi. 41 ; Haupt, Das babylonische Nimrodepos, pp. 42 ff.;

and Jeremias, Izdubar-Nimrod, pp. 24 f., 51 f. ... 186 191

28. THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD Zu.

See George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, pp.

115 ff.;and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II,

pp. 409 ff., 467 ff. ... 192199

29. ETANA'S JOURNEY TO HEAVEN WITH THE EAGLE.

See E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 3g6 ff.,

449, 453 f. ... ... ... ... ... ... 200 2o3

30. THE STORY OF THE EAGLE, THE SERPENT, AND

THE SUN-GOD.

See Morris Jastrow, Beitr. zur Assyr., Ill, pp. 363 ff.;

George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, p. i3g f.;

and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 3g2 ff.,

439 ff. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 204 214

3 1. How ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-

WIND.

See Winckler, Der Thontafelfund von El-Amarna,

pp. 1 66 (a and //); and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr.,

II, pp. 418 ff. 215218

XIV CONTENTS.

PAGE.

32. THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD.

See George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis,

p. 1 33 f.;E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 432 f.,

495 f.; and King, Zeitschr. filr Assyr., YA, pp. 53, 56, 61 219 222

33. LEGEND CONCERNING THE BIRTH AND BOYHOODOF KING SARGON I.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 4, No. 7 223 225

34. EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS.

See Haupt, Akkadische und sumerische Keilschrifttexte,

p. 1 1 6 f.;Cim. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),

pi. 26, No. 8; pi. 27, No. 3; pi. 29**, No. 5;

pi. 24; Haupt, op. '/., p. i22f.;

Cun. Inscr. of

West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi. 59, No. 2; pi. 54,

No. i;

and Zimmern, Babylonische Busspsalmen,

pp. 33f., 85 f.,

if.,

62 ff., 52, 100f., 89 f. ... 226240

35. HYMNS AND PRAYERS.


pi. 20, No. 2; Bertin, Revue a"Assyriologie, Vol. I,

pp. 157 ff. ;Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd

ed.), pi. 29, No. i; King, Babylonian Magic and

Sorcery, pp. 16ff., pi. 4 f.

;Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia,

Vol. IV, pi. 20, No. 3;and Briinnow, Zeitschr. fur

Assyr., V, pp. 66ff., 79 241251

36._INCANTATIONS.

See Tallqvist, Die assyrische Beschworungsserie

Maqlu, I, pp. 48 f., 58 f.,38 f.

; II, p. i3, 19 f., 7 ;

Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi. 51 ;

and Zimmern, Beitriige zur Kenntnis der babylonischen

Religion, I, p. 4 f. 25226037. ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS.

See R. F. Harper, Assyrian and Babylonian Letters,

I, p. 42, III, pp. 276, 327, IV, p. 350; S. A. Smith,

Proc. of the Soc. of Bibl Arch., X, No. i, pi. VIII;

CONTENTS. XVPAGE,

and Delitzsch, Beiir. zur Assyr., I, pp. 189 ff.,

198 ff.,212 ff.,

222 ff. 26l 269

38. LKTTKUS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA.

See Budge and Bezold, The Tell el-Amarna Tablets

in the British Museum, pp. 6f., 24 f.

; Bezold, Oriental

Diplomacy, pp. 3 f., i3; and Schrader, Keilinschriftliche

BiWothek, V, pp. 14 ff., 48 f. 270281

3g. OBSERVATORY REPORTS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 51,

Nos.'i, 3, 6, and 7 282 285

40. REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS.

See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 51, Nos. I

and II;and pi. 58, No. i 286288

'41. SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS.


42. PROVERBS AND SAYINGS.

See \}&\\tz&ch,AssyrischeLesestucke($Td ed.), p. 134;

Cun Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. II, pi. 16; and Bezold,

Catalogue of the Cuneiform Tablets in Ihe Kouyunjik

Collection, Vol. IV, p. 1742 ... ... ... ... 2g3 294

PART III.

Texts to be transliterated and translated ... ... 295 314

PART IV.

Vocabulary to texts in Parts II and III ... ... 3 15 399

A LIST OF ASSYRIAN GRAMMARS ANDDICTIONARIES.

Jules Oppert. Elements de la grammaire assyrienne. First edition

(Paris, 1860). Second edition, Paris, 1868.

Edward Hincks. Specimen Chapters of an Assyrian Grammar,

London, 1866.

J. Menant. Expose des elements de la grammaire assyrienne,

Paris, 1868.

Eberhard Schrader, Die assyrisch-babylonischen Keilinschriften, Leip-

zig, 1872.

A. H. Sayce. An Assyrian Grammar, London, 1872.

Do. An Elementary Grammar, London, 1875.

George Rertin. Abridged Grammars of the Languages of the Cu-

neiform Inscriptions, London, 1888.

Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrische Grammalik, Berlin, 1889. English

translation by R. S. Kennedy (London, 1889).

Edwin Norris. Assyrian Dictionary. Parts I III, London,

1868 72 (unfinished).

J. N. Strassmaier. Alphabetisches Verzeichniss, Leipzig, 1886.

Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrisches Worterbuch. Parts I III, Leipzig,

18871888 (unfinished).

R. E. Bmnnow. A classified List of cuneiform ideographs, etc.,

Leyden, 1889; Indices, 1897.

W. Muss-Arnolt. A concise Dictionary of the Assyrian Language,

Berlin, 1894. (In progress.)

Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrisches Handworterbuch, Leipzig, 1896.

B. Meissner. Supplement zu den assyrischen Worterbiichern,

Leyden, 1898.

INTRODUCTION.

Assyrian is the name that now indicates the language once The

spoken by the inhabitants of Mesopotamia, Assyrians and

Babylonians alike. It belongs to the northern group of the

Semitic family of languages and is" closely akin to Phoenician

and Hebrew, Syriac and Chaldee;these are distinct from Sabaean

or Himyaritic, Arabic and Ethiopic, which form the southern

group. The language is made known to us by numerous in-

scriptions on stone and clay, written in "cuneiform" J or wedge-

shaped characters;the greater number of these inscriptions have

been unearthed from the buried cities of Mesopotamia during

the present century.

The decipherment of the Assyrian inscriptions is a natural The deci-

result of the labours of scholars who have investigated the old Pherment

of the in-

Persian cuneiform inscriptions. The Achaemenian kings whoscriptions.

ruled over Persia from the sixth to the fourth century before

Christ, after the fashion of other races in Western Asia at that

period, borrowed from the Babylonians the idea of cuneiform

writing ;

2they, however, considerably simplified the Babylonian

1. In German "Keilschrift";

the Arabs call it ^.l^c*-* (mistnarl) "nail-

writing".

2. The Susians, the Elamites, and the people who lived around Lake Van,

for instance, all used cuneiform characters. The discovery in 1888 of the "Tell

el-Amarna tablets" at Tell el-Amarna in Upper Egypt showed the wide diffu-

sion of Babylonian cuneiform throughout Western Asia as early as the XV th

b

XVIII INTRODUCTION

system, employing in their inscriptions not more than thirty-

nine groups of wedges and each group formed an alphabetic

character. As their empire was not confined to Persia, but

embraced the important countries of Susia and Babylonia, to

the greater number of their inscriptions they appended Susian

and Babylonian translations written in the cuneiform characters

icriptions. employed by these two nations. After the fall of the Achae-

menian empire the Old Persian cuneiform fell into disuse, and

the inscriptions in this character, as well as those in the other

kinds of cuneiform writing, in the course of time ceased to be

understood. Those records, however, that were engraved upon

the stone walls of buildings and on the faces of rocks did not

perish, but remained as permanent though unintelligible monu-

ments of the kings who set them up.

During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries of our era,

however, travellers in the East began to turn their attention to

these inscriptions, especially those at Persepolis, and we find in

the accounts of their journeys many strange views and opinions

expressed concerning them. 1It was not until the beginning of

century B. C. At this period not only in Egypt but from the coast of the Medi-

terranean to Elam, and from Armenia to the Persian Gulf, Babylonian cuneiform

was the language of official correspondence. It was not unnatural therefore that

other races should have modified this widely diffused system to meet their own

needs, but I do not see any sufficient evidence which would lead us to assume

that the Phoenician alphabet was formed by the modification of certain cunei-

form characters.

i. See Pietro della Valle, Viaggi (Rome, 1662; English translation, London,

1665) ; Chardin, Voyages . . en Perse, et autres lieux de I 'Orient (Amsterdam,

1711) ;de Bruin, Rei\en over Moskovie, door Persie en Indie (Amsterdam, 1714;

English translation, London, 1787); and Niebuhr, Reisebeschreibung nach Ara-

bien und andern umliegenden Ldndern, Bd. II (Copenhagen, 1778). For de-

scriptions by travellers at the beginning of the present century, see Morier, A

journey through Persia (London, 1812); Ouseley, Travels in various countries

of the East (London, 1819 23); R. Ker Porter, Travels in Georgia, Persia,

etc. (London, 182122) ;and Burckhardt, Travels in Arabia, etc. (London, 1829).

CUNEIFORM INSCRIPTIONS XIX

the nineteenth century that the first step was made towards

deciphering them correctly.

Of the three kinds of cuneiform writing (t. e., the Persian,

the Susian, and the Babylonian), in which the Achaemenian

kings inscribed their trilingual records, it was most natural that inthedeci

the Persian should first engage the serious attention of scholars,Phermcnt

as it is by far the simplest of the three. The credit of having

first discovered the method by which the Persian column in

these inscriptions might be deciphered belongs to Grotefend Grotefend

who in 1802 succeeded in reading the names of Hystaspes, Da-

rius, and Xerxes. x Other scholars followed on the lines laid

down by him, and Rask, Saint Martin, Burnouf and Lassen all

made contributions to the further identification of the characters

-of the Old Persian alphabet. Up to the year 1887, however,

the decipherers had merely succeeded in reading a few proper

names, and they had not been able to make accurate and con-

nected translations even of the short inscriptions they had studied.

i. Grotefend announced his discovery in the Gottinger Gesellschaft der

Wissenschaften, Sept. Hth, 1802, and he has left a lengthy description of the

process by which he arrived at his results in Heeren's Historical Researches

(English translation, Oxford, i833), Vol. II, pp. 3i3ff. The process by which

both he and Sir Henry Rawlinson obtained the clue to reading the inscriptions

was the same in each case and may be briefly described. Grotefend took for

analysis two short inscriptions in which he noticed the characters corresponded

throughout with the exception of two groups of signs in each. As the rest of

the inscriptions tallied, it was not unreasonable to suppose that the groups of

signs in each which differed represented proper names the name of the man

who set up the inscription and possibly that of his father. But in these two

inscriptions the group which occupied the second place in one inscription, and

which from its position looked as though it represented the name of the father

of the man who set it up, occurred in the first place in the other inscription.

As he already imagined that the inscriptions were set up by Persian kings,

Grotefend now inferred that these three groups of signs gave the names of

three consecutive generations of the Persian monarchy. On trying the names

Hystaspes, Darius and Xerxes he found they fitted the various signs exactly.

At a later period Rawlinson, working independently on two other inscriptions,

succeeded in reading the same three names by a similar process of reasoning.

b*

XX INTRODUCTION

awlinson This achievement was reserved for the late Sir Henry C. Rawlin-

LdtheBe-son> G. c. B., who in 1885, and whilst stationed at Kirmanshah in

ription. Persia, first turned his attention to the subject. Unaware of the de-

tails of Grotefend's discovery, he independently obtained similar

results by making an analysis of two short inscriptions ;two years

later he succeeded in climbing the rock at Bahistun (Pers. Bagi-

stan) and in copying the greater part of the Persian text of the

Annals of Darius Hystaspes which was engraved upon its face.

In the winter of 1887 he sent a first instalment of his transla-

tion of these texts to the Royal Asiatic Society. His complete

translation of the Behistun inscription was published in 1846 in

Vol. X of the Journal of that Society, but it was on the original

translation made in i83y 3g that Rawlinson himself based his

chief claims to originality. Apart from his correct identification

of the entire Persian alphabet, he was also able, from his know-

ledge of Zend and Pehlevi, to arrive at the meaning of the

inscription ;he was thus the first to present to the world a

literal and correct translation of over two hundred lines of cu-

neiform writing.1

he deci- The decipherment of the Babylonian cuneiform followed that

lerment Qf ^Q Persian cuneiform. The writing: in the third column of'

Babylo-

an cu- tne gr^at trilingual inscription of Darius Hystaspes had been

;iform already identified as Babylonian from the fact that some of the

characters were identical with those on the inscribed bricks and

slabs that had been found in Assyria and Babylonia. The first

i. The fullest description of Rawlinson's own achievements and those of his

predecessors is given in his memoir The Persian Cuneiform Inscription at Be-

histun (Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. X). His transliterations and

translations differ in but few details from those of Spiegel in Die altpersischen

Keilinschriften (Leipzig, 1881). See also Flemming's article Sir Henry Rawlin-

son und seine Verdienste urn die Assyriologie in the Beitrdge %ur Assyriologie,

Vol. II, pp. i ff.; Nature, Vol. LI, p. 536f., Proceedings of the Royal Society,

Vol. 58, pp. XLIVff., and Prof. G. Rawlinson's Memoir of Sir H. C. Rawlinson

(London, 1898); a list of the Persian cuneiform inscriptions is given by Weiss-

bach, Die altpersischen Keilinschriften (Leipzig, 1893).

CUNEIFORM WRITING XXI

step in the decipherment was made by comparing the proper

names occurring in the Persian text of the Behistun inscription

with the corresponding groups of characters which represented

them in the third or Babylonian column. Starting with this

point as a base, Rawlinson, Hincks, Norris and Oppert gradually

worked out the values of the Babylonian and Assyrian signs.

The principal steps in the work of decipherment are marked

by the discovery of the polyphony of the Babylonian signs a

fact first pointed out by Rawlinson and by Hincks' proof of

their syllabic nature. For the determination of the Assyrian syl-

labary these scholars obtained considerable aid from the ancient

Assyrian lists of signs which had been recently excavated at

Kuyunjik and brought to this country, while for help in the

interpretation of the inscriptions they depended upon the close

resemblance of roots in Assyrian with those in Arabic, Hebrew,

Syriac and Chaldee. 1

The method of writing employed by the Babylonians and Cuneifor

Assyrians is commonly called "cuneiform" from the Latin cuneusw

"a wedge". Each character or sign consists of one or more wedges

arranged in a variety of ways, while the characters themselves

are written from left to right. Strangely enough, however, the

wedge, though its most distinctive characteristic, had originally

no part in its composition ;its existence is entirely due to the

material for writing employed by the scribes. There is no doubt

that the cuneiform system of writing, like all others which have

i. See Rawlinson's paper On the Inscriptions of Assyria and Babylonia

(Journ. of the Roy. As. Soc., Vol. XII), and his Memoir on the Babylonian and

Assyrian Inscriptions (ibid., Vol. XIV), Hincks' numerous papers in the Trans-

actions of the Royal Irish Academy, and Oppert's Expedition scientifique en

Mesopotamie, Vol. II (Paris, 1859) ;Norris' principal contribution to Assyriology

was his great Assyrian Dictionary which he did not live to complete. For the

decipherment of Susian, the language of the second column of the Achaemenian

trilingual inscriptions see Norris, Memoir on the Scythic Version of the Behi-

stun Inscription (Journ. of the Roy. As. Soc., Vol. XV) and Weissbach, Die

Achdmenideninscliriften ^welter Art (Leipzig, 1890).

XXII INTRODUCTION

origin developed naturally, had its origin in picture-writing.1 All pri-

'"mitive races employ the same rude means when they begin to

iting.

record their names and actions, and they first of all scratch

rough pictures on any substance that may come to hand. After

certain pictures have become associated with certain words the

pictures are used to express the sound of the words without

their meaning ;in other words, they are used phonetically. The

,forms of the characters themselves, from being written rapidly

I become more and more simplified, until in the resulting signs

j or characters it is hard to recognise the originals from which

! they have descended. This is particularly the case with the

cuneiform writing of the Babylonians. The primitive inhabitants

of the country made their records by means of pictures, tracing

in rough outline the various objects they wished to represent,

|and in course of time employing many of their picture-signs to

represent sounds merely, apart from ideas. For any permanent

Irecord stone would naturally suggest itself as most suitable for

ie deve- preserving an inscription, and we find it was so employed in

jment of Babylonia ;but the alluvial nature of the soil was not in favour

of its extensive use, as it had generally to be imported from

some other country. These early Babylonians therefore adapted

themselves to their surroundings and from the fine clay of their

soil they fashioned tablets on which they continued to outline

their picture-characters. But it is possible to write faster on soft

clay than on stone, and straight lines, when made by a single

pressure of the stilus, tend to become wedges. The pictures there-

i. That the Assyrians themselves believed this to be the case is proved bytwo tablets in the British Museum. These tablets are lists of picture characters

arranged in groups, and opposite each sign or group the scribe has written

the cuneiform character to which he supposed it corresponded. The tablets are

numbered K 8520 and 81 7 27, 49 + 5; a photograph of the former is

published by Houghton in the Trans, of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch., Vol. VI, p. 454;

a copy of the latter is given in Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian tablets etc.

in the British Museum, Part V (1898).

CUNEIFORM WRITING (XXIIl)

fore soon lost their original lines and became mere groups of

wedges.1

From the archaic forms of some of the characters, however, The picto-

it is still possible to recognise the objects for which they were"*

intended. The assyrian sign *->^f-,for instance, which means characters

"heaven", is the descendant of the archaic sign ^ in which sti11 rec g-

nisable.

we may possibly see a star with eight points, or a representa-

tion of heaven as a circle devided into eight equal portions (^.The archaic form of the sign for "ox", :|,

is ^>, which

when set vertically,2 thus W, certainly suggests the head of an

ox with horns. The sign for "the sun, day" etc. is ^|,in the earlier

inscriptions written 5^>, in which we may see a rough circle O,

representing the sun's disk. The sign for "corn" is ^; this in

the earlier inscriptions is written ^^> and^/j^?

m which,

'when written vertically, we may perhaps see a representation

of a blade of corn. Some signs for new ideas were formed by

a combination of two other signs already in existence. The

sign V "mountain" placed within l> uox", gave the new

sign t^$$> (= mod. Ass - t^) "a mountain -ox". The sign |^

"water" when placed within ^J^J "mouth" gave the new sign

>~Hfj|T "to drink"; similarly >-Hy[ "to eat" is formed from

^p^ "food", and ^^"J "mouth". One of the commonest archaic

forms of *-*$ "month" is X^>, which we may explain as a

combination ofj* "day" and ^^ "thirty". To trace the pic-

1. In the characters employed by the later Assyrians and Babylonians the

signs are formed by various combinations and repetitions of different wedges,

those of most frequent occurrence being the upright |,the horizontal * ,

and the diagonal wedge /, which frequently interchanges with the sloping

wedge \ ,e. g. the syllable di is written as /T>t an^ T^fc' lhe syllable

bu as >-T^T and >-TT fthe syllable ri as >-TT^T and *"TTI' The sl PinS

wedges f and y/ are employed in only a few signs. In writing on clay the

differences in the shape of the wedges could be produced by slightly shifting

the position of the stilus in the fingers.

2. Some archaic inscriptions are written vertically.

XXIV INTRODUCTION

torial origin of the majority of the signs ,however

,even in

the most ancient inscriptions, is quite impossible, because we

cannot identify the objects which they represent ;

J while in the

later periods of Babylonian and Assyrian history the signs be-

came still less like pictures, for it was but natural that the scribe

writing quickly on his soft clay tablet should tend to simplify

the characters. The inscriptions engraved on stone reflected the

changes which took place in the inscriptions on clay and the

forms of the characters on the latter were carefully reproduced

in stone by means of the chisel,

he in- The subject of the invention of cuneiform writing is one that

;ntors oj^as g-yen r

-

se to a considerable amount of controversy, for, whilemeiform-

riting.it is generally agreed that it was due to the early inhabitants of

Babylonia, the nationality of this people is disputed; some scholars

still hold that this race were the Semitic Babylonians themselves,

though the majority now admit that the Semitic Babylonians bor-

rowed their method of writing from an earlier race of non-Semitic

origin. The point at issue may be best stated by briefly indicating

the course of the controversy that has taken place around it. Amongthe literary remains of the Babylonians and Assyrians are many

compositions that are inscribed in the same cuneiform characters,

but, to judge from the forms of the words, are clearly not written

in the Assyrian language. Many of these compositions are

\ furnished with interlinear Assyrian translations while the words

i. A theory has recently been put forward by Dr. Delitzsch, who, while re-

cognising the pictorial origin of certain signs, attempts to explain the rest as

formed from them artificially. Instances have been given above of how new

signs were formed by combinations of signs already in existence, but Dr. De-

litzsch goes further and asserts that new signs were formed by combinations

and variations of simple wedges or rather lines. He distinguishes some forty-

five Urbilder or signs with a "motive" and thinks the majority of the characters

were developed from them. Of the methods of combination he sets forth the

most convincing is that in which the meaning of a simple sign was intensified

by the addition of a number of extra wedges ;this process the Sumerians

termed gnnu. Few people will, however, accept his theory in its present form.

CUNEIFORM WRITING XXV

and forms employed are explained in a number of tablets con-

taining lists of words with Assyrian explanations compiled by

the Assyrian scribes. Moreover the monumental and documentary

inscriptions of the early rulers of cities in Babylonia, such as

Shirpurla or Lagash, Ur, Isin and Larsa, are written inthis/

idiom. The first to detect the existence of this language wag The Su-

Sir Henry Rawlinson, who in 1852 concluded that it was thtmenan

] question

tongue of the early non-Semitic inhabitants of Babylonia amor

whom the Semitic Babylonians had settled, and from the fad

that Babylonian kings, in addition to their other titles, style(

Xfecmselves king of Sumer and Akkad, he concluded that th<

primitive inhabitants of the land were Akkadians who spoke

this language which he styled "Akkadian". Oppert, however,

while accepting the existence of the language, contended that

it was the language of the "Sumerians". 1 Others reconciled these

views by tracing dialectic differences in the inscriptions, which

they supposed to represent differences of pronunciation exhibited

by the Akkadians and Sumerians, the primitive inhabitants of

northern and southern Babylonia respectively ;others again,

though they recognised the existence of dialects, did not attempt

to define their geographical distribution. In 1884 the problem

assumed a new form and the question in deGate was modified

somewhat by Halevy who denied the existence of the language

absolutely. He asserted that what_had hitherto been regarded

as the Sumerian or Akkadian language was merely a traditional

i. The Assyrian scribes employed both of the names "Akkadian" and "Su-

merian" in describing the ancient non-Semitic compositions which they edited

and translated into Assyrian; see the tablets K 11856, where "Akkadian" is

mentions^" iC 14013, where both "Akkadian" and "Sumerian" are referred to,

8 1 7 27, i3o, where mention is made of li-sa-an Su-me-ri, "the Sumerian

language"; it may be added that on the tablet S 1190, inscribed with incan-

tations and prayers, two of these are referred to as II i-pat Su-[me-]ri, "two

Sumerian incantations" (cf. Bezold, Catalogue of the Cuneiform tablets in

the Kouyunjik Collection, pp. 1200, 1354, 1469 and 1805).

XXVI INTRODUCTION

cabalistic method of writing invented by the early Semitic Ba-

bylonian priests. According to Halevy's assumption therefore

the Semitic Babylonians were the inventors_jDJMthe cuneiform

method of writing. Halevy devoted himself vigorously to de-

veloping his theory and for a time-A^eded in making manyconverts. The excavations, however^thathave been carried on

in Babylonia during the last fifteen years, have yielded thousands

of cuneiform inscriptions written entirely in this ancient tongue

and proving the existence of a powerful race who betray no

indications of Semitic origin. To these "Sumerians" it is prob-

able that the invention of cuneiform writing should be as-

signed ;from them the Semitic Babylonians received it together

with much of their early civilisation and culture.

calic The Assyrian language possesses the vowel sounds a, e, i, u, a, e,

}"

i, il,1 and the diphthongs at and ia. It also possesses the consonantal

fttcll m^^^*

ands in sounds b, g, d, z, h, t, k, /, m, n, s, p, s, k, r, s and L These consonants

syrian. are j^g arranged in the order of the Hebrew alphabet and they ,\

correspond to the Hebrew characters D, J, 1, I, PI (Arabic ), tD, D,'"*

h, ,

23, D, S, ii, p, ^1, ttf and n ;

as reference will be sometimest

made to the Hebrew alphabet I here give a list of the HebrewIf

(j

characters with their transliteration :

w

THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING XXVII

(13) & m (18) it f

(14) 3 n (19) p

(15) D *(20

) 1 '

(16) y (21) tf f

(17) s / (22) n /

With regard to the pronunciation of consonantal sounds in Pronun-

Assyrian it may be remarked that the sound represented by theciatlc

J consonant-

symbol h is a guttural ch ; t is a harder dental than t; k and ai sounds

k were both pronounced by the Assyrians as k, but the Baby-in Assy-

rian,

lonians pronounced k as g; s is pronounced as is and S as sh.

In the sign ^^>^>^- the Assyrians possessed a special character

for markirig"~TrIe breathing, but in use it was generally omitted,

especially at the beginning of a word. The Assyrian method of

writing, moreover, was ill-adapted for the expression of peculiar

Semitic sounds, and we find that the consonants K, !"1, H (c), &(,)

y (,)> 1 andV f r which special characters exist in the other Semitic

languages, were not distinguished in its syllabary. If a Semitic

root, for instance, commences with any one of these consonants

the Assyrian form of the word is without the consonant alto-

gether and commences with a vowel, . g. 75K ('*/)2 "to eat"

= Assyr. akdlu;3 TOP! (haldkP) "to go"= Assyr. alaku ; t^*lH (had

haty

1. Of these consonants K is employed to indicate the breathing; .1 is an

aspirate corresponding to the English h ;H had two sounds distinguished in

Arabic by the characters ^ and,

the former representing a strong h pro-

nounced with friction, the latter a guttural ch; y also had two sounds cor-

responding to the Arabic and ^, the former a softer guttural sound, the

latter a guttural g or r;

1 = w, and ^ = y.

2. In the transliteration of the Hebrew words here cited the softer pronun- ,

ciation of the letters nSDIIQ, when without the Daghesh lene, is indicated by \

the addition to the letter of a small hprinted above the line. It is possible that I

in Assyrian the corresponding consonantal sounds were softened when they

came between two vowel sounds but in the Assyrian method of writing there

was no means of marking this difference of pronunciation.

3. In this list and in the following paragraph the 3 m. s. Perf. of Hebrew

verbs is cited while the corresponding verbs in Assyrian are given in the Infinitive.^-.

XXVIII INTRODUCTION

"to be new" = Assyr. ed'e^u ; ID^ (abhar, i. e, _^) "to cross" =

Assyr. eberu; D*1JJ ('drab'1

, i. e. ^) "to enter (of the sun), to

grow dark" = Assyr. erebu; *TT (yaladh

, i. e. ibl) "to bear"

Assyr. alddu ; pJJ (yanak) "to suck"= Assyr. en'eku. Similarly when

one of these consonants occurs as the second or third letter in

a Semitic root its place is taken in Assyrian by a vowel, e. g.

D!T"J (rahani) "to love" = Assyr. rdmu ; $?t# (Zdma) "to hear"

= Assyr. semu.

It has been already stated that the Assyrian language belongs

to the northern group of the Semitic languages. Its affinities

with Hebrew however are closer than with the other languages

which make up the group. The following examples of words

whidr-t5ccuf both in Hebrew and Assyrian will suffice to indi-

cate the close resemblance between the two languages, and will

further illustrate the inability of Assyrian to represent the Sem-

itic consonants referred to in the preceding paragraph:

Hebrew

IX '06*]

DK 'ebhen fc

TMI'ahaz

'el

'arba

Assyrian

a-bu

Hebrew

nritf 'alia

TO bayith

band

bdrak

hM

^PIT zera

DPI

1C1

IW J

ydrriin

^ffl

THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING

Assyrian

^Ej ITTai~ia

ba-nu-u

be-e-lu

bir-ku

bir-ku

di-i-nu

dal-tu

zik-ru

zi-e-ru

ib-ru

e-mu

ha-du-u

ha-ta-nu

ta-a-bu

i-du

u-mu

im-nu

i-sa-ru

kak-ka-bu

kal-bu

lib-bu

la-ba-$u

la-ma-du

la-ku-u

h'-Sa-a-nu

-ET ET

XXIX

Meaning

thou (m.)

house

to build

lord

knee

lightning

gam-malu camel

judgment

door

name

seed

friend

father-in-law

to rejoice

son-in-law

good

hand, side

day

right hand

righteous

star

dog

heart

to clothe

to learn

to take

tongue

Hebrew

and Assy-

rian com-

pared.

Hebrew

ind Assy-

rian com-

XXX

Hebrew

mdhas

sdhap'1

nna

^it selem

Up kol

IP *&.

kerm

INTRODUCTION

THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING XXXI

Though the Assyrians possessed the consonantal sounds al- Assyrian

ready described, their method of writing did not include sepa-

'

rate signs for each consonant. They did not employ an alphabet

but a syllabary ;in other words each cuneiform sign or cha-

racter, witnthe exception of the vowel signs, is not a single

letter but represents in itself a complete syllable. Thus if an As-

syrian wished to write down the word akshud "I conquered",

he would employ three signs only >-^f ^EJ ^J,i, e. ak-$u-ud, or,

if he wished to write down abu "father", he would employ only

two signs y^r ^>- a-bu. Each of the signs here employed is what

is termed a simple syllable, that is to say, in sound it consists simple

of one vowel and one consonant, or of a vowel by itself. In S7llables -

the following words each sign represents a simple syllable:

H ^7 M' *--* "i"; sT t^TTT at~ta >

"thou"; ^

"in" ; flf ~ry, a-na, "to" ; flf Ej ^=[, a~ma-fu>

"word

, ba-la-ti, "life"; | gt^f }} ^J<, ma-ta-a-ti, "lands"

;

, ba-a-bu, "gate" ; ^J| -^S- <, ra-bu-u, "great" ; 6=Ej|

si-i-ru, "exalted";^ ^JJ ^, ^r-3, "I entered"

;

, ta-a-ru, "to return". On p. XXXII f. is a table of simple

syllables, arranged alphabetically. It will be seen that the table

runs across both pages. The first line gives the signs for the

vowels by themselves;

J the rest of the table gives the signs for

the syllables which begin or end with the various consonantal

sounds in Assyrian ;these are arranged in the order of the He-

brew alphabet. The left half of the table (on p. XXXII) con-

tains syllables which begin with the consonants b, g, d, etc. and

which contain in addition the vowels a, i (and e\ and u, e. g.

ba, bi (and be),bu ; ga, gt, gu ; da, di, du. The right half of the

table on the opposite page contains a similar arrangement of

the syllables which end with the various consonants, e. g. ab, ib,

ub ; ag, ig, ug; ad, id, ud. The list may be considerably simpli-

i. In addition to the signs for the vowels there given the signs for the

diphthongs should be here noted, i i ai and

XXXII

Initial

consonant

INTRODUCTION

A I

il?

Vu

List of

simple syl-

lables ar-

ranged al-

phabetic-'

ally.

<

3, B

3, G

n, D

n,

,K

a, M

3,N

D, S

8, P

P,K

n, R

tt, S

n, T

Sign Value

TJ

ET

Sign Value I Sign Value

TT

ha

ta

ka

sa

pa

sa

ka

ra

Sa

la

TTA

-TTZ

n

ne

Pi

se

II

\

SIMPLE SYLLABLES

I U

XXXIII

SET

Final

Sign Value Sign Value Sign Value consonant

a*

an

ap

as

ak

at

at

tu

AHPFF

II

HI

id

iz

ik

m

n

en

is

ik

ir

er

e~s

IH

Ug

ud

uz

uk

um

up

us

uk

ut

B, 3

z,t

e,

T, ID

K,

M,

N, 3

S, D

p, a

K, p

,n

- List of

simble syl-

lables ar-

ranged al-

phabetic-

ally.

XXXIV INTRODUCTION

lied by observing that the signs for ab, ib, ub are also employed

for ap, ip and up respectively ;that the signs for ag, tg, ug are

also employed for ak, ik, uk and ak, ik, nk ; that the signs for

ad, id, ud are also employed for at, it, ut and at, it, ut ; and

that the signs for az, iz, uz are also employed for as, is, us and

as, is, us. The student should familiarize himself with the forms

of the characters until he can write out the list of signs by heart,

ompound In addition to simple syllables many signs in Assyrian repre-

rllables. sent w jiat have been called compound syllables, that is to say,

sounds consisting of a vowel between two consonants, such as

///, kun, mar. The word t=|f ^fî lud-lul, "let me bow down",

for instance is written in compound syllables. Both simple and

compound syllables are employed in the following words :

g= ^y^^yy^ as-kun, "I appointed" ; <^>< j ^J, lil-ma-da,

"let him learn"; t&Zw^lt]]]], in-na-bit, "he fled"; S^ ^-,

dan-nu, "strong" ; ^Ê E^J| ^~, har-ra-nu, "road"; ^<( M^ff

^1 ^^1? man-da-at-tu, "tribute",

he length This syllabic method of writing was not well adapted for

vowe s, accurateiy marking the difference between the long and the shortnd the

aubling vowels, or for distinguishing between single and doubled con-

f conso- sonants. In the case of open syllables there are however two

ways in which it is possible to indicate that the vowel is long :

(i) One method is to write after the syllable the sign for the

vowel which it contains;thus to indicate the a of the syllable

nd is long (i. e. nd, not no] it may be written*~^~| J^, na-a, e. g.

ndru "river" is generally written >

^"J T]f ^TT, na-a-ru. Similarly

Id, "not", can be written Ê| J^, la-a; belu, "lord", can be

written >~< ^^ ÊTJ^ be-e-lu ; riiru, "yoke", can be written ^yy~

Ê illL ni-i-ru ; nunu, "fish", can be written +^- ^yyy^: >Â.

nu-u-nu. It must not be assumed however that the vowel in a

simple syllable is short when the corresponding vowel sign is

not added, for we find ndru written *~^~\ ÎIL na~ru > fa written

b'elu written +~<JEJJ,

be-lu ; niru written ^yy~ "^JJJ, ni-ru;

IDEOGRAMS XXXV

written**f- +^-,

nu-nii. (2) The other methodoj^indicating

the length of a vowel is to double the following Consonant,j

e.g. riiku "distant" is written ^JTT E^V^T ~^ ru-uk-ku.Whenj

a consonantal sound is sharpened in pronunciation and should

be doubled in writing it is generally doubled by the Assyrians,

e. . iUakin, "he was placed", is written i*-*a-kin ;

sometimes, however, the doubled consonant is not indicated

in writing.

The Assyrians, however, did not always write in syllables, Ideograms

but often used one sign by itself to represent a complete word.

The reason of this will .be readily seen when it is, remembered

that each of the signs was originally a picture representing a

complete idea and that the syllabic values of the characters

were only subsequently developed. The Assyrians, then, while

employing their characters as syllables in writing words pho-

netically, continued to use many of them in their old sense as

pictures or symbols for a whole idea;in other words they used

many of their signs as ideograms. The sign ^E|, for instance,

was used as an ideogram for abu "father" ;the sign J^ for aplu

"son";the sign >~>^- for ilu "god" ;

the sign ^^J| for alu "city".

The following list of some of the common ideograms should be

learnt by heart;

this can best be done by writing out a few of

them at a time.

Ideogram Pronun- Meaningciation

^* E fff

^ >-^

kakkabu star

amelu man

$arru king

rubu nobl<

belli lord

Ideogram

Ideogram

XXXVIII INTRODUCTION

they pronounced the Assyrian word which corresponded to it in

.meaning; in fact they regarded these Sumerian words as sym-

bols for their Assyrian equivalents in meaning. A similar use of

borrowed words or expressions may be seen in certain sym-

bols employed at the present day, when a reader renders "i. e."

by "that is", or "e. g." by "for example". In each of these

phrases the Latin original stands in precisely the same relation

to its English rendering as the Sumerian word used as an ideo-

gram to its Assyrian equivalent. This fact, though explaining the

existence of ideograms, does not help the learner to understand

them;

he must content himself with remembering that certain

signs, or groups of signs, were regarded by the Assyrians as

symbols for certain words.

Perhaps the principal reasoa that the Assyrian method of

writing is somewhat complicated is to be sought in the fact

Polyphons. that many signs are polyphons, in other words they have more

than one syllabic value and are used as ideograms for more

than one word. Thus YI, which has the syllabic value a, is used

as an ideogram for aplu "son" and mu "water";the sign T^T

V*' 1

has the syllabic values ku, dur and tus and is used as an ideo-

gram for subatu "garment" and asdbu "to dwell"; ^J

has the

syllabic values ud, tu, tarn, pir, lah, his and is used as an ideo-

gram for Samtu "sun", umu "day" and pisu "white". The exi-

stence of this polyphony may be explained by supposing that the

same sign might be used as an ideogram for synonymous or

closely connected words(it being easy to trace, for instance, the

connection between "sun", "day" and "white"), and subseq

for words of similar sound;

while from the meanings so

tained various syllabic values were developed. To what exent

Assyrian signs are polyphonous, the student may judge for himself

by referring to the List of Signs at the end of the Introduction.

From the above brief summary of the various methods in

which the Assyrians employed their characters it will be ob-

;e, me

"fetjfc

mt tl^^6^

DETERMINATIVES XXXIX

served that a sign may possibly be used in one of three ways :

(a) as a syllable in a word written phonetically, or (b) as an

ideogram representing a whole word, or (c) as one sign in a

group of two or more signs which together form an ideogram

for a whole word. It will be obvious that this method of writ-

ing would often be ambiguous, and that the Assyrians them-'

selves felt it to be so is proved by the means they took to

simplify it. To many words tfcey attached certain signs, which

have been called determinatives, to indicate the class of thing Deter-

to which the word belongs. The majority of these determina-'

tives are placed before the words to which they refer; they

are never pronounced but are intended to help the reader to

understand the word that follows them. In the following list

.of determinatives examples are added illustrating their use :

^p- (the ideogram for ilu "god") is placed before the names Deter-

of deities, e. g. -*f <^J, Marduk ; ^f- *J, Sama! ;

mdnu; ^-^- ^jj, Nabu; ^^JL^, Assur ; +-+^- ^W, Rtar; word -

-HP IU F C3& Tal-me-tum; ^f ^fcf <JEJ>~<

y,Dam-ki-na.

is placed before male proper names, e. g. y>->^- *~1^ ^>^yy

j^ y>-^- >-^yy ^.^y, Sin-aheP l-er-ba, Sennacherib;

y -y jEy ^y<^^y '^yyyyA E^TT> r****w - *&-E- Sar-ra, Tiglathpileser ; y ^< }} JEJJ y^ ^}}]^, Ha-

za-ki-a-u, Hezekiah; y *-J][ ^^]

r

y^yyj^ ^:, Hu-um-ri-i,

Omri; y t\] ^TTT^ Tf Ia~u ~a

> Jehu>

is placed before female proper names, e. g. ">-^Sy.^PF

^TT! <!MTI t^TTT $& >~ll* I^f, As-ta-ar-ta-m-ik-ku,

Stratonice.

(the ideogram for matu "country", and Sadii "mountain")

is placed before the names of countries and mountains,

e. g. V^ <f!2, M"-*r, Egypt ; V . Jgf < ^|J, Ku-u-

st, Ethiopia ; V ^= >-fJ

XL INTRODUCTION

Lab -nana, Lebanon; ^< yy^ EJ *~^y> %?& - ma -

#, Mt.

Amanus.

(the ideogram for amelu "man") is placed before the

names of tribes and professions, e. g.

KaS-ti-i, the Kassites; ^yyfy

Ni-ba--a-ti, the Nabataeans;

*~*y yi yi, Ma-ak-ka-du-na-ai, the Macedonians

;

^pr

, M-, "governor"; >TTT ^.TTT, &*, "priest" ; g^^yy, <w, "physician"; ESy ^TIT f'

Wrtf^w?"sa il r"-

(the ideogram for alu "city") is placed before the names

of cities, e. g. ^->^\ >yy" ^f- f^, Nt-nu-a, Nineveh; ^^y

% Ur-sa-li-im-mu, Jerusalem;

, Is-ka-al-lu-na, Askelon;

[, Gar-ga-mis, Carchemish.

(the ideogram for naru "river") is placed before the

names of rivers, e. g. ^ jj-

>^-, Idiklat or Diktat, the

Tigris ; ^ ^T yi ^y>^, Puratu, the Euphrates ; yi T^f

^y (the ideogram for isu "wood") is placed before the names

of trees, woods, and wooden objects, e. g. ^ ^~^"^yy

^^^^yy, buraXu, "pine" ; ^ j^JÊ^yy^, erinu, "cedar";

^ ^y^, datiu, "door"; ^y ^yyy^ y ^yj, ga-û-n',

"beams".

y^ (the ideogram for Sammu "plant") is placed before the

names of plants, e. g. ^^^L Ê^yy +^- ^f\-> maStakal,

the mdStakal -plant ; ^yyy^: JEf ^^ ^--^, ku-un-gu,

(the ideogram for abnu "stone") is placed before the

names of stones, e.g. Efj-^f ]f| "V* uknu, "lapis lazuli"',

îT ^^^ ET*^? paruiu, "alabaster".

DETERMINATIVES XLI

(the ideogram for subatu "garment") is placed before the Deter-

names of stuffs and garments, e. g. JEJ x^kX^E: |^ fruHu,n,

a ceremonial garment ; JEJ *J-, kilu, a kind of cloth; cede the

I!0 IiU -Mfflk HT< fc-^'-", "garments".word '

IEJJE (tne ideogram for Sipatu "fleece, wool") is placed be-

fore the names of wools and woollen stuffs, e. g. JEJjE

sHTTn^T ta-kil'tu> "PurPle wo r

'

j ISIE <MTI^yyj^ ^ >^-, ar-ga-man-nu, "crimson wool".

E^yf^ (the ideogram for karpatu "vessel") is placed before the

names of vessels, e. g. ^f^ f^ ^>^yy ^^J"^^!* a-da-gur,

a vessel for incense.

Jl^T^ (the ideogram for imeru "ass") is placed before the names

of some of the larger animals, e. g. l^T

"horse"; ^^ \ tflp, gammalu, "camel"

;

fl-/i, "dromedaries".

(the ideogram for immeru "lamb, sheep") is placed be-

fore~>vprds for sheep, e.g. JE^f t^]] ^ J^I, W-///,

"sheep".

(the ideogram for siru "flesh") is sometimes placed be-

fore parts of the body, e. g. t^^*^< >f2^ kiSddu, "neck";

fc^^< t^, irtu, "breast".

(tne ideogram for arhu "month") is placed before the

names of the months, e. g. ^^"^ ET^J Nisannu, Nisan.

y- (the ideogram for kakkabu "star") is placed before the

names of stars and planets, e. g. ^z^z^>^- *>~<, Dil-

bat, Venus; ^z^z^^- ^yy^^. ^yy^y, Karradu, Mars.

A few determinatives follow the words to which they refer : Deter-

(the ideogram for a$ru "place") is placed after the names minatives

that fol-

01 many towns and districts, even when preceded by thejow t jie

determinatives V ("country") or ^J| ("city"), e. g. ^K word.

VHW ^M' Babilu, Babylon ; ^^Rj ^Jgf, Ninua,

Nineveh; *Jt<_ g, Larsam

;

INTRODUCTION

Sippar ; > j, .Efcwi/tt, Elam; V

Î^f> ^'^7, Akkad.

>~yj (the "ideogram for ?>svr "bird") is placed after the names

of birds, e. g. E3^J *~|J,w^rw

> "eagle"; ^J^ *-|^,-

nuniu, "swallow"; ^^fEJ *~J][, summatu, "dove".

^r^ (the ideogram for nunu "fish") is placed after the names

of fish but is of rare occurrence.

eter- The signs Ê: an<^ -4^*^ are used as determinatives after

Natives numbers, while the sign-groups TI >nJf- and ^TTT TI >-i4- arerter num-

2rs and placed as determinatives after numbers and measures.

icasures. The plural of words is also indicated by means of certain

signs or determinatives which are placed after the words to

[ethods which they refer. The commonest sign for the plural is j^*,F indicat- ^ g ^,JL ihij "god", >-JL T1^*^, fldni, "gods" ; V, mdtu, "land",tg the - TTlural. V

I-, matati, "lands". The sign j |

is frequently used to mark

the plural of things which occur regularly in pairs, e. g. Ê|, kdtu,

"hand", ÊJjy, kdtd, "hands"; ^J>-, mu, "eye", 4^>-]], ina, "eyes";

,/^,"side",^^|yy, idd, "sides". The signs j>-, >^-, and

are also placed after a word to indicate that it is in the

plural. Another method of indicating the plural of a word ex-

pressed by an ideogram was to write the ideogram twice, e. g.

>->Jf-, ilu, "god", >-*^- *~*f~,tldni

t "gods"; V> md/u, "land", ^ ^matati, "lands".

Such are the principal determinatives employed by the As-

syrians and they prove of great assistance to the reader by sim-

plifying his analysis of the text. Many ideograms, however, are

not furnished with determinatives and the reading of these would

often be uncertain or ambiguous were it not for an ingenious

device of the Assyrian scribes. This consists in adding to the

honeiic ideogram a phonetic sign expressing the final syllable of the

word which the ideogram is intended to represent ;the syllable

so added has been conveniently named the ideogram's phoneticlj

complement. A fevv examples will illustrate the use of the! I

icnts.

DETERMINATIVES AND PHONETIC COMPLEMENTS XLIII

phonetic complement. The sign *~*^~is used as an ideogram Phoneti<

both for ilu, "god" and Samu (pi. Zame\ "heaven";when the syl-

T TTmerits.

lable:[ |, e, is added to the ideogram (/.

e.>~>j- ^| y)

it indi-

cates that***$-

in that passage is not to be read as ilu, "god",

but as Same, "the heavens". The sign ^EJ is used as an ideo-

gram for /'///', "with", a$ru, "place", and irsitu (with the accusative

termination, irsita)"earth"

;when the syllable ^JfJ, ta, is added

(t. e. ^JEJ ^^y[J) it indicates that ^JEJ in that passage is to be

read irsita. The sign ^J-^ is used as an ideogram both for

the substantive Jumku, "favour" and for the adjective damku, "fa-

vourable";when the sign ^|, tu, is added (i. e. ^J>~^f ^|) it

indicates that the ideogram is to be read as damiktu, the feminine

singular of the adjective damku. In the case of a verb expressed by

an ideogram the particular verbal inflection intended by the writer

is frequently indicated by means of the phonetic complement.

We have now seen how words in Assyrian could be either

written out phonetically in syllables or expressed by ideograms

and how this rather complicated system of writing was simpli-

fied by the use of additional signs as determinatives and pho-

netic complements, the former indicating the general character

of words, the latter furnishing clues to their actual readings. Analysis

We will now take a passage from an Assyrian text and seeextra

from an

how the signs are there employed. The following is an extractAssyriar

from a historical inscription.text -

T IH

tTTT^ HF-^ E! T ^7 JT ^

XLIV INTRODUCTION

The first point the reader will observe is that the signs run

on and are not clearly divided into words, though a line in the

inscriptions always ends with a complete word. It is true that

some scribes, especially in writing religious or poetical composi-

tions, leave a clear space between each word, and when special

attention is to be called to the division of two words the sign

^- is placed between them. As a general rule however the signs

run on without clear division and the correct division of words

is one of the first difficulties to be overcome by the beginner.

We will now break the passage up into words indicating under

each sign the way it ii to be read and its meaning.

ina $ane(e) gir- ri - ia a - na matu Mu-sur u

In second my expedition to Egypt and

matu Ku-u- si

Ethiopia

- /e - es - se - ra

I directed

r IHm Ur - da - ma - ni - e

Urdamane

HfTT= HF- -<^ ET 1

u - ma$ - Sir - ma a - na

abandoned and to

I

naptitim (tini)- su

his life

har - ra - nu

the way.

alu Me - im - pi

Memphis

f JT ^TT ^su - zu - ub

save

=TTTT ^^ T

in - na - lit Warrant? 1

he fled. The kings

DETERMINATIVES AND PHONETIC COMPLEMENTS XLV

'

pahatiP1 amglu ki - pa - a - ni ina tarsi - ia

from an

governors prefects into my presence Assyr ;an

*'/- /*' - ku - u - nim - ma u - na - a

came and kissed

my feet.

The translation runs: "In my second expedition I directed

the way to Egypt and Ethiopia. Urdamane abandoned Mem-

phis and fled to save his life. The kings, governors and pre-

fects came into my presence and kissed my feet."

The determinatives are marked byx

,the phonetic comple-

ments by % and the ideograms by + ;the rest of the signs are

simply employed phonetically as syllables. In the transliteration

it will be observed that the determinatives are printed in smaller

type above the line, *. g.mdtu

, the determinative for lands,alu

, the

determinative for cities,<*meiu

fthe determinative for classes of

men and m, corresponding to

|,which is placed before male

proper names; similarly the signs for the plural,

P I and 7/, are

printed above the line; phonetic complements are printed within

parentheses. This system of transliteration has been employed

in the texts in the main body of the book.

Now that the Assyrian method of writing has been described,

it will be convenient, before passing to the consideration of the

separate parts of speech, to refer briefly to the principal phonetic

changes which take place among the consonants in Assyrian.nnclPa

phoneticThese changes are due to the fact that certain consonantal sounds

changes

in Assyrian when coming together were not easy to pronounceamong th<

consonant:or were unpleasant to the ear, the result being that other sounds, in Assy_

easier to pronounce or pleasanter to the ear, were substituted, rian.

INTRODUCTION

The reader need not delay over the list here given, for through-

out the texts in the main body of the book those phonetic

changes that might prove puzzling are explained in foot-notes;

the following list of the principal phonetic changes among the

consonants Iis given for reference only :

'rincipal \.' b at the end of a verb followed by the copula ma is fre-

KjptJUmj quently assimilated to the m, e. g. ~erub, "he entered",

mong the followed by the copula ma, is often written erumma,

onsonants u d immediately followed by / or X is assimilated to the <t

,

/ or s, e.g. kardu, "strong", fern, karitiu (for karidtii}; edefu,^

"to be -new", eshi (for edsu), "new".

III. m is frequently changed to n before d, /, /, s, $, and k, e. g.

L*J*A mundahse (for mumdahst), "warriors", the Ifteal, Part. plur.

from mahdsu, "to smite";hantu (for hamtti), "swift"

;nakantu "1

(for nakamtti), "treasure";

unsu (for umsii), "hunger" ;han$u *

\

(for hamSit], "fifth";dunku (for dumkii), "favour"

;before

s the n that has taken the place of m is sometimes assi-0"

milated to the S, e. g. hanSu, "fifth" is sometimes written

ha^u.

IV. n immediately followed by a consonant is frequently assi-

milated, e. g. libittu (for libiniv),"brick"

;this assimilation

of n is invariable in the Nifal and Ittafal, of the verb, and

generally takes place throughout verbs of which the first

radical is n (see below, VERBS).

v V. s of the pronominal suffixes (see below, p. XLIX), when

immediately preceded by a dental or sibilant,2 becomes

e. g. mat-su (for mat-sti], "his land". A further change ge-

nerally takes place, for the preceding dental is frequently

assimilated to the s, and the preceding sibilant is always1

1. Of the phonetic changes that take place among the vowels in Assyrian

it may here be noted that after a preceding i or e the a of the feminine ter-

mination, sing, and plur., tends to become e (see below, p. LVII f.).

2. The consonants d, t, and t are "dentals", \, s, s, and are "sibilants".

PHONETIC CHANGES XLVII

assimilated;the s, which has taken the place of the dental Principal

or sibilant, is then dropped, e.if. kdtu, "hand", ka-su (for

pcchanges

kds-su= kdt-su = kdt-$u), "his hand"; dannatu, "foundation", among the

dan-na-su (for dannas-su = dannat-su = dannat-$u), "its foun- consonants

in Assv

dation"; lirhis, "may he overwhelm", li-ir-hi-su (ton lirhis-surjan

lirhis-su ==. Krhis-$u\ "may he overwhelm him".

VI. / in the Ifteal and Iftaal of the verb (see below, VERBS)

undergoes the following changes :

(a) when it follows z, s, or sit_js assimilated, e. g. issaJmr (for -j <S 5f

istahur], Ifteal, Pret. from sahdru, "to turn";

ussabbit (for

ustabbtt\ Iftaal, Pret. from sabdtu, "to take".

(b) when it followsg_\\. becomes^/,

?. g. igdamar (for igtamar}, rt-*y*cr/.

i>f> Ifteal, .Pret. and Pres., from gamdru "to complete" ; *4-f

*pft" ugda^ar (for ugtaMar), Iftaal, Pres. from ga$dru, "to

strengthen".

(c) when it follows m^ or n it may become^/, e. g. imdahis (for'

_. 171

imtahis), Ifteal, Pret. from mahasu, "to smite";

umdaUir J J

~wJt- A "^^

(for umtdStir), "he let loose", Iftaal, Pret. from [8aMr].^

(d) when it follows ^ it may become^/, e. g. ikterib (for ikterib}, p /> *f

Ifteal, Pret. from kardbu, "to approach".

VII. A sibilant which immediately precedes a dental is frequently

changed to /, e. g. "rapsu, "broad", fern, sing, rapaltu (for ,

rapaStu) ;uUeli (forjiMelt), Ishtafal, Pret. from elu, "to be ^^

high". Similarly, when two sibilants come together, the jf-.^rrf

former frequently becomes /, e. g. ilsi (for ztoz'), Kal, Pret.

from Sasut"to speak". The combination 4 instead of

changing to //, sometimes becomes ss or s, e. g. issapar,

isapra (for iUapar, iltapra}, Ifteal, Pret. from Xapdru, "to send".

VIII. In place of doubling a consonant, m or_g_js__sQJiielirnes

added after thg^.preceding vowel, e. g. inamdin for inaddin =inddin (see below, VERBS), Kal, Pres. from.

ittananmar for ittanammar = ittandmar (see below, VERBS),

Ittanafal, Pres. from amaru, "to see".

XLVIII INTRODUCTION

PRONOUNS.

Personal The personal pronouns to express the nominative are:

pronounsto express Sing. i. andku Plur. I. amnu, amni, rilnu, nini

the nomi-^ 2m. at/a 2 m. attunu

native. c2 f. ath

3m. $u 3 m. Sunu, Sun

3 f. n 3 f. h'na

The following examples illustrate their use :

"may I thy servant live"; ^^Xbi a-na-ku Sum-ma, "I spoke as follows"; ^

f^yy^ ^ ^JTT iluNin -ib tu-ra-du /-&,U

Ninib, a hero

art thou-; s^T Î< Ey ^y HP ^T^ ^Hf- -Tf a/-

//-fl na-an-na-raname(e), "thou art the light of heaven"; Êf ^yy^-ti-id,

uas for him, he fled"; <*-

um-ma, "she (Ishtar) informs thee thus";

^Î, a-m-ni m-U-la-ka, "we are going"; ^^Ê ?rf~^

^ n*~*~d* nt-t-m, "we do not under-

stand"; K^ -^ ^ ^^Hf- ^^HP 5^H Hfl

Jl^JE, at-tu-nu kakkabani sar-hu-tum, "ye mighty stars";

T>^-

^X^ ^T T^ E^TT fJif ÊÎ! I *-> *u-nu bi-nu-ut a-ra-al-K

su-nu, "as for them, the offspring of Hades are they" ;

, par-sa-a-tum Si-na, "lies are they".

Personal The personal pronouns to express the genitive and accusa-

pronouns tiye are _to express

the geni- Sing. I. idti, taSt Plur. I. Matt, nidsi

tvc2 m. katu, kaSu, kasa 2 m. katunu, kdtunu

accusatve.

,,2 f. kali, ka$i

T>

3 m. $d$u,,

3 m. MSunu,

3 f.

PRONOUNS XLIX

The following examples illustrate their use:

^y- ^ E t]} y{ -|<,&-*/-* /rt-fl-//, "Hearken (O goddess)

unto me"; ^^J ]} ^ ^Mf ^TTT ^tJ ^--^ ap-kid-ka,

"thee I have commanded"; }} *~*~] ^J^f J^ <J>- JgJ E^t:

^fcyf^ *", 0-0 ka-a-$i lu-u $ul-mut "unto thee (O queen) may

there be peace" ; ^ |^ J g= ^fj ^J, to-a-j^ ^-/w-/a, "him I

carried off"

; ^ ]} ^ ^^T >-<, ^-a-fa ^-^/, "her I captured" ;

ST Ê^ w-J<, ni-ia-ti, "us"; <JEJ Ej -^H ]] \^ ki-ma ka-

a-Xu-nu, "like you" ; ^ J^J ^J^ ^^ JglJ JÎ, Xa-a-Xu-un ub-

lu-ni, "them did they bring".

The pronominal suffixes attached to nouns are: Pronom-

inal sut-

. i. 2, a,ia Plur. i. ni fixes at-

2 m. ka 2 m. ^, kun tached to

nouns.2 f. tf

3 m. $u, $ 3m. Sunu (rarely Sunuti)

3 f. $a, $,,

3 f. Sina, $m


-*f- SrEjf f7/-w, "my god";^ ^, fe/*-w, "my lord";^- ^

J^,/>/ mali-a, "in my land"

; | J^ ^JJJ, ma-a-ri, "my son";

<2S ^TTT ^tT, zik-ru-ka, "thy name"; <|î ^b ppJJ

>-^y, di-pa-ra-ka, "thy torch"; >->^- gyT Î^f> an-ni-ki, "thy

mercy"; g^' ^JIJ Ê|, aS-ri-$u, "its place" ; ^^J| A^ L 2W~

;wr-^, "his body"; ^J>- gj ^g^J ^^|, h'-ma-tu-u$, "his destiny" ;

?yy < ^J|, da-mi-*a, "her blood"; ^^ ^, ia-&, "her

eyes"; >-X ^yy~ JÎ, be-ili-ni, "our lord"; >^- JfHf J^ ^yy~? nu-ur-a-ni,

"our light" ; ^ ^yy >-<y< JEy i^- , hi-ta-ti-ku-nu, "your sins";

Ey ^TTT Jgf t:|^, ma-ru-ku-un, "your son"; ^^ ^f \ +J-,

bu-

Xa-Xu-nu, "their property" ; ^jy ^^y J ^^, lib-ba-3u-un, "their

heart"; ^H ^g^TJ <y^ ^^^J, ka-li-si-na,. "all of them" ; t

, -/a-A, "their boundary".

INTRODUCTION

The pronominal suffixes attached to verbs are :

Sing. i. anm\ t'nni, ni

2 m. ka, akka

2 f. ki, akki

3 m. Su, $,

3 f. Si, X,

Plur. i. annaSi

,,2m. kunu$i

,,2 f. kina&i

,,3 m. sunu, sunuti

,, 3 f. ftna, Sinati


?T> li-bi-ban-ni, "may he purify me"; ^

/--^, "I have

u-ba-'-ak-ki, "I

-&z-&-/a-*-/', "they made me eat";

^>3^y KTX ^ J^I, id-din-u-ni, "they gave to me";

>-t^J, as-hur-ka, "I have turned to thee"; J^ pJJ

a-da-nak-ka, "I shall give to thee"; ^J<J

cried to thee"; ^JJlt ^J A^ 1^

have sought thee"; ^>3^J ^J^^ +j- \, id-di-nu-su, "they gave

him"; ^]]]^

*

>-]]\ ^^J ^, u-$e-ri-ba-a$, "he brought him in";

^jyy^ ^^ ^^J ^ j, u-h-frba-a$-$u, "he made him sit";

T^ ^^, lik-kil-me-ti, "let him look upon her"; ^5y.^./i?, "i fined it (f.)- ; EE *}}}E^

i-kar-ra-ban-na-ti, "he blessed us"; fc| ^JJ <T<

at-ta-din-ku-nu-M, "I have handed you over"; ^= Ty

a$-ku-na-$u-nu, "I placed upon them"; ^^^ ^: J

ku-mi-$u-nu-ti, "burn them"; >-^y ^z ^= ^^yy ^

>~<y^,la tap-pa-li-$i-na-a-ti, "do not answer them".

'Reflexive / The reflexive pronoun does not exist in Assyrian but is ex-un

'l pressed by the substantive ramami "self" in combination with

\the pronominal suffixes which are attached to nouns, e. g.

\E^y E! tpP Tf ra-ma-m-a, "myself"; E^ff tf^ tjfl ,ra-ma-

nu-uS, "himself"; E^TT El ^Fh I */" ra-ma-ni-su-nu, "themselves".

Demon- The demonstrative pronouns are :

Sing., m. Zuatu, Sdtu

f. Siati

PRONOUNS LI

Plur., m. hiatunu, Sdtunu Demon-

f. Xuafina, Satina strative

pronouns.For these the following forms are sometimes used :

Sing. m. $u;

f. Si

Plur. m. Sunu, Zuniiti;

f. h'/id/i, Sinatina


^1! JT !if ^T' alu ht~a -/u>

"that city" ; ^ ^TI Vy^ >-Êy ÎIT^1

^T*"~ ^ ^S a*~ra *a~a~tu u-pi-hi-ir, "that

place I strengthened" ;* >4^ j ^J>^ || ^^J^, M $a//i-ma

$i~a-/i, "in that same year" ; >-^y

i^-, na-gi-i su-a-tu-nu, "those districts";

,sarraniP 1

hi-a-tu-nu, "those kings"; V V?

mdtati? 1

hi-a-ti-na, "those lands" ;

^^ ^y ?^//j// U-ti-na, "those palaces";

E^f ^ S^yy^, paraMu Su-u, "that shrine";

^ Ê, ekallum(lum) h'-f, "that palace";

^y >^-,mu-ra-ni $u-u, "those young lions"

; ^ J

~<y<,sdbeP 1

su-nu-ti, "those people";

T{ ~<y<,babani si-na-a-ti, "those gates" ;

^y^- >~^y -<y< ^^y, zr-r/-// si-na-U-na, "those curses".

(b) <, "this"

Sing., m. annu (Nom.) ;anni (Gen.) ;

anna (Ace.)

f. anriitu (Nom.) ;anriiti (Gen.) ;

anmta (Ace.)

Plur., m. anniiti

,,f. annati


\, Siptu an-nu-u, "this incantation";> ^y

?ina u ~mi <-ni-i, "at this time"

; 4^\ *"EÎ

^ ^H ^>- J,/-/ --

e-/ap-pu-$u, "after

I had done this";^ ^^yy ^ >^HF~ KT~

/-/, "this letter"; ^y^^yy -f^<

/ an-ni-ti, "because of this dream";

d*

LII INTRODUCTION

>*

y*~ ^p\ an-ni-ta ina $e-me-'$a, "when she heard this";

+j- | *~*^~ ^~ *~<y^>salmani? 1

an-nu-ti, "these images" ;

y^ ^ y^r >~<y< ^^- ^y ]} >~<y<,a-ma-a-H an~na-a-ti, "these

things".

(c) ullu, "that"

Sing, ullu (Nom.) ;ulli (Gen.)

Plur. ulluti


^ [Ely ^yyy^, ud-mu /-/-, "that race";

, a-fcul-K-e, "on that side"; ^"those buildings".

(d) 0, "this"

The form <i-a is used for all numbers, genders and cases;

the following forms also occur:

Sing., f. agdta

Plur., m. agannutu

f. aganeti

The following examples illustrate their use:

^y^ y^ ^yyy^ y^,u-mu a-ga-a, "this day" ;

*

y^^yyy^y^ inakak-kara-ga-a,uon this ground";

}} ^ITT^ T^ fe^TTT'ir-^~tim "'ga-a-ta, "this earth" ;

y^f ^yy^ >^- ^y, ^-<5z' a-ga-nu-te, "these words";

V ^ ^yy^ S^ ^^ , matatia-ga-ni-e-tu, "these lands".

The rela- The relative pronoun is :

dve pr-

Sa "who, which"noun.

The relative pronoun sa is always written ^ or

and is used for all numbers, genders and cases. When the

relative sa has the force of a genitive and would be trans-

lated in English by "whose", the substantive in the relative

clause takes the corresponding pronominal suffix, e. g. V I

NOUNS LI 1 1

ha-ru ka-bal-hi, "whose (m.) onslaught is unequalled" ;

*~Ej TI Ey, Sarru rabu $a iluBel u tltlNabu ir-a-mu pa-la-a-$u,

"a mighty king whose reign Bel and Nabu love";

>~<

be-el-tum $a par-su-$a Su-tu-ru, "a lady whose command is

";t:TTTE!^JI

u-ta-ad-dn-u ni-ba-Su-un, "his troops whose number is not to

be known". Similarly, when Sa has the force of an accusative

or dative, the governing verb in the relative clause generally

takes the pronominal suffix, while a preposition invariably

does so, ,.,.xp tTtMTVET ^T fET ^T t^TTT

^ET,jfa hattu

ellitu(tii} na-ad-na-ta-su, "to whom is given a

shining sceptre" ; ^ f-

\ ^\ -J|^ ^- tJITt,

$a ilu-$u itti-$u zm-u-u, "(a man) with whom his god is angry".

NOUNS.

In Assyrian, as in Hebrew and the other Semitic dialects, roots Roots.

or stem-wrords consist of two, three and four consonants;of these,

triliteral roots, or roots of three consonants are by far the most

common. A root contains in itself a meaning or idea from which

are formed both the verb and the noun (substantive and ad-

jective) ;the root in fact may be compared to a skeleton, which

when clothed with different vowels and sometimes with addi-

tional consonants gives expression to the various nominal and

verbal forms of its inherent meaning or idea. The triliteral root

NMR, for instance, contains the inherent idea of brightness or be-

ing bright, and forms the skeleton or base of the verb namdru

"to be bright", of the adjective namru "bright", and of the sub-

stantives namirtu and namurtu "brightness".

LIV ) INTRODUCTION

In examining an Assyrian word, therefore, the student's first

duty is to identify the root from which it is derived. 1 In the

case of nouns he will find little difficulty in doing this after he

has grasped the principal forms which they assume. These maybe briefly described under the following five divisions:

I. ManyjQouas afe- formed merely by the internal addition

of vowels to the root. As the nouns SQ_Jbrmed begin with

the first letter of the root and do not contain other con-

sonants, their roots areeasily^ recognised, e. g.

_fSaknu "governor", from sakdnu "to set, appoint".

zikru "name", ,,zakaru "to name".

Zulmu "peace", Salamu "to be complete,

prosperous".

nakaru "hostile", nakdru "to be different,

hostile".

zaktpu "post", zakapu "to set up, erect".

lubutu "garment", labatu "to cloth oneself".

Many nouns in addition to their internal vowels take

also the feminine terminations a/u, itu, or tu (see below,

p. LVIf.), e. g.

+ nisirtu "treasure", from nasdru "to watch, guard",

f puluhtu "fear", paldhu "to fear".

II. In some nouns the second or the third letter of the root

is doubled, e. g.

1 In most Assyrian dictionaries the words are arranged as far as possible

under their respective roots and not necessarily according to the consonants

or vowels with which they happen to begin. As Assyrian possesses no alphabet

it is impossible to cite in cuneiform a root composed only of consonants. Acommon expedient therefore is to use Hebrew characters in citing Assyrian

roots, as the Hebrew alphabet contains consonants which correspond to the

consonantal sounds in Assyrian (see above p. XXVI). As however the consonants

in themselves are incapable of being pronounced the Infinitive of the verb is

frequently cited as the root. Thus the root NMR may be cited (i) in Hebrew

characters as the root "IDS, or (2) in transliteration as namaru. Here and in

the Vocabulary the latter plan has been adopted.

NOUNS

kaUapu "magician", from \ka*apu\ "to bewitch".

pilakku "axe", [paldku] "to strike, slay".

III. Some nouns are formed by the addition of prefixes.The

roots of these nouns are less easy to identify than those

of the nouns in sections I and II,as they do not begin

with the first letter of the root. The prefix may take the

form of

(a) a vowel, e.g., *W "prayer", horn kardbu "to bless,j

to pay homage to".

(b) m (or ,when the root contains_a labial, /. c. b^jii

orj>), e. g.

+ matkanu "place",from sakanu "to set".

mdlaku "way", alaku "to go".

miUru "righteousness", [eXiru]"to be straight".

4 narkabtu "chariot", rakabu "to ride".

naramu "love",ramu "to love".

napharu "totality", pahdru "to collect".

(c) $, e. g. Uhluktu "destruction", from haldku "to be de-

Ttroyed"; Surbii "great", from rabu "to be great".

(d) /, e. g. tamharu "fight", from maharu "to oppose" ;

Tdmhu "sighing", from [andhu\ "to sigh".

IV. In a few nouns a / is inserted after the first letter of the

root, e. g.

+ gitmdlu "perfect", from gamalu "to complete".

ritpa&u "wide", rapaSu "to be wide".

V. Some nouns are provided with special terminations, of

which the principal are

(a) the termination dnu, e. g. kurbdnu "offering", from

karabu "to pay homage to".

(b) the termination , e. g. arku "future", from \ardku~\

"to be behind" ;mahru "former", from maharu "to

oppose, to be opposite".

Nominal

forms.

LVI INTRODUCTION

(c) the termination utu, by which abstracts are formed

from a few concrete nouns, e. g. belutu "lordship",

from belu "lord";

iliilu "divinity", from ilu "god" ;

sarrutu "royalty", from Sarru "king".

A few nouns, derived from stems the first radical of which is

weak,1 have dropped the initial vowel and begin with the second

radical, e.g. &22U"tribute",from abalu "to bring"; lidu and littu

"child", from alddu "to bear";simtu "adornment", from asamu "to

be adorned";subtu "dwelling", from aSdbu "to dwell".

Assyrian possesses two genders masculine and feminine. The

majority of substantives are either masculine or feminine, but

some are of common gender. The feminine of adjectives and

of some masculine substantives is formed by the addition of

atu or of the shortened form tu to the nominal stem, e. g.

Sarru "king", Sarratu

malku "prince", malkatu

ardu "slave", ardatu

kalbu "dog", kalbatu

mdru "son", mdrtu

bukru "first-born" (m.),

rubu "great", fern.

dannu "strong",

nakru "hostile",

gamru "whole",

damku "favourable",

kabtu "heavy",

raptu "broad",

arku "green",

"queen".

"princess".

"handmaid".

"bitch".

"daughter".

bukurtu "first-born"(f.),

rubalu.

dannatu.

nakirtu.

gamirtu.

damiktu.

kabittu.

rapa^tu.

aruktu.

i. The stems, from which these nouns are derived, begin in other Semitic

languages with the consonant 1;

this consonant is only represented in the cor-

responding Assyrian words by a vowel (see above, p. XXVII f.).

NOUNS LVII

*- tabu "good", fem. tdbtu.

rukii "distant", ,,riiktu.

After a preceding ^pr e^ the a in the feminine termination

aiu, generally becomes t, e. g.

. ellu "bright", fem. ellitu.(LXJu 4.. n

_ sihru "small", sihritu and sihirtu.

zinu "angry", ,,zimtu.

riminu, rimnu "merciful", fem. fimriitu.

*- elu "high", fem. elitu.

Some adjectives form their feminine in ilu though not pre-

ceded by / or e, e. g.

rabu "great", fem. rabilu. 7t*A-^- -- A>^>^*-^

nadu "fallen", naditu.

~ ddril "lasting", daritu.

x\ few adjectives form their feminine in utu, e. g.

Zurbu "great", fem. Surbutu.

Uku "high", Xakulu.

The plural of nouns in Assyrian is formed by the addition The Plural

of various terminations to the nominal stem. Substantives in '"'

stantives.

the plural take the following terminations:

(a) e, e. g. Samu "heaven", plur. same.

mu "water", me.

s malku "prince", ,,malke.

^ nitufi "people", m'Se.

N. B. The interchange of the vowels e and i al-

ready referred to (see above p. XXVI) is especially fre-

quent in this form of the plural, e. g. the plural of

malku may be writtenyy~| KiH ma^~^ tnat

Eff= <|>-,m-ti.

(b) dm, e. g. ilu "god", plur. ildni.

hursu "mountain", hur^dni.

ardu "slave", arddni.

LVIII I NTRODUCTION

(c) a, especially the plural of parts of the body which occur

in pairs, e. g.

^ inu "eye", plur. ind.

/ uznu "ear", uzna.

/ idu "side", idd.

(d) dti, the plural of substantives with the feminine termi-

nation in the singular; should the preceding syllable

contain an i or e, the d of the plural termination

generally becomes e, e. g.

^ Sarralu "queen", plur. Sarrdti.

^ kibratu "region", ,,kibrdti.

, tdmtu "sea", tdmdti.

j beltu "lady", beleti.

Some substantives form their plural in dti or tti

though in the singular they are without the feminine

termination, e. g.

ndru "river", plur. ndrdti.

kanu "reed", kandli.

ff-f-f-r-r- kudurru "boundary", kudurreti.

Many substantives have more jhan jane form of plural, e. g.

^ \|-P ^y{ $a-di-e (i. e. sade\ and ^ |>>> **

tff^ saddni ? l

(/'),

occur as plurals__of_^7^, ^mQuntain" ; ^yy^*~

]\ 1 *~\iir~ri~e

(i.e. girre), and ^flk ^TII ^"1^

K^I^ gir-n-e-ti (* e > girreti) occur

as plurals of girru, "expedition".

The masculine plural^pf_adjectives_ is formed^ by means of

the termination //, the feminine plural by the termination dti,

which generally becomes eti after a preceding /' or e, e. g,

adjective masc. plur. fern. plur.

damku "favourable", damkuti,

rabu "great", rabuti,

gasru "strong", gasruti,

_ ellu "bright", elluti,

ruku "distant rukuti,

damkdti.

rabdti.

gatrdti.

elleti.

rukdti and ruketi.

NOUNS LIX

The adjective generally follows the substantive to which it Position

refers, e. g. fcjjgS EJfflf ^ Sarru dan-nu, "mighty king";^1^

*-*y~ y E|*- y ??// r* ra$w// ?', "the great gods" ;

^1 T ^TT 3!L^ -J<,tt-me ru-ku-ti, "distant days". When

special emphasis is to be laid upon the adjective it is placed

before the substantive, e. g. fc^f *~^fe=]r

4^**-fl- ^^|

"V 1

%r?yy> da-li-ih-tu mat-su, "his disordered land".

Substantives and adjectives in the singular end in one of the Case-

three vowels u, i and a, which as a general rule may be regardedCl

as marking the nominative, the genitive and the accusative case

respectively, e. g. ^]^ ^JEf ^]] ^E ^JH, ^-mu-ki si-i-ru,

"thy name is exalted";

>~< <^^~ 5^^ ^< ^Jl^, ^-lit ia-ha-zi,

"lady of battle"; Jl^ >-+i\ ^E >-^\\

*>-^, ku-la i-kab-bu-u,

"a cry they utter". To this rule, however, exceptions con-

stantly occur, the case endings being often employed indiscrimin-

ately, e. g, ^yyy ^y <jEy ^"may thy heart have rest"

; ^ ^]]nu-u-ru id im-ma-ru, "the light they do not behold". The ter-

mination i in substantives in the nominative or accusative is

frequently not the case-ending but the suffix of the first person

singular, e. g. ^- *~^\ tf>- Ejjfcj,nu-ri lim-mir, "may my light

shine"; <y>- ^^ ^:]} JtJ ^^yy >^y<, si-mi-e tas-li-ti, "hear

my prayer".

To substantives and adjectives the particle ma, or its shortened Mimation.

form nij is frequently appended. Whatever may have been the

original use of this nftmation, as it is termed, it has been

so far weakened that its omission ojr_iiiseniQ.n in no wayalters the meajiing of a word, nor does it affect in any wayits definite or indefinite signification, e. g. *~< ^Tf* be-lu, and

^< ^^, be~lum, both mean "a lord" or "the lord"; ^^ ^ -E^y, beltu sur-bu-tu, and *g ^ *>- ^^, beltu

$ur-bu-tum, both mean "a mighty lady" or "the mighty lady" ;* -

LX INTRODUCTION

J/-/HW, both mean "on earth" or "on the earth".

When a noun stands by itself, it is said to be in the abso-

lute state. When a substantive in the genitive is joined to it,

it is said to be in the construct state. In consequence of the

close connection of two nouns so joined they are pronounced

together and there is a tendency to lighten and shorten the

first of the two. A noun in the construct state, therefore, (i.) ge-

nerally drops the mimation, and, if it is a singular noun in the

nominative or accusative, it also generally drops the case end

ing (in some words a short vowel of the stem has already

dropped out before the case-ending and this in the construct

reappears, e. g. zikru, "name", in the construct becomes zikir) ;

(2.) if the noun is in the genitive, however, the i of the

genitive does not disappear ; (3.) in the case of a plural noun

the plural terminations am, dti, eti and uti may become respec-

tively an, at, it and ut. The following examples will illustrate

the above rules : fcz=^ AE^ Ef ]} ^1^ nap-har ma-a-ti, "the

whole of the land"; ^]] gg^y HP" *| <J^, &# ilu

$amh{

"sun-rise"; ^JJ^ E^< V \ E^f, zi-kir mati-su-un, "the name

of their land"; ^*- A^- >-^f- y^ 4^\^ bu-kur ilu

A-nim, "the first-

born of Ann";

: V ^E ^] ]} **-]{,^laf i-la-a-tt, "goddess

of goddesses"; f} *~*~] ^<^T >-]]\ ^] ^^ J,a-na zik-ri

su-mi-sa, "at the mention of his name"; f ^f t\ JEJ ^^|<

*~->^- J fJ>- J>

,t-na

tukulti(ti]ildniP1 rabiitiP 1

,"with the

help of the great gods";^^^ ^ AHfflf^ *a~

na-at nu-uh-$e, "years of plenty". These rules, however, are oc-

casionally broken, e. g. -<^ y{^ >-]]\ ^^ <Hlf^Syy~,

be-lum a-ba-ri u dun-ni, "lord of powrer and might".

When two substantives are in apposition it is not essential

that they should agree in number, a substantive in the singular

frequently standing in apposition to one in the plural, e. g. *"v^y

y S=yy ^EjflT^^-y^ alamP l bit Urru-ti, "cities, royal

ADVERBS LXI

dwellings" (Y. e. "royal cities"). The same rule applies to parti-

cipial expressions which_ma^be in the singular thoughjn appo-

sition to substantives in_lhe plnraJ, e. g. Êjjf^ Jw-- |^ ^Vj

>-^TT >-JlT t J^, $armnijâ-lik mah-ri-ia,

uthe kings, who went

before me" (i. e. "my predecessors").

ADVERBS.

The following are the principal adverbs in Assyrian ;the

examples appended illustrate their use:

hi'am "so, thus", e. g. ^JEJ J^ ^^ ^^"f" J->- ^, ki-a- Adverbs

am -of manner.

parseP'-Xa, "so are her commands"; J

ia-mu$ Sarru ki-a-am i-kab-bi, "thus saith Darius the king".

iaJ "thus, as follows", introducing direct speech, e. g. ^

umma] ^ >^ ^J ^J ^JTT fff ^T If ti-e-mu ut-te-ru-ni

ma-a, "news they brought me as follows";

z E-JTT

ilu I$tar u-sab-ru-u-û u-$a-an-na-a ia-a-ti um-ma, "a vision

of the night IStar caused him to see, (and) he related

(it)to me as follows".

adu "now", e. g. }} ^| j|]t ^ ^ ^-JJ ^|| ^6= Adverbs

*"E| 5a-du-u u-mu-us-su u-sal-lq, "now daily do I pray".

time '

uma "now", e. g. ^mdt-su ni-ha-at, "now is his land at rest".

eninna "now" (opposed to "formerly"), e. g. ^\

,tf-/-tf ia-a-ti am*lu

. mar-$ipri-Xu

$a sul-me iS-pu-ram-ma, "now to me his messenger for

greeting he sent".

matima \ "whensoever, at any time"; with negative, "never",

matema)

e. g. ^<< ^ ^ ^ ^ ma~

LXII INTRODUCTION

ti-ma ina ah-rat n-me, "whensoever in future days" ;

-ET ^TT *~ EtTT, - -fe-e-ma a-na sarrani? 1 abeP l-ia amslu

mar-sipri-$u la i$-pu-ra,

"who had never sent his messenger to the kings, myfathers".

uiverbs. a-na-ku-ma mi-i-nu a-kab-bi, "how shall I speak?".w/w' }

ana mem \ "why?", e. g. }}

ammen a-na me-i-ni il-la-ak, "why is he going?" ;

^, am-me-ni ta-at-bal ago, raba(a] $a

kakkadi-ia, "why hast thou taken away the mighty crown

for my head ?".

adi mati "how long ?", e. g. ^ ^t^r- Ej *"XJ^ a~^1 ma-ti, "how

long?".

Fhe nega./a "not", e. g. ^ ^ ^TI^^ I T ^T Sf1 ^TTI ^!fjvc, and

!rohibi-

S

yoke" ;

ion - tabiitiP1

,"sorceries that are not good"; t

/ -/^///, "I have not eaten".

la in prohibitions is followed, by the Present, e. g.

fa,nu,$u a .na m:n:{a)"who had not submitted to my

S C

-//, "thou shalt not hearken to them".

J^K)t", particjg of prohibition is followed'

bv the Preterite,

si-pat-ki ai ik-ri-ba, "may thy incantation not approach" ;

* ET- -E^IT ^T< If If <MTZ <K >-e<*M-'

ai ar-h', "a foe may I not possess".

e "not", particle of_rjrohibition, is employed with the 2nd pers.

sing, of the Preterite, e. g. ] ^]]^

ADVERBS LXIII

>:[ j tf] 4^, ana mar-$i e la-at-hi, "to the sick man

do not draw near".

lu "verily", is sometimes placed before verbs (3rd pers. masc.

sing, and plur., and i st pers. sing, and plur., of the(recall ve

idverb of

mphasis;

Preterite) ;it was no doubt, originally employed to

emphasize the verb, but in use it has been so weak-clcs.

ened that its insertion or omission does not affect

the sense, .e. g. fcCj JfcJ, al-lik, and JETf ^JU^1

^KJ y\* IH ~U al-Ukj both mean simply "I went". Whenthe verb begins with the vowel it (as in the Piel, Iftaal,

e/c.)lu may combine with it to form a single word,YY fclY^Jr tY / TfcrYT Y xx AYTT

e- 8-I Y fc>rj!l] *E| *T~ IS] H~ ^ %J' ', 4-*ar-htr*u

lu-ma$-$e-ru (for / umaSh'ru), "their place they deserted".

as a precative particle is employed with the Pre- /

terite and the Permansive to express a wish (see be-

low, VERBS).

i "come!", cohortative particle, is employed with the ist pers.

plur. of the Preterite, e. g. t^E fr"^

^C\\ W S= El'

t ni-pu-us $a-a$-ma, "Gome! let us join battle!";

ncj cohor-

uive Par~

al-ka-mm-ma i m'-rid-ma hr nmi an-ni-e i ni-ku-la ni-nu,

"come! let us go down, and of the flesh of this wild

ox let us also eat!".

e \ "up!", cohortative particle, is employed with the 2nd pers.

ij sing, of the Imperative, e. g. t^J^r ^JH ^J ^^y{}| 7

e rid ana kitti, "Up! go down to the wood!".

The following adverbs are appended enclitically :Adverbs

ma, appended for emphasis to pronouns, nouns, verbs and ad-appenc

verbs, e.g. Ez^J ^JJI | <^TJ .^^f- ^J, at-ta-ma kima ally.

/7SamaS, "thou art like the Sun-god" ; >^ j <J>-

|Y ^1^ ina satti-ma Si-a-ti, "in that same year" ; ^TTT^

LXIV INTRODUCTION

ma Sarrani Pl "ultuHat-ti, "I gathered together the kings of

the land of Hatti".

;//', appended for emphasis to verbs, especially in relative clauses,

yj ^ ^$1 mi-i-nu $a a-ma-ru-ni $a a-Sam-mu-m ina pa-an

$arri beli-ia a-kab-bi, "as I shall see and hear, before the

king my lord I will repeat".

u, appended as an interrogative particle, e. g. ^]J$- J> ^>-gy ^^P >-^J ^, uznd u P l -ia tu-pat-tu-u, "my ears

wilt thou open (Y. ^. inform me) ?"; 4$?\ J

a-na-ku-u mar-ti iluB'el, "am I not the daughter of Bel?"

The ad- The adverbial ending i$ (or eS)is of very common occurrence,

verbial yy YYY JJ j ^~*\i T* i " TT **Y "*, . // .

cndin CT /^ t Q y

, ^/-//?, "below"; f ^- ma''~^ "much". This

adverbial termination is frequently employed for comparison, e. g.

, "like a

,"like a bird"; >-ET ^<< t^? XaI~la-ti-X, "as booty";

,da-bu-u-e$, "like a hog". Such forms as

ti-$am-ma, "yearly", ^^yfj ^^ ^-UT^ ar-hi-$am, "monthly",

y~ *^yy][ ^yyy^, da-ri-sam, "for ever", may be explained as ad-

verbs ending in iSttheir terminations being strengthened by ma

or m.

PREPOSITIONS.

Preposi- The following are the principal prepositions in Assyrian, to-

gether with their ideograms and the forms they most commonly

assume when written phonetically:

ina "in". Ideogr. *;written phonetically ^ *~> i'na

">rarety

^SS in -

ana "to". Ideogr. y ;written phonetically y

PREPOSITIONS LXV

iUu I "from". Ideogr. ;written phonetically ^ ^^, Preposi-

ultu| #-/; <{*>-^=y, ul-tu.

////"with". Ideogr. ^JEJ ;written phonetically E^J *^J<, //-//.

*//"on, upon". Ideogr. ^~r^lj ;written phonetically :J^ ^^^=J|,

<?-/// ina or aa */*, "upon, concerning, against".

sir "on, upon, against". Ideogr. ff^^y ;written phonetically

muhhi in combination with //m or ana. Ideogr. ^~^J*J ;written

phonetically ^-^^[ ^^, muh-hi ; ina or ana muhhi, "on,

concerning, to, against".

adi"up to, to, together with". Ideogr. ^JJ ;written phonetically

gddu "up to, to, together with". Written phonetically ^yj|^ J^J,

ga-du.

arki "after, behind". Ideogr. ^JE^ ;written phonetically

balu "without". Written phonetically ^rj JETf, ^fl-/, ^^J ^^?

/t/ "like, as" Written phonetically

"like". Ideogr. K^JJ ; written phonetically

"concerning, with a view to, because of". Written phone-

tically g= \, g= ÊJ,>-

J, af-f, >- ^:5^, flMww.

^w/ "instead of". Written phonetically JEJ^]jy, ku-um.

kirib "in, within". Written phonetically ^JEJ ^JJ^ 5ina kirib, ma

kirbi, "in";ana kirib, ana kirbi, "to"

;iUu kirib, ultu kirib,

"from, from out of".

libbi "in, within". Ideogr. ^JIJ ;written ^Jjy ^, /i3-î ; ina libbi,

"in";a0 libbi, "to"; ?'.?/ //^/, // libbi, "from, from out of.

pani "before". Ideogr. ^J>- ;written phonetically ^z EÎ, pa-ni;

ina pan, iUu pan, lapan, "before".

LXVI INTRODUCTION

Preposi- mahar "before". Written phonetically ^ Êr* ma-har ; ina ma-

har "before";ana mahri, adi matin, "into the presence of".

&z&z/ "in the midst of". Ideogr. :<*< ^ ; written phonetically ^Jfr-j^-J^,

ka-bal ; ina kabal, "in the midst of".

kabalti"'m the midst of. Written <*<"]r *^|<, kabal-ti, *^J ^J^>-<|<, ka-bal-ti; ina kabaUi, "in the midst of".

birit "between". Written ^~< ^TT, bi-rit; ina birit, ina birti, "be-

tween, within".

ina biri "between". Written * ^ *"TTIina ^~n

> Ê ^^!

^< -Tf ^TTI {-na bi-e-ri-

ana tarsi "against". Written |^ ^"^j ^r ^-ETT'a~na tar~^-

ina tarsi "opposite, into the presence of; in the time of". Written

titu tarsi "from, since". Written

far-si.

put "opposite". Written phonetically ^S~ ^J, pu-ut ; ina put,

"opposite".

CONJUNCTIONS.

Conjunc- The following are the principal conjunctions in Assyrian :

u "and", the copula most frequently used in connecting both

sentences and nouns;written KjÔJ and ^.

ma "and", the copula between two verbs, to the first of which

it is appended enclitically_j__lhe-,verb to which it is

appended, if itis^ without^ a suffix, usually takes the

additional vowel a (see_below, p. LXXVI).

enuma "when", e. g."wnen,

e. g. pjf Y~ R R= W ' ' >E| M I F M I Fz>m ^- ^-^T ^JTT, e-nu-ma d$-ru $u-u u-$al-ba-ru, "when that

inum[

place shall have grown old"; pp" j^- ^^f~ ^Jl<^|inuma I ^|J^ ^>- ^,

- ilu Marduk ik-bu-u, "when Marduk com-

manded"; ^yy~ ^f- *^\ ^HF~ ^c^<î Ea^y ^y^f1

y,i-nu-um ilu Marduk id-di-na, "when Marduk gave".

CONJUNCTIONS LXVII

ki\

"as, when", e. g. >-f V^ ki-t ak-bu-u, and Conjunc-

ki $a I E f Vs-,* * *-*-, uas I had

tions '

-' &* a-na ilu ASSur am-nu-ru, "as I to ASSur had

prayed" ;<JEJ tE Cfi^-ffSpff JHPT ^T

Ej ^TTI ^"^ ^^"" war^ *u ~a~tu tam-ma-ri, "when thou shalt

see that inscription".

"as-,

a-^/-/ &Z t-/i-'-u, "as he wishes".

<// "while, so long as; till, until", e. g.

^ /r/w Z>a-$u-u, "while

heaven and earth exist";

al-la-ku, "until I go".

snce, .. ^.

//( ib-na-an-m, "since he created me"

; ^^|- ^gJ ^yy

/, "since I completed the palace".

fa "after", , * t <IJ ^ J^ ^J, ar-ki $a a-na Sarri a-tu-ru, "after I became king".

^ ,$um-ma a-me-lum ar-da

i-gu-ur-ma im-tu-ut, "if a man hires a slave and he dies";

^ET -ET tfTTKVtHTTn --TTf^.Sum-ma la ta-pat-ta-a ba-a-bu, "if thou dost not open the

gate!'.

aSXu Sa "because", e. g. ^ \ ^ ]} V ^HP A ^T^ ^-^ ^JTT, a^-^ fo a-wa/ iluAHur la is-su-ru, "be-

cause he had not kept the command of ASSur". Some-

times aSSu is used without fa, e. g. ^= J Tf V1

feE^ -<T< tEj^ -ET ^T ^S ^in, -W a-mat

$arru-ti-ia la is-su-ru, "because he had not kept my royal

command"; rarely $a is used by itself in the sense of

LXVIII INTRODUCTION

Conjunc- "because", e. g. ^J| ^J t] "^ ^TTT, $a la

tions -

is-su-ru, "because he had not kept".

~nr -*H E-PII ii u< ii m EI EI

y J^f,na-ka-ra a-ha-a lu ma-ma sa-na-a, "a bitter

foe or any other man";

i-pa-ar-ri-ku, "who shall hinder or display force against".

u is often combined with lu in the sense of "or", e. g.

m î -HI$u-me Sa/-ra i-pa-$i-tu u lu na-ri-ia u-sa-a?n-sa-ku, "who-

ever blots out the record of my name or conceals mytablet".

lu ... lu ... \ "either ... or . ..,

whether ... or . . .";

with

lu ... u ... / a following negative, "neither . . . nor . . .",

/."../... J e.g. JgJ< t^l IJ< t^- !,/maru-û lu-u martu-$u, "either his son or his daughter";

m < i â ^ i -u în < -

/w'w ^Wfl ram-m'-$u

utdru(ru} u ma minima $i-pir limuttim(timâb)Ul nara su-a-tu

u-hal-la-ku, "whether he appropriates (a royal gift), or

through any evil device destroys this monument";

]

m< *i

^n~ I

*

XIV KAN lu-u umu XV KANitti

ilu Samti Id innamir(ir),

"when the moon neither on the i4th day nor on the

1 5th day has been seen with the sun".

VERBS.

Under the heading NOUNS it was remarked that roots in As-

syrian consist of two, three and four consonants. These roots

VERBS LXIX

are not in themselves words but are the skeletons of words.

Each root or skeleton contains some inherent idea which can

be traced throughout the various words in which it is found,

the words being formed by clothing the root with vowels and

sometimes with additional consonants. Examples have already

been given of the principal ways in which nouns are formed

from roots. It will now be seen how by the addition of other

vowels and consonants to the root the various meanings of the

verb are obtained. The majority of verbs in Assyrian are tri-

literal, /'. e.,- they have three consonants in the root.

The Assyrian verb possesses five tenses: the Preterite, the Tenses of

Present, the Imperative, the Participle, the Permansive and the the verb>

Infinitive. Past action is expressed by the Preterite, present and

future action by the Present, while the Permansjve expresses a

state or condition. Taking as an example for conjugation the

root KD, which conveys the inherent idea of "conquering", the

forms which these tenses assume in the Kal or simple stem of

the verb will be seen from the following paradigm.

Paradigm of the simple stem of the regular verb. Paradigmof the Kal

LXX INTRODUCTION

The It will be seen that in the above paradigm the vowel u occurs

vowels ofjn tne seconcj syllable of the Preterite and in the first and second

rite, Pre- syllables of the Imperative, and the vowel a in the second and

sent and third syllables of the Present. This is the case with the major-

ity of Assyrian verbs;

the rule with its exceptions may be

stated as follows:

(i.) Most verbs have the vowel u in the second, syllable of

the Preterite and in the first and second syllables of the

Imperative, and the vowel a in the second and third

syllables of the Present, e. g. Zaparu, "to send", Pret. tipur,

Imper. supur, Pres. isapar; a few verbs however, with u

in the second syllable of the Pret., have_/ or u in the

third syllable of the Pres,

e. g. labaru,lt

tQ__gfow old",

Pret. ilbur, Pres. ilabir', h&latu, "to live", PreL/a/, Pres.

ibalut.

(2.) Some verbs have the vowel i in the second syllable of

the Preterite, in the first and second syllables of the

Imperative, and in the third syllable of the Present, e. g.

pakadu, "to care for, inspect, entrust", Pret. ipkid, Imper.

pikid, Pres. ipakid.

(3.) A few verbs have a in the second syllable of the Pre-

terite, in the first and second syllables of the Imperative

and in the second and third syllables of the Present, e. g.

sabatu, "to seize", Pret. isbat, Imper. sabat, Pres. isabat.

Inflection In the above paradigm it will also be observed that the person^to express jg expressed by certain additions which are either prefixed or af- \the person.

fixed to the stem;in the Preterite and Present they are prefixed, in

the Permansive they are affixed. These additions are significant

parts of the personal pronoun ;thus the syllable ta is prefixed

in the second person singular and plural of the Present and

Preterite and the syllables ta, ti and tunn are affixed in the

Permansive; the syllable a is prefixed in the first person singular

of the Preterite and Present and the syllable ku is affixed in the

VERBS -LXXI

first person singular of the Permansive; and the syllable ni is

prefixed in the first person plural of the Present and Preterite

and is affixed in the first person plural of the Permansive. It

may further be noted that the second person feminine singular

of the Preterite, Present and Imperative ends in *; that the

third person masculine plural of the Preterite, Present and Per-

mansive and the second person masculine plural of the Pre-

terite, Present and Imperative end in w; and that the third

person feminine plural of the Preterite, Present and Permansive

and the second person feminine plural of the Preterite, Present

and Imperative end in a. In the paradigm syllables which are

sometimes added or omitted are placed within parentheses. An

accent is placed on the second syllable of the Present to indi-

cate that in pronunciation the tone falls upon this syllable; in

writing, the accenting of this syllable \*fr*q

iT<

nt1y indififrd

the doubling of the fyowinpradical

re. p. ikAXad

ika&ad. Sometimes the ^liable ni andy more rarely, the syllable

nu are affixed to the third masculine plural of the Preterite and

Present, while the syllable ni is sometimes affixed to the third

masculine plural of the Permansive and to the third feminine

plural of the Preterite and Present. The fern, singular of the

Participle and its masc. and fern, plural are similar to those of

the adjective (se$/ above pp. LVIff.).

A-

The verb possesses ten principal stems or voices to which the Stems of

following names are assigned:

Kal Ifteal Iftaneal

Piel Iftaal

Shafel Ishtafal

Nifal Ittafal Ittanafal

The names of the stems have been adopted from those given

to the verb in other Semitic languages. Thus the simple stem

is termed Kal from the Hebrew adjective kal (bp) "light", a

term which the Jewish grammarians applied to the simple stem

LXXII INTRODUCTION

in Hebrew to distinguish it from the stems weighted with for-

mative additions, which they termed "heavy" ;the other nine

stems take their names from the paradigm of the verb "to do",

in Arabic faala (jjw), in Hebrew paal (7J?S).

The signification and formation of the stems of the verb maybe briefly described as follows. It should be noted, however,

that while the significations here indicated hold good as a

general rule, the stems of a verb have sometimes acquired a

special meaning ;thus lamddu, "to learn", in the Piel signifies

"to teach"; abatu, "to destroy", in the Nifal signifies "to fly, to

escape"; naplusu, the Nifal of the verb [pa/asu~\ which does not

occur in the Kal, has not a passive meaning but signifies "to

look upon, to behold". The significations of the stems, how-

ever, given below, cover the majority of verbs as the student

may see for himself by reference to the Vocabulary at the end

of the book.

The Kal is the simple form of the verb. Its formation has

been already described.

The Piel has an intensive signification and is formed by

doubling the middle consonant of the root.

The Shafel has a causative signification and is formed by

prefixing the consonant s.

The Nifal has a passive signification and is formed by pre-

fixing the consonant n.

From these four stems are formed four more by the insertion

of a // they are

The Ifteal, which generally is not to be distinguished in mean-

ing from the Kal.

The Iftaal, which sometimes has the same meaning as the

Piel, and sometimes serves as its passive.

The Ishtafal, which sometimes has the same meaning as the

Shafel and sometimes serves as its passive.

VERBS LXXIII

The Ittafal (/.e. Intafaf) which like the Nifal has a passive

signification.

By the further insertion of an n in the Ifteal and Ittafal are

formed two more stems which are

The Iftaneal, which has an active signification.

The Ittanafal(/'.

e. Intanafat), which has sometimes a passive,

sometimes an active signification.

From the Iftaal and Ishtafal were also formed an Iftanaal

and an Ishtanafal but these forms are of rare occurrence and

may here be disregarded.1 The Ittafal and Ittanafal stand re-

spectively for Intafal and Intanafal; n however, when immedia-

tely followed by a consonant, is frequently assimilated, and the

assimilation of the n to the following / takes place throughout

these two stems of the verb (see the rule stated above, p. LXVI).

The following is the scheme of the regular verb. The verb Scheme c

kaXadu is selected as a convenient model for displaying the formsj v b

which the stems of the verb assume. It should be noted however

that all these forms do not occur in the inscriptions in the case

of any one verb. In the Preterite, Present, and Permansive the

3rd pers. masc. sing, is given, in the Imperative the 2nd pers.

masc. sing. The tenses are inflected in the other stems as in the

Kal, the initial u in the Pret. and Pres. of the Piel, Shafel, If-

taal and Ishtafal being retained in those tenses.

i. In most Assyrian grammars and dictionaries the stems of the verb, for

the sake of brevity, are cited by means of Roman and Arabic numerals. The

Kal, the Piel, the Shafel and the Nifal are cited as I r , Hi, IIIi, and IV i, re-

spectively; the Ifteal, the Iftaal, the Ishtafal and the Ittafal as I 2 ,II 2, III 2 and

IV 2 respectively; the Iftaneal, the Iftanaal, the Ishtanafal and the Ittanafal as

1 3, II 3, III 3 and IV 3 respectively ;while the symbols employed for the Piel-

Shafel and the Piel-Ishtafal (see below) are III HI and IIin 2 respectively. This

system of abbreviation has the advantage of indicating the relations of the

stems to one another but for the sake of simplicity it has not been adopted

here or in the Vocabularv at the end of the book.

LXXIV INTRODUCTION

Scheme of the R<

Stem

VERBS LXXV

signification, e.g. t\, pa-kid, "he inspects";

na-Su-u','"they carry"; ^fj ÊlÊ, /a-6fr, "he is old"; ^ <|-,

AW-///;/, "he is safe"; ^ ^"ITT Êf' S<*b-ta-at, "it

(f.) was cap-

tured"; ^-JJJ Ej JEJ,kat-ma-ku

t"I am overwhelmed";

*E=TT *~?f *7^~ $a-ak-nu, "they are placed". TnjJTg_Pjpl .^hafnl ;<//

^P"and Nifal the Permansive has a passive signification, e. g. ''/*

, nti-uk-ku-mu, "they were heaped up";

/--</, "who has been brought down";

i na-al-bu-$a-ku, "I am clothed".

The Precative, the tense for expressing a wish, is formed byThe Pre'

means of the particle lu in combination with the Preterite or

the Permansive. The particle lu always precedes the verb, and,

when the first syllable of the Preterite begins with a vowel, lu

unites with it and they form a single word. Thus the u of lu

(i) uniting with the first vowel of the ist person sing., gene-

rally becomes , e. g. lu unites with akSud to form luk$ud, "mayI conquer"; (2) uniting with the first vowel of the 3rd pers.

sing., it generally becomes /, e. g. lu unites with tkSud to form

liksud, "may he conquer", with usahhir it unites to form HsahhtrJ

"may he lessen"; (3) uniting with the first vowel of the 3rd

pers. plur., it becomes u or /, e. g. lu unites with iK&udu to

form likhidu, "may they conquer", with upattiru it unites to form

lipattiru, "may they release", with uâbbiru it unites to form lusab-

diru, "may they break in pieces".

It has been already remarked that the accenting of the second Effect of

syllable of the Pres. Kal frequently gives rise to the doubling oflhe accenl *

the second radical, e. g. ikdSad is written tkaXSad. In the scheme of

the Regular Verb syllables that are similarly accented in pronuncia-

tion (e. g. the syllable ta in the Ifteal and the syllable na in the If-

taneal) are also marked with an accent; in these verbal forms, as

in the Present, the second radical is often doubled, e. g. *~]\ ***?

ik-tar-ra-bu. "they blessed", 3 m. pi. Pret. Ifteal from

LXXVI INTRODUCTION

karabu; A^^fflf ^TTT ^Mf ^T fcTTT fy-ta-nab-ba-ta, "he

plundered", 3 m. s. Pret. Iftaneal from habatu.

Additional In the Preterite, Present, andPermansive all forms ending

in a consonant may take in addition one of the three shortvowels. ^ */ ^

vowels u, i, or a. In a principal clause a final a is of most

frequent occurrence, e. g. *~\\ Ê| ^?II? *'& ~$u ~ â>

"ne con-

quered", 3 m. s. Pret. Kal from kasddu; g= JEff Êj, as-lu-la,

"I carried off", i s. Pret. Kal from fo/a/; J^ ^P ^<, /*>-

fa-ha, "let him be appeased", 3 m. s. Prec. Kal from paXahu.

The vowel # is also ^generally added to the first of two verbs

which are joined bv the copula ma, e. g. JZ^TJ E^ t^^ Ej

îj >-^| ^^111) i^-pur-am-ma is-ba-ta, "he sent and grasped", 3

m. s. Pret. Kal from saparu. In relative clausej^_a_Jinal vowel

to the verb, e. g. ^f

[ *~^\ ^y, fa is-ba-tu, "who (3 m.s.)

had grasped", 3 m. s.

Pret. Kal. from saJbalu\ ^f ^ JEJ >^-,fa as-ku-nu, "which I

had set up", i s. Pret. Kal from fakdnu; ^ J^ E^<^t? ^HL

^ a-zak-ka-ru, "which I speak", i s. Pres. Kal from mkaru;

^yi 4^_ ^S- Êy, U lit-buût"who is clothed", 3 m. s.

Perm. Ifteal from labaSu. Verbs in subordinate sentences (except

conditional clauses) also take a final vowel, generally ;see

the examples to the conjunctions, pp. LXVI ff.

\greement As a rule the verb agrees with its subject in number and3 ver an

gencj er> yhe 3rd masc. sine., however, is often used looselysubject.

for the 3rd fern, sing., e. g. ^JvT -TIT-^T -T^ Vt^TT Hî*^Ffy>

ilu War w-g--^ ^-^ (3 m.s.),

"the

goddess iStar inclined her ear".

Some little practice is required before the student will re-

cognise with ease, in the syllabic writing of the Assyrians, the

various forms of the verb which have hitherto been given in

transliteration only. In order to familiarize him with verbs as

they were written by the Assyrians, a number of parsed examples

VERBS LXXVII

are here given in cuneiform;

these will be found to illustrate

the paradigms and rules already given.

f, rt-kun, "he set" : 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. from Sakdnu. Examples

r

, i/i-kiJ, "he has entrusted": 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. h. pakadu.tl

ah, "he was afraid": 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. fr. paldhu.of ^ Re-

gular Verb.

tak-tum, "thou hast covered": 2 m. s. Pret. Kal

fr. katdmu.

I^f *7^~> ta$-ku-nu, "thou didst set": 2 m. s. Pret. Kal fr.

sakanu.

yip[, .?-, "I set": i s. Pret. Kal fr. Sakdnu.

f|f, ak-rib, "I drew near": i s. Pret. Kal fr. kardbu.

V^ ^JTTi i*-pu-ru, "they sent": 3 m. pi. Pret, Kal fr. Sapdru.

^- ^Ey, ik-nu-Su, "they submitted": 3 m. pi. Pret. Kal fr.

kandhi.

^Ey >^yy, iM-</a, "they (f.) conquered": 3 f. pi. Pret. Kal

fr. kaSadu.

J^yj JfETJ ^y> //-^-/-/, "let him live": 3 m. s. Prec.

Kal fr. baldtu.

, lu-u$-pur, "let me send": i s. Prec. Kal fr. Sapdru.

JEy i^-, H$-ku-nu, "let them set": 3 m. pi. Prec. Kal fr. Zakdnu.

H&' *-na-8a~a8> "he bellows": 3 m. s. Pres. Kal

fr. nagdgu.

^y ^yj, /--/-//, "he gazes": 3 m. s. Pres. Kal fr.

natdlu.

E>rX ^yy^f, i-zak-kar, "he speaks" : 3 m. s. Pres. Kal fr. zakdru.

Y^r ^Hf~ *"^~y *7^~?i-za-an-na-nu, "he sends rain": 3 m. s. Pres.

Kal fr. zandnu.

-, ta-pat-tar, "thou dost release": 2 m. s. Pres. Kal

fr. patdru.

~<y^, ta-sa-ba-ti, "thou dost grasp": 2 f. s. Pres.

Kal fr. sabdtu.

LXXVIII INTRODUCTION

Examples >~ E**oRF , a-mah-ha-as, "I will smite" : i s. Pres. Kalillustrating r

, ir. mahdsu.the forms

of the Re- g ^ ^, i-na-at-ta-la, "they (f.) gaze": 3 f. pi.

gularVerb.

, ku-Su-udj "conquer": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. katddu.

E^V^T , tu-bu-uk,"pour out": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. tabaku.

j? gi-mil, "spare": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. gamdlu.

<, sa-bat, "grasp": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. sabdtu.

^>^-, sa-pi-nu, "overcoming" : m. s. Part. Kal fr. sapdnu.

i>^yyj Jyyy Êj? pa-ri-sa-at, "who

(f.)decrees" : constr. st. f.

s. Part. Kal fr. pardsu.

^y ^îfc, /a-&r, "it is old": 3 m. s. Perm. Kal fr. labdru.

^y ft, tarn-hat, "she is holding" : 3 f. s. Perm. Kal fr. tamdhu,

lft(> |^ y^ ^yyy, ha-a$-ha-a-ta, "thou desirest" : 2 m. s. Perm.

Kal fr. hdtdhii.

^ f^ ^yy Êy, sa-am-da-ku, "I am yoked" : i s. Perm. Kal

fr. samddu.

Ê^y^ ^JÊfe rab-su, "they crouch" : 3 m. pi. Perm. Kal fr. rabdsu.

^yy^ Êy, lab-hi, "they are clothed": 3 m. pi. Perm. Kal fr. labdsu.

^-]^[ Ej> kat-ma, "they (f.,i. e. lips) are pressed together": 3 f.

pi. Perm. Kal fr. katdmu.

fczyyy^:-

<^< , u-rak-Ms, "I made fast": i s. Pret. Piel fr. rakdsu.

^yy^ ^^^^ ^tT> w-^-^-/r, "I lessened": i s. Pret.

Piel fr. seheru.

^yyy^-

][T>-y, u-hal-Kk, "I destroyed": i s. Pret. Piel fr. haldku.

^yyy^ >-ry ^ <y- tÎ^, u-na-a^-li-ku, "they kissed": 3 m. pi.

Pret. Piel fr. naXaku.

^>-^yyy^ ^, U-sa-ah-hi-ir, "let him lessen": 3 m.

s. Prec. Piel fr. seheru.

^yy, tu-$al-lamt "thou causest to prosper": 2 m. s,

Pres. Piel fr. Saldmu.

VERBS LXXIX

TTTET, n-lja-am-ma-tu, "they light up": 3 m. Examples. f ^~~^ illustratin

pi. Pres. Piel fr. hamatu.the form|

]<<<y 4*~~,

but-lit, "give life to": 2 m. s. Imp. Piel fr. balatu. of the Re*^~'

gularVerl

, ;////.?-.?/>-, "abandon": 2 m. s. Imp. Piel fr. [maSaru].

"

^ | ^JJTEJ, nu-nm-mir, "make bright": 2 m. s. Imp. Piel

fr. namdru.

Î '"E^TT ^' mu-dal-li-bu, "afflicting": m. s. Part. Piel

fr. dalabu.

II ^^^ffl *-]\ ^ffl su-uh-hu-ru, "it is turned": 3 m. s.

Perm. Piel fr. saharu.

jti *^y| ^^ ^ E5iJ' w-^-^-^-^. "he caused to take":

3 m. s. Pret. Shafel fr. sdbatu.

y^: t=yyy^ ^yy, u-Um-kit, "I caused to fall", I'. ^. "I overthrew":

i s. Pret. Shafel fr. makdtu.

y^ ^ ^\\^ r?T *liTu-ê'^-m''û

>

"they caused to submit" :

3 m. pi. Pret. Shafel fr. kana&u.

, $uk-m, "make ready": 2 m. s. Imp. Shafel fr. \kalalu].

^>- ][Eiy, tu-ut-pu-lu, "to abase": Inf. Shafel fr. Sapalu.

^ >-<y< *-J][^, /3-3a!-//-^, "he was destroyed": 3 m. s. Pret.

Nifal fr. fo/a.

, K*-*a-kin, "let it be set": 3 m. s. Prec. Nifal fr. Sakanu.

yyf lip-pa-fir, "let it be torn away": 3 m. s. Prec.

Nifal fr. patdru.

^<, is-sa-bat, "he is held fast": 3 m. s. Pres. Nifal fr. sabatu.

yyy îfc, a$-ta-kan, "I accomplished": i s. Pret. Ifteal fr.

Sakdnu.

y ^ ^ Sff ^-^-^-^ "he broke": 3 m. s. Pret. Ifteal fr.

Sabdru.

ffI -ET Hfl {P' tal - la-^ "they feared": 3 m. pi. Pret.

Ifteal fr. paldhu.

I< JEiy, M-ku-lu, "they are equal": 3 m. pi. Perm. If-

teal fr. Sakdlu.

LXXX INTRODUCTION

Examples l\P >->-xr >-j ] *^| j, up-tar-ri-ra, "it was broken" : 3 m. s. Pret.

illustrating Iftaftl fr> r^^the forms ^_of the Re- E^V^T *| \^ ^[, uk-tam-mi-is, "I was bowed down": i s. Pret.

gularVerb. Iftaa l fr> kamasu.

^, lik-tam-me-ra, "let it be made plentiful": 3 m.

s. Prec. Iftaal fr. \kamdru].

>*^r ^JEJ ^>^y us-tar-ki-ba, "he slung on"(lit.

"caused to

ride"): 3 m. s. Pret. Ishtafal fr. rakabu.

t^S^ H7I ^^-T' u*-ta$-ri-fa> "he brought near" : 3 m. s.

Pret. Ishtafal fr. karabu.

^yyy *^*M C^< *"^y ^-^-^-^-^, "they caused to take":

3 m. pi. Pret. Ishtafal fr. sabatu.

fiK *^^X^ HM' mu*-tak-mi-to, "flaming": m. s. Part.

Ishtafal fr. hamdtu.

yy ^gy ^y, mus-tak-u-ia-at, "who (f.)fui-

fils" : constr. st. f. s. Part. Ishtafal fr. [kaldlu~\.

\\,it-ta-at-bak

t "it was poured out" : 3 m. s.

Pret. Ittafal fr. tabaku.

fc^TTT fc^Mf^ P^TT *$-to-p-P*->"h e sent": 3 m. s.

Pret. Iftaneal fr. Zapdru.

^yyy ^"y ^yf ^Hf-i ti-ta-na-ka-an, "he makes" : 3 m.

s. Pres. Iftaneal fr. Sakdnu.

S^y ^yy >~^y ^^L 4^^ at-ta-na-as-har, "I turn": i s. Pres.

Ittanafal fr. sahdru.

We have hitherto considered those verbs which contain three

strong radicals, i. e. verbs in which the three consonants that com-

pose the root appear in every verbal form. When the beginner

with the help of the explanations appended has mastered the

two paradigms on pp. LXIX and LXXIV and has worked through

the list of examples just given he will be in a position to parse

correctly a majority of the verbs he will meet with in the texts

transliterated and translated in the reading book. It would be

well for him therefore not to trouble himself at first with the

VERBS LXXXI

"weak verbs" /'. e. verbs in which certain consonants of the root

undergo phonetic changes, or in which one or more letters of Weak

the root are represented by vowels in Assyrian though by con- verbs '

sonants in other Semitic languages. When he has thoroughly

familiarized himself with the forms of the strong verb he will

find little difficulty in recognizing the same forms in the various

classes of weak verbs.

Before proceeding to the consideration of the weak verbs it

will be necessary to explain, as briefly as possible, the terms

which are usually employed for their classification. For the sake

of brevity, when reference is made to "the first letter of the Explana-

root", "the middle letter of the root" and "the third letter oftlon of

terms.

the root", the feminines of the Latin adjectives primus "first",

medius "middle", and tertius "third" are employed, the feminine

substantive littera "letter" being in each case understood. For

example, the first letter of the root of the verb nadanu "to give"

is N (Hebrew 3); instead of describing this as "a verb the first

radical of which is N", it may be more shortly described as a

verb "primae J". In the verb Salalu "to plunder" the consonant

L occurs as the third as well as the middle letter of the root;

it may thus be briefly described as a verb "mediae geminatae\ i. e.

a verb with the middle letter of its root doubled, from the

Latin geminatus "doubled".

In many words only two consonants appear in the root in

Assyrian although in other Semitic languages the same roots

contain three consonants. This arises from the fact that certain

consonantal sounds^Jor which characters exist in other Semitic

languages, were not represented in the Assyrian syllabary. It

has already been explained (see above, p. XXVII f.) that the

Assyrians had no signs for distinguishing the seven sounds

represented by the Hebrew consonants X, H, FT (Arabic E),

J7 (Arabic f. and \ T and *; and a number of examples were

given in Hebrew and Arabic of roots containing these consonants

LXXXII INTRODUCTION

Impor- which in Assyrian were simply represented by vowels. Althoughtance of these consonants do not occur in Assyrian their original existence

classifying . .

weak in many roots has left its traces on the vowels; for thesetwill

verbs. be found to vary to some extent according to the consonants

which the root originally contained. Moreover, as Assyrian is the

least known of the principal Semitic languages, a great deal of

our knowledge of the meanings of its roots has been obtained

by comparing them with the corresponding roots in other

Semitic languages. For these two reasons it will be obvious that

although Assyrian did not distinguish the seven consonantal

sounds referred to above, some system for distinguishing roots

which originally contained them would be of service for purposes

of comparison. To meet this end the following system has been

invented on the Continent and is now generally adopted in

books published there. For the convenience of the student who

will need to consult fuller works on Assyrian, a brief description

of it is here appended.

The Hebrew letter K, which as a consonant simply marks the

System of breathing, is taken as a general symbol for the seven consonantal

classifica-souncjs ^ ^ ^^ p ^ y ^ ., and , . ancj faesQ are distin-

guished from one another by a small index figure placed beneath

the K. Thus K is cited as K I? n as K 2 ,H (c) as K 3 , p (fc)

as K 4 , J? ()as K 5 ,

1 as K 6 ,and > as K 7

. The verb akdlu "to eat" (Hebr. b3X)

is thus referred to as a verb "primae Rj" ;<z/ott "to go" (Hebr.

Tnn) is referred to as a verb "primae K 2"; tfrfl?f "to be new"

(Hebr. ttf^fl)is referred to as a verb "primae K 3

";

<?3^r "to cross"

(Hebr. *"G;P, Arab. ^4*) is referred to as a verb "primae i< 4"; r^w

"to enter" (Hebr. D*T5J,Arab, vljji) is referred to as a verb "/>n-

maeRg"; aladu "to bear" (Hebr. *b*, t. e. ^y\) is referred to as

a verb "primae K 6"; and eneku "to suck" (Hebr. plP)is referred

to as a verb "primae K 7". Similarly verbs containing these con-

sonants as their middle radicals may be referred to as verbs

"mediae Nj", "mediae K 2 ", etc., and verbs in which the third letter

VERBS LXXXIII

of the root is "weak" may be referred to as verbs "tertiae in-

Jirmae".

Of the weak verbs cited below the first two classes, i. e. verbs

mediae geminatae and verbs primae J, contain in the root three con- I" *

V ** ti/i

sonants, certain of which undergo phonetic changes ; the re-

maining classes contain examples of verbs in the roots of which

the Semitic consonants occur which have been referred to in

the preceding paragraph:

I. Verbs mediae geminatae (verbs in which the second and

third letters of the root are the same) are in the mainverbs,

conjugated like the regular verb. In a few verbal forms

Examplesof weak

a contraction of the second and third letters of the root

takes place, e. g. Mdlu (root hh&) "to plunder", 3. m. s.,

Perm. Kal M (for Mil).

II. Verbs primae 3 (verbs in which the first letter of the root

is n) are in the main conjugated like the regular verb.

In accordance with the rule stated on p. LXVI, the n,

when immediately followed by a consonant, is frequently

assimilated;in the Imper. Kal the n disappears, e. g. na-(^

sdru(rt. *13) "to protect", Kal Pret. issur

(for insur), Im-

per/ usur.

III. Of verbs primae tfj. (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is K), the following are examples: akalu(rt. S^Kj)

"to eat", Kal Pret. ikul, Pres. ikkal, Imper. akul, Part, akil,

Ifteal Pret. itakal', ahdzu(rt. tn^) "to hold", Kal Pret,

ihuz, Pres. ihhaz, Piel Pret. u'ahhiz, uhhiz, Pres. uhhaz, Shafel

Pret. utdhiz, Pres. uXaftaz ;amdru

(rt. n^K x )"to see", Kal

Pret. emur, imur, Pres. immar, Imper. aniur, Nifal Pret. inna-

mir, Inf. ndmuru.

IV. Of verbs primae X 2 (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is H) the only one of frequent occurrence is aldku

(rt. *[SK 2)"to go", Kal Pret. illik, Pres. illak, Ifteal Pret.

LXXXIV INTRODUCTION

Pres. ittalak, Iftaneal Pret. and Pres. ittanalak, Shafel

p

V. Verbs primae K 3 (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is H, i- e. c) are f rare occurrence; the follow-

ing are examples : edesu(rt. ttPTK 3 )

"to be new", Kal Pret.^7

edti, Piel Pret. uddt'X, Part, muddts, Inf. uddujfu; dSaSu (rt.

WK 3 )"to be sorrowful", Kal Pret. i&tf, Piel Perm. flfc.

VI. Of verbs primae S 4 (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is p, z'. .

_)the following are examples: <?$<?r

(rt. ""Q^)

"to pass over", Kal Pret. ebir, ibir, Pres. ibbir, Imper. ebir, If- Vteal Pret. f/ifrr, Shafel Pret. usebir, Pres. uSebar

;s<? (rt.

DTK 4) "to leave", Kal Pret. ezib, izib, Pres. izzib, Shafel

Pret. u$ezib, Imper. $uzi&, Sezib, Inf. $uzubu\ emedu(rt. 1bK 4 )

"to stand", Kal Pret. emt'd, Ifteal Pret. //^w^, Piel Pret. urn-

midt Nifal Pret. innimid.

VII. Of verbs primae S 5 (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is5?,

/. e.)that of most frequent occurrence is erebu V

(rt. D1K 5 )"to enter", Kal Pret. erub, zrub, Pres. irrw3, If-

*

teal Pret. z'/rw3, Shafel Pret. userib, Imper. Surib, Ishtafal

Pret. uWerib.

VIII. Of verbs primae K 6 (verbs in which the first letter of the

root is 1) the following are examples: aSdbu(rt. Dttftf 6 )

"to dwell", Kal Pret. u&b, Pres. u&ab, Ifteal Pret. titu&b,^ -v

ittatib, Pres. z'//^3, Shafel Pret. uMib, Ishtafal Pret. uSte&b; \

aradu(rt. T1K 6 ) "to go down", Kal Pret. urid, Pres. urrad,

Imper. rid, Shafel Pret. uSerid, Perm. Surud;^5/

(rt. ^DX 6 )

"to bring", Kal Pret. ubil, ubla, Pres. ubbal, Imper. ^7, If-

teal Pret. ittubil, Shafel Pret. uUbil, uSebil, Imper. ^3/7,

Ishtafal Pret. uUabil, ultebil, usibil

IX. Of verbs primae K 7 (verbs in which the first letter of the v

root is*)

the following is of frequent occurrence: [eSeru]

(rt. "IW 7 )"to be straight, right", Kal Pret. isir, Shafel

VERBS LXXXV

Pret. uSeh'r, Imper. SuSir, Perm. $u$ur, Ishtafal Pret. uMe&r, Examples

Inf. Jfo/flforw. * of weak

verbs.

X. Of verbs mediae K x (verbs in which the middle letter of

the root is K) the following are examples : ma'adu, mddu

(rt. IKj to) "to be many", Kal Pret. im'id, imid, Pres. ima'id\

Sa'alu (rt. b*^) "ask", Pret. it'al, Imper. Xa'al, Ifteal Pret.

Ma'al, Piel Pres. uSa'al.

XI. Verbs moftztf K 2 (verbs in which the middle letter of the

root is H) are of rare occurrence and may here be dis-

regarded.

XII. Of verbs mediae K 3 (verbs in which the middle letter of

the root isfl,

*'. e. e) that of most frequent occurrence is

rdmu(rt. DK 3*l)

"to love", Kal Pret. tram, trim, Pres. tram,

Imper. rim, Part, rd'imu.

XIII. Of verbs mediae K 4 (verbs in which the middle letter of

the root isJ?, i. e.

,)the following are examples : belu

(rt. ^K 43) "to rule", Kal Pret. ibel, ipil; [retu] (rt. ^K 4"l)

"to rejoice", Pret. ire$, tn$, Ifteal Pret. irtis.

XIV. Verbs mediae ^ 5 (verbs in which the middle letter of the

root is p, i. e.g.)

are of rare occurrence and may here be

disregarded.

XV. Of verbs mediae K 6 (verbs in which the middle letter of

the root is1)

the following are examples : kdnu(rt. JS 6D)

"to stand", Kal Pret. ikun, Pres. ikan, Imper. kun, Perm.

kdn, ken, Piel Pret. ukin, Pres. ukdn, Imper. ken, Perm, kun,

Inf. kunnuy Iftaal Pret. uktm; tdru(rt. 1X 6n) "to turn", Kal

Pret. itur, Imper. tur, Piel Pret. ufir, Imper. fir, Part, mufiru,

Inf. turru, Iftaal Pret. //?r; </a^(rt.

ta

]S 6H) "to slay", Kal

Pret. tduk, Pres. z'^a^, Imper. duk, Perm. ^, Ifteal Pret.

idduk (for iflf/w^).

XVI. Of verbs mediae # 7 (verbs in which the middle letter of

the root is s

)the following are examples : tabu

(rt. DK 7 tfl)

"to be good", Kal Pret. itlb, Pres. itab, itibbi, itib, Perm.

LXXXVI INTRODUCTION

nples tab, Piel Pret. ufib, Part, mufibu, Inf. tubbu;danu

(rt. |K 7 *l)

eak "to judge", Kal Pret. idin, Pres. idan, idinna, Imper. din.

XVII. Verbs tertiae infirmae (verbs in which the third letter of the

root is weak) are of frequent occurrence. Of verbs tertiae K x

(verbs in which the third letter of the root is K) the

following are examples : hatu(rt. Kjton) "to sin", Kal

Pret. ihti, Pres. ihatti\ main(rt. Xjbti) "to fill,

to be full",

Kal Pret. imli, Ifteal Pret. tmtali, Piel Pret. umalli. Verbs

tertiae S 2 are of rare occurrence and may here be dis-

regarded. Of verbs tertiae K 3 (verbs in which the third

letter of the root isft)

the following are examples : pitu

(rt. K 3n&) "to open", Kal Pret. ipti, ipta, Pres. ipatti, ipeti,

ipitti, Imper. piti, pita, Part, petu; lakii, liku(rt. S 3pb) "to

take", Kal Pret. ilki, ilka;

Pres. ilekki, ilikki, Imper. liki,

Ifteal Pret. ilteki. Of verbs tertiae X 4 the following are

examples : Semu(rt. 4!2^) "to hear", Kal Pret. t'Smt, Pres.

tSimt't th'mmt't Imper. Simi\ Sebii (rt. X 4Dt^) "to be satisfied

with", Kal Pret. tibi. Many verbs tertiae infirmae might, by

comparison with the corresponding roots in Arabic, be

classified as verbs tertiae K 6 or tertiae7 ;

these two classes

of verbs however are usually treated together as it is

frequently impossible to distinguish between them. In the

corresponding roots in Hebrew the original 1 and n have

both been changed to H which merely serves to carry

the vowel and has no consonantal force : it is customary

therefore in citing Assyrian roots, which belong to these

two classes, to employ PI as a symbol for the third letter

of the root. The following are examples of these two

classes of verbs tertiae infirmae : bantu(rt. H3D) "to build",

Kal Pret. ibni, Pres. ibani, Imper. bini, Part, dam, banii, Perm.

bam, Ifteal Pret. ibtani, Nifal Pret. and Pres. ibbani, Ittafal

Pret. and Pres. ittabni; $aiu(rt. Plfiltf)

"to drink", Kal

Pret. titi, Pres. iSatti, Imper. &tf; baru(rt. ,TD) "to see",

VERBS LXXXVII

Kal Pret. ibri, Pres. ibari, Shafel Pret. uXabri] manu(rt.

"to count", Kal Pret. imnu, Pres. manu, imani, Piel Pret.

umannd;kamu

(rt. HOp) "to burn", Kal Pret. z'&ww, Imper.

kumu, Part. kdmu.

In some verbs two letters of the root are weak;such verbs Doubly

are termed "doublv weak" and exhibit the peculiarities of bothwea

verbs.

the classes of weak verbs to which they belong. Thus the verb

nddu(rt. 1K I 3) "to exalt" is a "doubly weak" verb, as it is both

primae 3 and mediae K r ;naSit

(rt. KjtW) "to raise" is both primae 3

and tertiae X t ;elu

(rt. rf?K 4 ) "to be high" is both primae K 4and

tertiae infirmae ;idu

(rt. ^ 4*1^ 7 )"to know" is both primae X 7

and

tertiae K 4 ;bd'u

(rt. XZ K6 3) "to come" is both mediae X 6and

tertiae K x.

A few quadriliteral verbs (verbs with four letters in the Quadri-

root) exist in Assyrian, of which the following are of most

frequent occurrence : \balkatu, rt. fO^D], Shafel Pret. uttalkit, Pres.

uSabalkat, "to tear down", Nifal Pret. ibbalkit "to fall upon, invade",

Ittafal, Pret. itlabalkat "to revolt, to pass over"; \_par$adu, rt.

"KtfHS], Nifal Pret. ipparSid, Inf. naparfudu,uto fly". In some

quadriliteral verbs the last letter of the root is weak, e. g.

rt. n^^B, Shafel Pret. uXpalki, "to open wide";

rt. HD^B, Nifal

Pret. ipparku, Inf. naparku, "to cease, disappear".

LIST OF SIGNS.

The following List of cuneiform signs is given for reference,

and should be used together with the Vocabulary when reading

the texts in the main body of the book. The principles on

which the list has been arranged are as follows. It has been

already stated on pp. XXIff.,

that the cuneiform writing had

its origin in picture-writing, the inventors of the system being

accustomed to draw rough pictures to represent objects, actions, etc.

At an early date the pictures lost their exact forms and became

Character mere groups of wedges, chiefly because soft clay was used as

md func-tjie pr incipa l writing .material. The original picture-writing,

tions of

the signs moreover, in addition to its change in outward form, underwent

development with regard to the meaning of the characters. For

most of the picture-signs, or ideograms, were, in course of time,

used to express the sounds of the names of things which they

represented, apart from their meanings ;thus arose and came

into use, side by side with the original picture-writing, a system

of writing words phonetically by means of syllables. Amongthe Babylonians and Assyrians these two systems also existed

side by side. A sign could thus be employed as (i) a single

syllable of a word; (2) an ideogram which stood for a whole

word ; (3) a determinative to indicate the general meaning of

an ideogram ;and (4) part of an ideogram consisting of two or

more signs.

LIST OF SIGNS LXXXIX

In the following list the principal Assyrian signs are given Arrange-

with their most usual syllabic values and ideographic meanings.ment c

The list is divided into three columns. In the first column is the

sign to be explained ;in the second are its chief phonetic values

;

and in the third are the complete words which are its meanings

when it is used as an ideogram or as the first part of an ideo-

gram. For example, the first sign in the list, >^, when occurring

in the inscriptions, may possibly be used phonetically for any

one of the four syllables a$, rum, dil or til, e. g. *J, a$-$u, "be-

cause of"; >-jy^ ^IHf *^> zi-ka-rum, "male"; ^.^ *~->->^-

EzJ^,mi-dil $ame(e\ "the bolt of heaven"; ^ir| ^, ba-til, "dis-

continued, in abeyance"; or it may be used as an ideogram for

any of the words cited in the third column, e. g. > * >~- ^[E|,ina matuAt$ur ki

, "in Assyria" ; J> A^ *, m AHur - ah - iddina,

"Esarhaddon";

or finally it may occur as the first sign in an

ideogram composed of more than one sign, e. g. r^ *~^"T ^| *

M|^, i-na /?" kussi, "on the throne". And so on throughout.

The signs in this list are arranged in order according to the Order of

direction of the wedge or wedges with which they begin, the the s'Sns

general order being as follows: (i) the signs beginning with

horizontal wedges (first those beginning with one horizontal

wedge -, then the signs beginning with two wedges :, then

those with three wedges f,then those with four wedges E) ;

(2) the signs beginning with diagonal wedges (firstthose be-

ginning with one diagonal wedgex

,then those with two ^, then

those with three ^, and finally those that begin with the large

diagonal wedge ^) ; (3) the signs the beginnings of which con-

tain the upright wedge (those signs beginning with the single

wedge, |, being followed by those beginning with \, ",and

last of all by those beginning with two or more upright wedges).

In each of these main divisions the same order is followed with

regard to the second and third wedges of each sign.

xc INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS XCI

Signs

XCII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS XCIII

Sign

XCIV INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS xcv

Sign

XCVI INTRODUCTION

Sign Svllabic values Ideograms

LIST OF SIGNS XCVII

Signs

XCVIII I NTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS XCIX

Sign

INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CI

Sign Syllabic values Ideograms

79- tur, dur, tur

80.|ff, billu, "tribute;

burden; talent".

81. <MPU > "honey".

82. gur, kurr

, (i) idru, "to turn, re-

turn".

(2) a measure.

83.

84.

85-

y, karnu, "horn".

f^y^fl, [e&ni], "to

straight".

(istanu \ the North-wind ;

Iiltdnu

I

see 22 9,

far *py^y , (i) burrumu, "bright-

ly coloured".

(2) birmu, "brightly

coloured cloth".

sak, Sak; sag ;

ri$, ris

, rihi, "head".

"head".

'dz ^yyy, asaridu,

"chief".

~yy^l Saku, "hi

officer, ruler".

bolt".

CII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS GUI

Sign

CIV INTRODUCTION


^ *^ f^^\

mdrtu \ "daugh-

bintu ter".

ship".

106. ad, a/, at , a3, "father".

107.

108.

109.

no. rob, rap

in

112.

*arru>

"king"-

,the god Mar

duk.

far, sar\ sir; hir, Xa/dru, "to write".

garden".

JE^J, kutassuru

(Iftaal of kasaru) ?,"to

collect, to rally (in-

trans.)."

, "wall".

dead".

114.

,Ubara-Tutu.

se naddnu, "to give".

LIST OF SIGN cv

Sign

CVI INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CVII

Sign

CVIII INTRODUCTION

LIST OF SIGNS CIX

Sign

ex INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXI

Sign

CXII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXII1

Sign

CXIV INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS cxv

Sign

CXVI INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXVII


2 1 6.

217. , sign sometimes employ-

ed for marking the di-

vision of words.

218. ud, ut, /; u]

tu;tarn

;Mr

;

par, pir ; lah,

lih; his, his

^, (i) www, "day".

(2) umu, "storm".

(3) $am$u, "sun"; gen-

erally written with

determ.*"**j-

(4) situ, "exit, that

which comes forth".

(5) P&> "white".

*~*^~ ^y, $ama$, the Sun-

god.

^ J^y, afu, "to go forth".

sun-rse.

"sun-set".

"copper".

,the

city.

the city.

Puratu, the Euphrates ;

properly the short ca-

CXVIII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXIX

Sign

cxx INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXI

Sign

CXXII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXIII


262.

263.

? (2) Sutmu, "prosper-

ity, greeting".

, daianu, "judge".

,sallukku t "reg-

ular offering".

, Sandnu, "to equal,

to rival".

-<y^lEy^-, Sulma-

nu, the god Sulman.

,///, "mound".

, (0 '^ "earth".

(2) aSru, "place" ;also

employed as de-

terminative after

names of places.

(3) Mi, "with".

^y^, dannatu, "dis-

tress".

der part".

(2) &//," low,

lower".

, Sumer, Southern

Babylonia.

, "dwelling".

/'weight".

CXXIV INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS cxxv

Sign

CXXVI INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXVII

Sign

CXXVHI INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXIX

cxxx INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXXI

Sign

CXXXII INTRODUCTION

Sign

LIST OF SIGNS CXXXIII

Sign

CXXXIV

,0. <

ao

40.

INTRODUCTION

[eSrtt], fern, esertu (constr. st. e$erit\ "ten"; e$ru,

"tenth".

[isten esru~\, fern, isten esrit, "eleven".

"twelve",

"fourteen",

sixteen"."

"eighteen".

. ^ esrd, "twenty".

arbd, irba'd, irbd,

"forty".

i3.

15.

17.

!9-

3o.

50.

"thirteen".

"fifteen".

"seventeen".

"nineteen".

saIdsa, seldta,

"thirty".

, "fifty".

60. y

LISTS OF DETERMINATIVKS AND IDEOGRAMS CXXXV

determinative before names of trees, woods, and

wooden objects.

^' names of plants.

,, names of stones.

names of stuffs and garments.

names of wools and woolenstuffs.

TxT^J names of vessels.

*^ " names of some of the larger ani-

mals.

words for sheep.

) ,, words for some parts of th^

names of the months.>->-^JL^' i~? > names of stars and planets.

after names of places.

"W* 1 " names of birds.

.tt> names of fish.

>>^ -j

--^6l

CA-v-rf-txiW >to-l

A[

determinatives after numbers.^A^ ) o^U. in-~OL<^~*->

Tf-HF- i

^TTT TVJ-|

determmatives after numbers, and measures.

for the plural.

LIST OF IDEOGRAMS FOR THE MONTHS.

Nisannu, Nisan.^*-*^ trr^ ^^~ . rry>- T ^-^1 ^^^ T

-'

CXXXVI INTRODUCTION

^y Simdnu, Sivan.

%:T Ey I

IV. I *rl . Du'tizu, Duzu, Tammuz.*-jL_Y ^T ^^^ ^^^^1

,Ab.

VII. r/M/w, Tisri.

_T ^>^T >

VIII. ^" ^~' Arahsamna, Marcheswan.

T? I

>-

IX.*

Kislimu, Kislev.

'

XI - ^^T Hh TT ^.JL ^/w, Sebat.

'

^J^J ^ TEJT_ ^^^rw, Adar.

XIII. >-^ *p ^ >^r, ^ waAr & Addon (also

termed #/-// magru $a Ad-

dari, and Addaru arku), the

second Adar or intercalary

month.

LISTS OF IDEOGRAMS CXXXVII

LIST OF IDEOGRAMS FOR THE PRINCIPAL DEITIES.

Anu, the god of heaven, usually written *~

iluA-num. I

Bel, the god of the earth and of mankind, *-**f- *~JJ ^J|

(frequently written ^^JJJ ^JJI) J ^^~ ^-

AJf, the god of the abyss and of hidden wisdom, written

,""^-a. Another name of Ea is >~^- i^-iluNu-dim-mud.

'

Sin, the Moon-god, >-^p- >~JJ ^^Jl (frequently written

^^JJJ ^^11) ; *~>t- ^^- Another name of Sin is

Nannaru, *~J$- t^\ ^Ef-SamaS, the Sun-god, ^>^p- ^J.

"Rammanu, the Storm-god, ^Jp ^^^fl^J vHF") ^'

Marduk, Merodach, the god of Babylon, ^>

Nabu, Nebo, the god of Borsippa, *~>- ~f (frequently

written *"^yj^) ; ^n~ ^= -

a god of solar character, >-)Jf- ^^y ]^]->iluNin-ib

;

. Another name of Ninib is Utgallu, >~>-

(or -tthe god of battle, *~-

Gibil, the Fire-god, MNusku, a form of the Fire-god, *-

^7ra, the Plague-god, ^^ ^-

AHur, the national god of Assyria, *-

7^/ar, the goddess (i) of love, (2) of battle,

(frequently written

^ <VrT

"

Belli, the spouse of Bel, >-

[. A few names that are written phonetically are here included.

CXXXVIII INTRODUCTION

Damkma, the spouse of Ea, written>~>^- ^E

iluDam-ki-na.

Ai, the spouse of Saunas', written ^>4-J^f |]r,

iluAi.

Ba'u, the spouse of Ninib, >^+^- V~^ *~E|-

,the goddess of the Under-world, >->^- "J^Ej ^JEJ Ej^-the spirits of heaven, *->j- *-]]]] Ej^~ I

-^ ** ** v?

-4- \V TT-

Anunna&i, the spirits of earth, written>~>^- |^r ^J] J

iluA-nun-na-ki.

LIST OF IDEOGRAMS FOR THE PRINCIPAL COUNTRIES,

CITIES AND RIVERS.

Akkadu, Northern Babylonia,

AMilu, Arbela, ^^ Jgf), ^JI^ ^Hf~-

, Assyria, V >^f ^J), (V) -^J), V

, the city ASSur, ^JJ )^'-If 7 ^1* ^ <Jgf,

%^-Elamtu, Elam, (>) ^J

^tyy ^, -yyyy <IEJ.Idiklat _Y v^ TY

Tlgns ' IT S ^ ^' IT

Erech, ^

Urartu, Armenia^

Babilu, Babylon,

see Idiklat.

cuthah

LISTS OF IDKOGRAMS CXXXIX

J.<W<i$, the ancient Sirpurla, -^r- ^ -

/.,/nw///, Larsam,^

Nintia.

Nineveh, <

, Nippur, ^^ <Jg, ^JH t||y <Jg[.

sippar, ^y^ -yyyi <JEJ.

, Euphrates, J^f ^f J^f ^JT^-.

.SV//</-, Southern Babylonia, ^JEJ fe^^F (or

*"II)^

TEXTSWITH INTERLINEAR TRANSLITERATION AND

TRANSLATION

NAMES AND TITLES OF EARLY BABY-LONIAN AND ASSYRIAN KINGS.

I. Sargon of Agade, about 38oo B. C./^

Sar - ga - ni - $ar - ali $ar A -ga-

Sargani Sar-ali, king of Aga-

de.

II. Naram-Sin,' about 3750 B^C. <tkjb.

tn E^- ra - am - '"> Sm Sar ki - ib -

Naram -Sin, king of the four

ra-

ar - ba - im

quarters.

III. Hammurabi, king of Babylon, about 22606. C.

lf< fc^ ^ Etyy ^ ^^ ^yy/^ - aw - m - ra - bi Sarru dannu Sar

Hammurabi, the mighty king, king

Bdbili KI

of Babylon.

NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS

IV. SamSi-Ramman, of Assyria, about 1820 B. C.

, y tTTT<= <T- -HF- Afl- *T ^T!- &' - /V" Ramman iUakku A^ur mar

SamSi-Ramman, ruler of ASSur, son

T- f t0T E ^ *1 ^TT -Hf- If^T

- me- ilu Da - gan itsakku illi A - Sur

of I^me-Dagan, ruler of ASSur.

V. Pudi-ilu, king of Assyria, about 1850 B. C.

- di - ilu sar m"tu AHur apililu Bel - nirari Sar

Pudi-ilu, king of Assyria, son of Bel-nirari, kingC '

matu AHur apil Anur-uballit $ar m*tu AHur

of Assyria, son of ASSur-uballit, king of Assyria.

VI. Ramman-nirari I, king of Assyria, about 1825 B. C.<>

T< ^ ^ v[-^] }] ^I^-fm Ramman-nirari sar matu AHur apil Pu - di - ilu Sar

Ramman-nirari, king of Assyria, son of Pudi-ilu, king

m tl1 AHur

of Assyria.

VII. ShalmaneserI, king

of Assyria, about i3oo B. C.

'" ^" Sulmanu-aSaridu sar ki$$ati apil Ramman-nirari

Shalmaneser, king of the world, son of Ramman-nirari,

sar ktisati

king of the world.

NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS 3

VIII. Merodach-BaladanI, king of Babylonia, about 1200 B C

llu Marduk -apil

-iddina(nd) $ar kittati $ar

Merodach-Baladan, king of the world, king

Akkadi mar Me - li - &of Sumer (and) Akkad, son of Meli - si

^ BaMi K

f ^abylon ' descndant

a king without equal.of Kurigalzu,

IX. NebuchadnezzarJ, king of Babylonia, about 1150 B. C.

fff ^1 IfNabu-ku-dur - ri - uur rubu na - a - du na-

Nebuchadnezzar, the prince, exalted (and)

\

magnificent, offspring of Babylon, the foTd

*arr*f

Pl

of kings,

*TTA -

'****"

the courageous ruler,

Sakkanakku

governor

of Eridu, the sun of his land.

X. Tiglath-Pileser I, king of Assyria, about noo B. C

I IEM< If *TTTTAE*=TT v -If

Tukulti(ti]-apil - E - !ar - ra $ar ""* AHur apil

Tiglath-Pileser, king of Assyria, son

i*

NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS

E<M< v -TJ

m AHur - res - i - ti Sar matu AHur apilm Mu - tak-

of ASSur-reS-iSi king of Assyria, son of Mutak-

a f * <<>"*-kit - ilu Nusku tar matlt AHur

kil - Nusku, king of Assyria.

INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF HAMMURABI, KING OF BABYLON, ABOUT 2200 B. C.

[Brit. Mus., No. 12215.]

coi.i,

i.

Ha - am - mu - ra - bi sarru dannu $ar

Hammurabi, the mighty king, king

Bdbili KI$ar. ki - ib - ra - tim

of Babylon, king of the four

5 .

ar - ba - im b"a-ni ma-tim tarru so-

quarters, the founder of the land, the king whose

<T-wHF;

^T <

ip- $a - tu -hi a - na Si - ir tlu ama$ u

deeds unto the heart 1 of ama and

|V" Marduk ta - ba a - na - ku

Marduk are well-pleasing, am I. ^L The wall of

SipparKI in e - pi - ri ki-ma sa-

Sippar with earth like a

i. Literally "flesh".

INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF HAMMURABI

JTim l ra - bi - im r? - St - su lu - u

great mountain its summit I

ul - li ap - pa - ra - am lu - us - ta - as - hi-

raised. With-a] swamp-

-"

I surrounded

. . !T . . . . a - na SipparKI

The-etrrral. . . . . to Sippar

-IT; T?f^ Eri - a -

^am^ m

dug out and a wall of safety

ri - a - am ma 3 y^ar j - ul - mi - im - $

coi. ii, K

^ (lu - - w/w - mi - su 4jfifa - aw - / - ra-

1 erected for it. Hammura-

y jyz' 3(2 - ni ma - tim $arru sa ip

- sa - tu - su

>the founder of the land, the king whose deeds

,- - /r ^" Samas u ilu Marduk ta-

unto the heart of SamaS and Marduk are well-

3 a - na - ku SipparKI

. u Bdbi-

pleasing, am I. Sippar and Baby-

1. sa-tu-im = sadim, i. e. sadi with the mimation.

2. Ill 2, fr. saharu.

3. I I, fr. /zizrz/.

4. lu-u-um-mi-su lummid-sii II i, fr. emedu.

^CCV <

THEMEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NlRARII,

KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUt"i'3^ B.'<& ^ ,

*$?* &** [Brit. Mus., No. 1 21 1 1.] /^ *

\ <^>i. T HF- Afl * ** HFfl ^TTMT ^T! v HP-

m /'/ Ramman-nirari rubu ^~Tl - lu si - mat Hi

Ramman-nirari, the illustrious prince, adorned by godj

T>

- // - el - lu sa - ka - an - ki ilanipl

the ruler, the viceroy of the gods,

3.

w - ^' - in ma - ha - z^L ni - ir dap-nu - ti

the founder of cities, the destroyer of the

?^w - ;;m - an Kas - & - i Ku - ti - i Lu - hi-

mighty hosts of the KaSSI, the KutI, the Lulu-

me -

ml,

all

and

o - ba - ri - i i mu - hi -ip\ kul-

the Subarl, V annihilate/' of

foes

e - h'$ u

above and . ^ ^

i. That is, around the Upper and the Lower Sea, /. e., Lake Van I and Lake

Urumiyah. /

'

'

THE TITLES OF THE KING

TT 7. vv jy^ ^yy-Eiy HI! t

tf r matati-hi-nu 2$ - in Lu - up - di

trampling down their lands from Lupdu

'<*' Tfa - pi - ku a - di E - lu - ha - at

and Rapiku up to Eluhat,

-9-

n -

hass takenihosts\ of rSv who has enlarged \

ion of /---

J^j^tûJU^**

>- ty -yjl TT M ^T -HI $ V JTCf- ri } u ku - du - rt tarru $a naphar

ûndar^/ and frontier, the king for whom all

HfffT Ir.~fT?^Hf-~r3^" ^ 7 |7

yl - w I7a ^4âr

and princes Anu, Aur,

-f ^T -HF- Afl- - <HUT -HF--TTIilu Samat ilu Ramman u ilu iMar a - na to-

-

Sama, Ramman and I^tar at his\

^Tr JT -T!T^ *^& [Jf] -3. W f ^-m^//

- .fa -/g

- ik - ni - $u,

' Xa - an - gu - u

feet have forcedinj:o submission, \^ the exalted

r

A-'x^priest / of Bel, the son of Pudi-ilu, go-

-Y>5f frT >*%- ^TT ^TTT 15. ^*TT V >-Sf ^TET > T >->^pr

^ - / //M ^<?/ y - Xa - ak - ki ilu Attur

vernor of Bel, r-ttAe* of Aur,

10 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI

,fo - & - id matu Tu - ru - ki - i u

"the conqueror of TurukI and

v **. <tETT A < 7 . If <ys 3= *ET <^TT -Til JTmatu

Nigimti to its entire extent,

- me - ir ma - al - kisadl(i) u hur-

all of(its) ririeFsT" (its) mountains and high-

ja - wz' pa - at Ku - ti - i ra - pal - ti /%XJ=J

lands, the boundary of the wide-spreading Kutl,

20. -

gu - nu Ah - la - me - i u Su - ti - i

the district(?) of the Ahlami and Suti,

ET ^I!T -!< JTla - u - ri u ma - ta - ti - su - nu

the lauri and their lands,

>- 1 IKmu - ra -

pis me - is - ri u ku - du - ri

who enlarged boundary and frontier,

V -HF- -II -ITT *? ^ H.^ ilu Bel - nirari Sangu

tlu

grandson of Bel-nirari, priest of

AHur-ma $a um - ma - an Ka$ - Si - i i - na - ru - ma

ASSur, who the hos\s of the KaSsl destroyed y.\ Ji-IA-^

THE KING'S GENEALOGY 1 1

=TTT* ~T rlt]

-HI JT/

* 6 - -T -^TIna - ga - ab za -

~- ri - $u ka - su l

and the whole of his enemies his hand

/- Su - du mu - ra -

pi$ me - is - ri u

**-*conquered,^ who enlarged boundary and

YTT WU> w-U

-</ - ri li -ip

- li - pi Sa ilu ASSur-

frontier, >f the great-grandson of Aur-

/ uballit Sarri dan - ni $a $a - an - gu -

uballit, thT~mighty king, whose priesthood

^ ^T tTTTT v E^TT -C'V 30. jy^y -TI- fri - na e - kur - ra - tim $u - tu - rat u

in the temples was glorious ,and

JT^Ê^-K JT MJ^T ^ffl -!-<!< m$u - lum sarru - ti - su a - na ru - ka - ti ki - ma

whose royal prosperity unto distant (lands) like

vtE-^ Xadift)"^^^^W^^B? _

a mountain was establshed, who broke up

tE 33 - vat main _ fa _ r; _ ; ra _

forces if the wide-spreading Subari,

If -I -III <MB! m -T -III 35. tff+ Elra -

pis rê- is - ri u ku - du - ri e - nu-ma

enlarged boundary and frontier. ^ When î. ka-su = kat-su. 2. sa-an-gu-su = sangnt-su. JiJ \2. sa-an-gu-su = sangat-su. -X^"

,',^^ \ .>-'r'

12 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI I

ir - la - la $a bit llu AHur beli - ia 's'a

the sir-la-la of the temple of ASSur my lord, which

ba - ab ni - e$ Hi ma - ti u

the gate (^> t^) of the god of the land" and

-Hf- 38.

daiane - na pa - na

the gate (called) "the god of judges", *which in former days

tfl- ski) e - na - ah - ma

fhad beeni had fallen into deca/*l built, i

ih - hi- is u jJ

had suEslded, and f

as - ra $a - a - tu u - pi - hi- **<+ +

tnat place I strengthen- ^

- na - su l ak - su - ud it - ti

its base I reached, with

^u" - li u ipri $a alu U - ba - si - e

stone and earth from Ubase

--TTIJT =TTT

e - pu - u$ a - na a$ - ri - ~su u - te - ir -r*"

^ Ouf<W

I built(it),

to its place I restored (it)

44. <HiH ^! -TTIu na - ri - ia a~s - ku - un

45.

and my tablet

. dan-na-su = dannat-sn.

I sfet up.

a - na

In

.J

-u** >

-fer

.V\

t

KOxv-v>v

/^

f?" / f ntr

THE RESTORATION OF THE TEMPLE/OF ASSUR 13^

<MTI -f ^T T -ffi <!-!!!m tTTT= 46. =ff/S ..âr - /â/ w;/^ ^' rw^w ar - ku - u e - nu- ma '

future days let a future prince,

JT ^TJT<= 47. sTTTt --aS - ru $u - u u - Sal - ba - ru - ma f

j

e-

that place shall have grown old and'

fallen

y î 48. *.+^ .^yy jgj <y^ -yya - hu ^ an - hu - su 1

/ - di - i$ na - ri - ia

into decay, its rmns==

*'tJt!jL( repair, my tablet,

Su - me~ Sat - ra a - na a$ - ri - $u lu - ti - ir

x su^. u -L/t_

the record of my name, into its place leCUum restore,

-HF-^ so.^ -yyi M ^y ee ^y- vi^ - n - be - *u/i - se - nie^_ Uto his prayers may hearken. But whosoever

jy y- v E^yy 5 . && <T

/ - f sat - ra i - pa - Si - tu - ma su - urn - su

the record of my name blots out and his own name

i - $a - ta - ru u lu na - ri - ia

inscribes, or my tablet

53.

sa - am - sa - ku a - na $a - ah - lu - uk - It

conceals, (or) to destruction

= 54.

i - ma -nu - u a - na mi - Urn i - na - du - u

consigns (it), (or) into the stream casts (it),

1. an-hu-sii = an-hut-sii.

THJ2 MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRAKI

55. tE -ym =m= IT ^y yj T-

i - na i$ati i - ka - lu - u a - na me P l

(or) in the fire burns(it), (or) into the water

^^yf*Ê ^y ^y ^yyy&r 56. ^ ^y ^ *}*-f*-}}\ ^yyyî - na - du - u i - na e - pi - ri u-

throws(it), (or) with earth cov-

57.

ka - fa - mu a - na bit ikliti(?)

- â

ers(it) up, (or) into a dark chamber where

- ri u - se - ri - bu - ma i - sa - ka - nu

it cannot >e seen brings and places (it),-

-TTI

lu a$ - Sum ir - ri - ti si - na - ti - na

or if ( in iinii) because of tr/ose curses *

60. -ry .^ ^yy yj ^< y^ ^ ^ ^y <y

na - ka - ra a - ha- a ia - a - ba lim - na

an evil enemy,

a

btttef foe,

yyy m ^y Eysa - na na - ki - ir - ta lu ma - ma

a hostile tongue,

â - na - a

other man sends and causes (him)

any

o seize

1. That is, theSyCurses that follow those acts.

2. /. e., "a man\)f hostile tongue, a slanderer.

; f)

'

S ONTHE SACRELIGIOUS 15

<y-JEH jgy <ttu

or

mi - m - ma

any plan

i - ha - sa - scC - ma

he conceives and

e - pu - hi

carries out,

tl" AUur ilu si - u a - Si - ib

may ASSur the exalted god who dwelleth

- har -stffi- kur-kur -

in Eharsagkurkura,

Hf-ilu A-nu ilu BeliûC^tÂ- ^

Anu, Bel,

./M^*

- a u

* Ea and

4- tE -TTA^tlu I - gi - gu

ilu

IStar,

$ame(i)

Hani P l

the great gods,

the Igigu of heaven,

- HP- T^ Hfffllu A - nun - na - ku

the Anunnaku.

n jy ^ 6s - tizr -

'

- // i - na naphar - $iT- nu iz - zi- .

*- ^^LXîC*/

of earth, ^ all of them,

anger

**

ki - el - mu - $u-ma

look upon^Mm and

ir - ri - ta

with an

70.

ma - ru - u$ - ta ag - gi - 2$

evil curse in wrath

li - ru - ru-

may they curse

y

$u $umi - $u zeri - $u

him;

his name, his seed,

i. el-la-su = ellat-sul

el - la - su

his relatives

u

and

1 6 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI I

ki - im - ta - $u i - na mati lu - hal - li - ku

his family in the land may they destroy;

72. -ry _^ ^yyy v jy ft< ^EI -

fltf - a/ - / - #$ mdti-su ha - la - ak ni - h'-

may the ruin of his land, the destruction of his

JT 73.<_

^w ku - du - ri - su i - na pi - su - nu

people and of his border at their weighty

lu - sa - am - ma llli Ramman i - na ri - hi - is

command /be decreed; may Ramman with an evil

4mbi75 .

//'- mu - // // - ir - hi - su 1 a - bu - bu

downpour overwhelm him, may flood,

76. ^tff <HH w A^-fflF El *- -EiT *T ^1 -TIT-

vi \n -> ^arw limnu sa - ah - ma -as - tu te - su - u

ir* destructive wind, rebellion, hurricane (and)

a - Sam - Su - tu su - un - ku bu - bu - tu

tempest, "^ want (and) famine,

78. \} *m IH^y ^yi -gyy ^yi & ^y v jya - ru - ur - tu hu - sa - hu i - na mdli-hi lu

drought (and) hunger in his land be

-t=H^ -HF- v -^TT Tl ^- & ^TT 1ST ^T>('cz

- *Vz - // ^/^/ - su a - bu - bi - t'S lu - us-

continuous;

on his land like a flood may he 2

I. li-ir-hi-sn = lirhis-su. 2. /. e., Ramman, the storm-god.

-V,

f?i b

Aj \

5

v

w <t^X>-**JK*^

,

UxA^J

THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TIGLATH-PILESER I, KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT

1 100 B. C.

[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12176.]

Tukulti(ti)-

apil- E - $ar - ra idlu kar - du

Tiglath-pileser, the valiant hero,

fTT T- AHfff fcTt^ -ETT?ta - me - ih t?u hatta la - a $a - na - an mu-

who holds a sceptre without equal, who

\ I- ffl ^Af IH <=ETT -TTZ 4. -f t^T Idlgam -me - ru mu - ur si

'

- ri 'lu Nin - ib

exercises lordship over the field. Ninib

JT^ 5. ST^u ilu

Nergal kakke P l-su-nu iz - zu - te

and Nergal their terrible weapons

u '- u ka$at - su - nu si - ir - ta a - na

and their exalted bow to

7. tz'

- di belu - ti - ia i$ ru - ku i - na

my lordly power have presented. At

PURSUIT OF WILD OXEN 1 9

si - kir ilu Nin - ib rd'imi - ia IV bu - hal

the bidding of Ninib, who loveth me, four male

nmani P l dan - nu - ie $u - tu - ru - te i - na

wild oxen, strong (and) mighty, in

hu - rib - te i - na m&lv- Mi - ta - a - ni u

the desert in the land of Mitani and

^THJE^TT -TT* mili - na alu A - ra - zi - ki $a pa - an

.in Araziki, which is before

matu Ha -at - te i - na '>" kaM - ia dan - na - te

the land of the yatti, with my strong bow,

- ku - ud parzilli u mul - mul-

my spear of iron and my

li - ia zak - tu - te na -pi$

- ta - $u - nu

sharp darts I

tTTT= I^IIE ^T< >4- ^TT I JT -^ ^TTu - $ik - ti maSke P l - $u - nu karne P l-

slew. 1 Their hides, their

-HF- IT- ?/ - wa a// - z'a

ilu A - $ur ub - la

horns to my city ASSur I brought.

i. Literally, "their life I brought to an end."

20 THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TIGLATH-PILESER I

. <X pirani Pl bu - ha - li dan - nu - te

Ten elephants, males, mighty ones,

/ - na matu#arrani(ni) u Si - di naru Ha-

iti. Harran and the district ofthe Ha-

TT^ TftlT* Vbur lu - u a - duk IV pirani P l

bur did I slay ;four elephants

TTT= W3 ttTTT ^TT T- lu - te lu - u - sa - bi - ta ma$ke P l~

alive I caught ;their

J /- 20.

J^- nu Zinnati P l - $u - nu it - ti pirani P l

hides (and) tusks together with the live

2 i. *^a/ - tu - te a - na ali - ia llu A - $ur

elephants to my city ASSur

a,, t

<5- Az I - a si - kir ihl Nin - ib

I brought. At the bidding of Ninib,

E^TTA~f <ct tEff -. IT JT <T- IH -SIra - - mi - ia II $u - & ne$e P l

who loveth me, one hundred and twenty lions

- a lib - bi - ia ik - di i - na

with my courageous heart by

SLAUGHTER OF ELEPHANTS AND LIONS 21

- r - // - it - lu - // - ia i - na

the attack of my power on

tE I SET? MI tTTTt TJ tflk *e. <HEJJf^ ^'-w lu - u a - duk u VIII

foot did I slay, and eight

I- IH-tElIT <=E^T tTC ne$e P l

i - na *'?u narkabti-ia

hundred lions in my chariot

- wa />/ - tu - te u - Sim - kit

with ....... I brought low.

- / sen' gi - mir - fa u issur

All beasts of the field and birds

= HfTI 1HT$ame(e] mut -

tap- ri - $a e - im ni-sig-

of the heaven that fly among my

30.

'

^7 - ia lu - u at - ta - ad - di

spoils (?)I cast.

i. Col. VI, 11. 5584.

INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-

NASIR-PAL, KING OF ASSYRIA, 884860 B. C.

[From the stele No. 847 and paper squeezes in the British Museum.]

i.

j

t -H^Tfcfl -MTI tffltfflSf: -BEIIana ilu Nin - ib gi$

- ri dan - dan - ni siri

To Ninib, the powerful; the strong, the exalted,

*TT3=tffl -4-! IH^TT* tifcj HTIatarid Hani P l kardu sar - hu

the chief of the gods, valiant, mighty,

git- ma - lu $a ina tahazi la z$ - $a - na - nu

perfect, whose onslaught in battle cannot be

ti - bu - $u aplu ri$ tu - u ha - Sal

equalled, the son of highest rank, destroyer of

^g^ ET ^T ^- v Hf- -^ <^J!turn - ku - ma - te

1 bu - kur ilu Nu - dim - mud

opposition, first-born of Nudimmud,

HhWTTkarrad ilu

Igigi li'u ma - lik Hani ?l

hero of the Igigi, the mighty, prince of the gods,

I. The form tuk-ma-te occurs as a variant reading.

THE PRAISE OF THE GOD NINIB 23

- //'/ - //' .Z? - ^r mu- kil mar - has $ame(e)

offspring of Ekur, who holds the bolt of heaven

irsitim(twi) pi - tu - u nak - be

and earth, who opens the depths,

ka - bi - si irsitim(tim) rapaUi(ti} ilu $a ina

who treads the broad earth, the god without

ba - lu- $u purusse P l

$ame(e) irsiiim(tim} la

whom the decisions of heaven (and) earth are not

4.

ipparasu(sit) mu - nir - bu ik - du $a la - a

decided, the destroyer, the" strong, the com-

^ - - ^' - <5// pi - $u atarid

mand of whose mouth is not void, chief of the four quarters,

w purussi ana nap - har kal

giver of sceptre and decision unto the whole of all

w -^-a/

- lu $am ru $a la - a

the ruler, the violent, the com-

/ - /a^ - ka - ru si - kir Sap- ti - $u Wu

mand of whose lips is not altered, the mighty,

24 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF A$$UR-NASIR-PAL

ra/ - abkal Hani P l mu - tal - lu ilu Ut-

the great, spokesman of the gods, the exalted, Ut-

-II -II tfl V Eff <V -4- =!

<5<?/ &&(#) .fa &)>- pat $ame(e)

gallu,1 lord of lords, whose hand the ends of heaven

Mi^r ^HK-mirsitim(tini] ka - tus - su pak - du $ar tarn -ha - ri

(and) earth controls, king of the battle,

Tf^TTMT W t=^^=^T^T tE^-MTa - li - lu $a turn - ku - ma - tu^ i - pi - lu 3

strong one, who opposition has conquered,

-n -^^ <- ul - lu - tu git

- ma - lu bel nak -be u

triumphant, perfect, lord of the depths and

tamati Pliz - zu la pa - du - u $a

the oceans, terrible, unsparing, whose

v ^ii - busu a - bu - bu sa -

pin mat nakire Pl

onslaught is the deluge, who overwhelms the land of enemies,

TJlfctJTT^

=TTT ^-ITA-TTA -fmu - u - sam - kit tar -

gi-

gi ilu $ar - hu

who overthrows the wicked, a powerful god,

1. A name or title of the god Ninib.

2. tufc-ma-tn occurs as a variant reading.

3. I i, Pret. fr. belli.

THE PRAISE OF THE GOD NINIB 25

V -ET^ *- tTTlt ^TT IH 1 8 - + IH -4- *T.fa /</ e - nu - u mil - lik - Su nu - ur fame(e)

whose counsel is not void, the light of heaven

Hf- ~Tirsitim

(tint)mu$ - par - du ki - rib apsi

(and) earth, who gives light to the depth of the abyss,

<T- V- ^T< ^ ^TT^ -ET/^ - ab - bit Urn - nu - ti mu - $ak - ni$ la

who annihilates the wicked, who brings to subjection the

JJ^THMTI V -ma -

gi- ri mu - hal - lik za - ia - a - ri $a ina

disobedient, who destroys foes, whose name in

-Hf-T" 9-^1 -Hf-

puhur Hani Pl $um-$u ilu ma - am - ma la

the assembly of the gods no god can

enu (u) ka - i$ balati ilu rim - nu - u

humble, the giver of life, a merciful god

V *TT*-I AtTTT^ TU- ^TT^mA -I$a si - pu - $u tabu a - Sib alu Kal - hi beli

to whom to pray is good, who dwells in Calah, a

rabe(e} beli -a m AHur -nasir-aplu Sarru dan - nu

great lord, my lord, [I] Aur-nasir-pal [do pray], the mighty king,

I -El V^T-HP <$ar ktXXati far la $a - na - an far kul - lat

king of the world, a king without equal, king of the whole

26 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-PAL

ilu Sam - su kis - $at ni$e ?l

of the four quarters, the Sun of the hosts of men,

x : HF- Hf-'

'

na - ra -amdear to Bel and Ninib, darling of

|7 - nm< -Hf- ^!I *& -^H JTu ilu Da - gan ka - tu

Anu and Dagan, beloved of

ET-THani P l rabuti Pl $ah - tu na - ra - am

the great gods, submissive, the darling of

)me -

girllu Bel $a

thy heart, the prince, the favourite of Bel, whose

Sffl ^TT <-tW -Hf- Hf<Sangut

- su eli ilu - ti - ka rabiti(/?')

priesthood unto thy great godhead

i - ti - bu - ma tu - $ar - h' - du pala- Su

is good so that thou hast established his reign,

- / >&ar - </ ^ ma tukulti(//')

AHur

the valiant hero, who with the help of ASSur

3<?// - $u ittalaku (ku)- ma ina mal - ki P l $a

his lord proceeds and among the princes of

THE PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE KING 27

-ET&<5 - rcz/ irbitta (id)

$a - nin - $u la z$u(u)

the four quarters a rival has not,

&m ^Evyyym -ET THT^^in tT Trc'w tab - ra - a - te la a - di - ru tukmati

the shepherd of marvellous treasures, who fears not opposition,

e - du - u gab- $u $a ma - hi - ra la - a

the mighty flood who an opponent does not

tm= ^ -^TT^ ^ < -ET TJ

i$u(u) Sarru mu - $ak - ni - e$ la - a

possess, the king who has brought to subjection those that

&z - ^w - /^-^ ^ nap - har kflf - Sat ni$e P l

(were not subjecti who the whole of the hosts of men\ to him, /

i - pi - lu zikaru dan - nu mu - kab - bi - is ki$ad

rules, the strong man, who tramples on /the knecki

\ of j

ai - bi-$u da - i$ kul-lat nakire Pl mu - pa - ri - ru

his foe, Iwho treads i all enemies, who shatters

\ under foot /

ki - is - ri mul - tar - hi $a ina tukulti(ti)

mighty battalions, who with the help of

I i6 - 13M ETHani P l rabuti P 1 bele P l - $u ittalaku(ku]-ma

the great gods, his lords, proceeds and

28 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-PAL

JT^TT >^Tmatdti ? l kali - h' - na kat - su ik^ud(ud^ hur - $a - ni

all lands with his hand f has \ the highlands\conquered,J

pat gim - ri-Su-nu i - pi - lu - ma bi-lat - su - nu

in all their extent has subdued and their tribute

im - hu - ru sa - bit li - i - ti $a - kin

has received, the taker of hostages, who has

H - i - te eli kali - si - na matati P l

triumphed over all lands.

THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THESUN-GOD.

From the Tablet of Sippar inscribed in the reign of Nabu-

apil-iddina, king of Babylon, about 879 853 B. C.

[Brit. Mus., No. 12137.]

ilu SamaS b'elu rabu(u) a - $ib E-babbar-ra

Mamas', the great lord, who dwelleth in Ebabbara,

V <M*ffl T-*T<Ef W - ^VTMfa ki - rib Sip-par

K1 $a ina e - $a- a - ti

which is in Sippar, which during the troubles

5. <MEjjT -m ff< u ^< w v m^ <u dal - ha - a - ti fa matu Akkadi KI

and disturbances in Akkad

amelu Su - tu - u amglu nakiru Urn - nu u - sah-

the Sutu, the evil foe, had des-

-TI <=TTT<= tmthu - u u - hal - It - ku usuratt P l

troyed (and) had cast down the sculptures,

/r - jw - / // - ma - Su - ma h' - kin - Su u

his statutes were forgotten and his image and

3o THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD

I- *T T I ME ^7 Jin HI ^ gn ET -ETsimati Pl-$u i - na kate n ip

- par - h'd - ma la

his ornaments had disappeared and none

~TT^ ET^TET tTT A4f HF- <T- -TI E## -

/// ma - na - ma Si - im - ma$ - h' - hu $ar

beheld them. Simmas's'ihu king

Babili h'h'n-$u ft - ta - al - ma pa - ni - $u la

of Babylon his Statue sought for, but his countenance he 1 did not

< JT ff <MfT I < T-*TT I -ETid - din - $u sa - lam - Su u simati P l - su la

show 2him, his image and his ornaments he did not

tEAÊT BfTtro Ve^HF- -Hf-^T =TTT=vi - mur - ma ni - ib - ha $a pa - an tlu Samas u - $at-

find. An enclosure(?) before Samas he

-TTI H t^ ET -. <T^ ^H 1 ^TTT= mi ETri - sa - am - ma sattukki-û u - kin - ma

erected and regular offerings for him he appointed, and

T ^TTTT v ^ It <T- <-TTTT Hf-^

mE-kur-sum-utabtiî) tangu Sippar

KI

EkurumuSabi the priest of Sippar,

=TTT*= Vamelu 1^ u . $a _ af _ fo; jna dannati u

the seer, he settled (there). During the distress and

*5. -tthu - $ah - hi $a ilu Ka^-su - u - nddin - ahi

famine at the time of KaSSu-nadin-ahi,

l. I. e., ama. 2. Literally, "grant."

SUSPENSION OF THE TEMPLE SERVICES 3 I

C3 tfl 3= -TTI s-

Sarri sattukku $u - a - turn ip- pa - ri - is - ma

the king, that regular offering was stopped and

ba ' til sur - ki - nu ina E - ul - bar-$akin-$um

the drink-offering ceased. Under Eulbar-Sakin-Sum,

farri m E -kur-$um-u$ab$i($i) Sangit Sip-par

KI

the king, Ekur-s'um-us'abs'i, the priest of Sippar,

amelu baru $arri beli-^u im - hur - ma gi - ni - e

the seer, before the king his lord went, and /"the appointed!I offerings for /

-My ^y^ -yi^ET ^ T -T V&ilu SamaS ba - til ik - bi -ma I ka akale P l

ama have ceased" he said. i ka of food

I ka kurunnu kurmat

I ka of sesame-wine, the support of the director of

E -sag

-gil ina libbi gi

- ni - e ilu Bel

Esagil according to the appointed offerings of Bel,

a - na ilu SamaS u - kin - ma m E -kur-$um-u$abh($t)

for Santas' he 1 ordained and to Ekur-s'um-us'abs'i

40. ^yyyy ^ ^TT K *T E^? - tE a I -IISangu

altlSip -par

amslu barti i - rim Men (en)

the priest of Sippar, the seer, he granted (it). One

i. 7. e., Eulbar-gakin-s'um.

32 THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD

garden in the district of Alu-eSSu *, which is

45.

ki - rib Babili KI a - na ilu Samat

in Babylon, to

_

iddin-ma panm

E-kur-$um-usab'$i($i} $angu Sip-parK

he gave and to Ekur-Sum-US'abs'i, the priest of Sippar,

u -sad-gil ar - ka - nu ilu

Nabu-apil-

the seer, he entrusted(it).

Afterwards Nabu-apil-

so.

iddina (no) $ar Babili KI ni - bit

iddina, king of Babylon, the elect of

ilu Marduk na - ram ilu A - nim u ilu Ea

Marduk, the darling of Anu and Ea,

m *m 3 -4- i

OTW - A<5 lib - bi iluZarpanitu zi - ik - ru

who rejoices the heart of Zarpanitu, the valiant

^T 55. W I

r - du $a ana Sarru - it as - mu na - a$

hero, who for kingship is adorned, who bears

pit- pa - ni iz - zi - tint sa -

kipameiu naforu um . nu

a terrible bow, who overthrew the evil foe,

I. Alu-esit = "The New City."

ACCESSION OF NABU-APIL-IDDINA 33

TTt W *V*-< ACMJl^;ameiu $u . tu - n Sa htr - bu - u hi - tu - $u - un

the Sutu, whose sin was great,

60. T ! -EET IH -TTA :^TT v m^w <HT$a ana tu - ur gi - mil "' atlt Akkadi KI

whom to avenge Akkad,

?w - Sub ma - ha - zi na - di - e parakke P l

to make cities habitable, to found shrines,

w.9 - .?ttr usurati pl sul - lum parse

to fashion sculptures, to preserve statutes

w ^/7 - lu - di - e kun - ni sat - tuk - ki

and ordinances, to establish regular offerings,

stir - ru - uh nindabe P l belu rabu(uj

to increase free-will offerings the great lord

TTT 70.

ln Marduk 'V 0//a / - ^r - ta ri -'

-

Marduk with a right sceptre, the rule of

ni'Sc' P le - pi - h' u - mal - lit - u

the peoples to undertake, had

ka - tu$-hi llu $ama$ belu rabil $a istu urne pl

invested, SamaS, the great lord, who for many


ma - ' - du - ti it - li matu Akkadi KI

days with Akkad

75. t v- v -ik - me - lu is - bit - su ki - sad - su ina

had been angry (and) had averted his neck, in

^T* "3& Tf ^fpall

ilu Nabu -apil

-iddina(na] sar Bdbi-

the reign of Nabu-apil-iddina, king of Baby-

//^ sa - H - ma ir - si - ma u - sah-

lon, had mercy (and) turn-

hi - ra pa - ni-su u - sur - ti sal - mi - su

ed his countenance. His image,

sir - pu sa ha - as - bi sikin-su u si- ma - ti-su

..... of .......,

his statue and his ornaments

ina e - bir - //"*ru Pu - rat - ti sa

on the opposite side of the Euphrates on

.yyj ^ ^ j yj ^ ^| ^ Ey

<5a/ - n ereb-Sam^i in - na - mir - ma

the western bank were found and

tTTTTHF- -fcTTT-^T'" ilu Nabu-nddin - sum sangu

alliSip-par

am*lu bdru ina

Nabu-nadin-um, the priest of Sippar, the seer, of

RECOVERY OF THE SUN-GOD'S IMAGE

^ T =TTTT v >

'"

E-tur-Xum-uXa&fi($t) San^ulj/"

Sip-par

the seed of Ekur-Sum-uabi, the priest of Sippar,

cfc Jl ff -IEmi $u tf . ////;/

/

the seer, that image to Nabu-

-III tmt<//>//

-iddina(na) sarri beli-su it - kal-lim-ma

apil-iddina, the king, his lord, showed and

Nabu-aptl-iddina(na) $ar Babili ^ l $a

Nabu-apil-iddina, king of Babylon, who

epe$(e$] sal - mi su-a - turn ka - bu - Sum - ma

the preparation of such an image had commanded him and

- ud - gu - lu pa - nu - u$-hi sal - mu Su-a - turn

entrusted.

to him, that image

- mur - ma pa - nu-su ir - ti - su i - te - li - is

beheld and his countenance was glad (and) joyful was

Til TT! *^L ^TT T ^kab - la as su l ana epe$(e$} sal - m

his spirit. To the restoration of that

- ////// u - zu - un-su ib - Si - ma ina

image his attention he turned and with

i. kab-ta-as-su = kabtat-sit.

3*


ni - me - ki sa ilu E - a ina si - pirilu Nm-

the wisdom of Ea, with the craft of Nin-

igi-nangar-builu Guskin - banda ilu Nin-

igi-nangar-bu, GuSkin-banda, Nin-

r - rczilu Nin - zadim ina hurasi ru - us - si - i

kurra (and) Nin-zadim with sumptuous gold (and)

^<^T! Hf-^T -II El-abnu ukni ib - bi sa - lam ilu SamaS belt rabi

bright lapis lazuli the image of Samas, the great lord,

ki - m'$ u - kan - ni ina te - HI - ti sa

he carefully prepared. With the purification of

i.,v-

ilu E - a u ilu Marduk ma - har

Ea and Marduk before

^n Sama$ ina E - Kar - Za-gin - na Sa kisad

ama in E-Kar-Zaginna on the bank of

'.f

T^a *- -!!- ^T< *T- 1 AHFf.^TT ET ^ Ef T^naru pu _ raf . ft p} _ $u jm _\ j/ . Wrt /r .

;//t2: . a

N:he Euphrates his mouth he washed and he took up

his dwelling (there).

<4t^^r

t ( Q V

f

^

OxC

41 /u

V

.

I

i

/

-3

rvc^-

\ Ich

CtC ^tt -

L

' .,^X"

2 1

.A . , t- f

THE SIEGE OF DAMASCUS BY SHALMAN-ESER II AND THE TRIBUTE OF JEHU, KING OF

ISRAEL, 842 B. C.^e^.Jt^^a~~*~f

[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, No/. 1143 and 1 1 4 b /] oft"

f*e*p*" > X- <IW --M tETKfflf I TJ&THK/;/(/ XVIII palef

l -ia XVI Samtu n* ru Puratu -

In the i8th year of mv reign (forthei time the EuphratesJ

\ 1 6th J U'

JJ"

a.

.I crossed.

T IK W Af"' Ha-za -

' - ilu"

azael

V$a

of

I"M/" DimaSki

^

Damascus

TTEIKa - mi gi - wnmanati F l-$u it - ta - kil-

-^4^ in the multitude of his troops

and

ATIummanati P l-

his troops

I 5. If

a -

in great numbers

^t 7.

Kwid - ka - a

he assembled,

Sa - ni - ru ubdn Sade(e)

Saniru, the summit If the \ which

\mountains, /

Iis at the \

i entrance to/

T Tl

tfo - na -I na

Lebanon,

=TTI ^ Hf< I</aw - nu - ti - Su

his fortress

EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OFTIGLATH-PILESER III.

I. The reduction of Hamath and the cities tributary to

Uzziah of Judah, "rfrnntffi B. C.

[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nosvjii5a 1 1=5 e.]

XIX na - gi - e Sa alu Ha - am - ma - at - ti

Nineteen districts of the city of Hamath

j\- <// a/am' P l

(ni) $a'

- /'r - // - su - nu

together with the cities round about them,

Sa a -In' tarn - tim sa hilmu(mu)

twhich\ ( on the\ the sea of the setting of the sun,

I (a^) i \shore of/

sa i - na hi - it - ti u kul - lul - te

which in sin and ?** iniquity (vO

7.

a - na m Az - ri - ia - a - u e - ki - j - mu

to Azariah(i. e., Uzziah) they had

detacjbed. ^

a - na mi - sir matu AHur utir - ra - a

to the territory of Assyria I brought [back.

.

OVERTHROW OF UZZIAH'S CONFEDERA/Y / 41*'* ; *** / ^<fc4g*^

/

^yys y tEff Kw -II -TI* T-

mnclu ht _ ,/ _ fate pi ja amelu foj . pahatt P l

{ My officers ^ asgovernors

MRRfT-<?/r- .?- aX - kun XXX. M, III. C niSe f l

over them I appointed ; 3o,3oo people^_____. .*/. I

as ^'

su - ha - am - ma ullu ki - rib

I carried awa from

alani V* - $u - nu - ma pihat

their cities and in the district of Ku

tyyyt xp^ tyyyyif - fa - as - bit

I settled.

II. The tribute of Menahem of Samaria and of other princes

of Syria and Asia Minor, 738 B. C.

[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nos. 115 a 115 e.]

ma - da - at - iu Sa m Ku - i/S - la - a} - pi

The tribute of KuStagpi

-:yyy ^ TTI< y^ y? y Etyy

rt ^M Ku - um - mu - ha - ai m Ra - sun - nu

of Kummuh, Rezin

\ \ -\

.L1.9-,, \ .^VH<I

.

A . .^2i^ . EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PILESER III

v 7

t

v S3* -t^T JT TM I I- s= A Afl^ I-.&*** "x7"'" Dimaski m Me - ni - hi - im - me

of Damascus, Menahem

T- -Til ^T TH? T A *m t:TTT

%

alu Sa - me - r6 - na - ai m Hi - ru - um - mu

of Samaria, Hiram - Q 1

"1

-tTT <^ E^TT T? II T ^TT ^T -!<3 A-HF-^/u

^'wr- ra -_ / "z &' - 3/' -

/'/- ti - bi - '

f

of Tyre, Sibittibi'li

tTT ^ ^ -ET TI TI T -TTT- -TTI -TIa/" Gu - ut> - la - ai m U -, ri - ik - Id

of Gebal, Urikki

al in pj . Sl-

_ ri _js a In Qar . ga.

of Kui, Pisiris of Carche-

ITI T^^HF- -fTT W< fxfc ET sT!T TMJiS - ai m E - ni - ilu alu Ha - am - ma - fa - ai

mish, ". Eni-ilu of Hamath,'

y ^ ^y t^ ^ < -tTT ^ fc^ A-4- -ET TI TIm Pa - na - am - mu-u alu Sa - am - - la - ai

Panammu of Sam'al

T^ -TI -ET E-^TT v \^ ET TI TI T *^m Tar - hu - la - ra matu

Gur-gu - ma - ai m. Su - lu - ma - al

Tarhulara of Gureum, Sulumal

:

*

?T? T ^T! <!^= -E liU -tTMe - lid - da - ai "' Da - di - i - lu alu Kas-

of Melid, Dadllu of Kas-

TRIBUTE OF MENAHEM AND OTHER PRINCES

ka - at '" U - as - sur - me "M/ Ta - bal - at

ka, Uassurme of Tabal,

T5?TAE5*-<T< v-tiT^TTITI TIH Tm US - hi - it - ii

HM/ Tu - na - at' m Ur - bal-

UShitti of Atun, Urbal-

ET TI v -E^T IK ^T TI TI f -E^T IK c=4 T-la - a mdtn Tu - ha - na - ai m Tu - ha - am - me

la of Tuhana, Tuhamme

-E^T -Til ^TT TI TI MTT^tu - un - da - ai m U - ri - im

of I^tunda, UrimmeJ'

,.*-

fT-nr.-Tf.il *rff*ffaln Hu - h'?n - na - ai t Za - hi - bi - e sar - rat

of Husimna, Zabibe the queen of -^

]natu A - ri - bi hurasu kaspu anaku parzillu

Arabia, gol^j silver, lead, iron,~~

ma$ak piri sinni piri lu - bul - ti bir - me

elephants' hide, ivory, garments of variegated stuffs,

*ub*tu kitu St'P*lu ta - Ml - tu ar - ga - man-nu

cloth, purple wool, crimson wool,

;?" urkarinnu minima ak - ru ni - sir - ti

?/7-wood, }nrkarinnu-\ eve valuable thing. treasures\ wood /

/\

I

44 EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-HLESER III

tyyy= ~I< M -^T I . HI Hf<r \u - it ^\ immere Pl

^((&/

of royalty,1

fat sheep, t

I I ^ <MTC =TTT<J<7 sipaii

P l - su - nu ar - ga - man - nu

whose fleeces with crimson

.fcrr -/rt

1/ ?> -:vr ~~^ame(e) mut -

tap- n - he - ii r~T/r~

are dyed, birds of the heaven that fly,

TITCT^T$a a - gap -

pi- hi-mi a - na ta - kil - te sar - pu

whose wings with purple are dyed,

r ,**^*-^'v

<?u*-

I

horses, mules,,

u si - e - ni im*r "

and sheep, cam-

/ a - na - ka - a - te a - di

els (and) female camels with

III <T

their foals I received.

1. 7. e., royal treasures.

2. LI. 2936.

CONQUEST OF THE CITIES OFPHQENICIA 45

III. The death of Pekah and the accession of Hoshea to

the throne of Israel, |H B. C.

[From paper squeezes in .the British Museum, Nos. ii6a, ii6b, 122, 1243,

I24b, I2a*ftnd 125 b.]

Ga - al -' - za alu A - bi-

The cities of Gal'za (and) Abi-

il - ak - ka sa patm<ittt Bit - Hu - urn - ri - a

lakka, which {J^Vm} Israel !

.

rap - su a - na si - hir - ti - su

. . . . li the wide-spreading, in its whole extent

- a ;/' - j/r '"^/w ASStir u - fir - ra

to the territory of Assyria I restored, i

/a *t

amclu Su . ud . Safo pi . ia amelu foj

My officers as governors

eli ,- su-nu a$ - kun m Ha - a - nu - u - ?iu

over them I appointed. Hanno

^ ff tET If T^ [-ET 3p -HF-.

az - za - at - ai . .la - pa - an

of Gaza ^V / before

ri

i. Literally "Land of the House of Omri".

1*. -

46 EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PILESER III,

-I] m I -Elf HJ ^T <T- [~I El If

kakke P l - ia * ippar - Si - dit - ma a - na

my arms Jf> fled and to

main fifu _ Ug _ rj . H _ nafr_ fu alu ffa _ az,

Egypt escaped. Ga-

makkura - stt busd - hi

za I conquered, his property, his possessions,

-ET ... v tTTTT -U cCHani F l

(nt)-su as - lit -la ... mdtu Bit - Hu - um-

his gods I carried off. . . . The land of Is-

*W I JI [T

ri - a ... / - //wr wz'^ F l - su a - di

rael . . . the whole of his people together with

TMt^KI^ T~nf v-T tlll^III?ar - ^' - ti - su - nu a - na m^tu Assur it - ra - a

their possessions to Assyria I carried.

^T fTT< tE^s i / -i [<m ^ EI

a - ka - ha sarra - hi - nu is - ki -pit

- ma

Pekah their king they overthrew and

m A - u - si - a - na sarnt - ti a - na

Hoshea to the kingship over

eli - su -nu as - kun

them I appointed.

i. LI. 6 18.

EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON.VCJ

I. The Fall of Samaria, 722 B. C.

[From Botta, Monument de Ninive, vol. IV, pi. 145.]

I- -III" Sa - me - rg - na

The city of Samaria

tWf T-al - me

I besieged,

ak - $ud

I took.

I<T- TT T- T< *XXVII. M, //. C, XC nt'Se P*

27,290 or the peole that dwelt therein

libbi -

I-'

J*

rtiv - / - la L

I carried away ; 50

- sur-ma u

I took . and

'V narkabaii P l

chariots

I

ma libbi - su - nu

from them

si - it - tu - ti

the others

i - nu-su-nu

their share

u - sa - hi - iz

I caused to take.

su - tid - saki - ia

My officer

cli - su-nu

over them

as - kun - ma bilat sarri mah - ri - e

I appointed and the tribute of the former king

e - mid - su - nu - ti

I laid upon them.

i. LI. li 13.

i^

48 EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS^F SARGON

II. Sargon's campaign against Ashdod, 711 B. C.

[From Botta, Monument de Ninive, vol. IV, pi. 82 and vol. Ill, pi. 65.]

T ff ^TI -TTIw ^4 - sa - r/ far * u At - du - di

Azuri, king of Ashdod,

a - na la na - Xe -^e bil - te lib - bit - hi

to no longer/U

nngl*X^yx^ tribute in his heart

J

.C4-{^ ~ Pu ~ ud-nia a - na sarrani P l

(nt) li - me-

planned and to the kings in his neigh-

** ^

>>

I

^

ti - su zi - ra - a - ti mAtli Assur KI

bourhood J (proposals of) hatred against Assyria

^rfEVET & jy <HH -^r *w *>- j- pur - ma_ a$ - su

limuttu(tu)e - pu - h

tfe* evil he had done

^xV^ ^ - pur - ma_ as - sC(/W^<Q- - JM

sent. Because

^// /'^ P l mati-su be - lu - su 1

over the people of his land his rule

Ef F A <tt -K TMIX-/r - ;;m w ^4 - /' - mi - ti a - hu ta - Urn -hi

ed and Ahimiti, his twin-brother,

-<!< [<^H I ^a - na $arru - ti eli - su - nu a$ - kuu

to the kingship over them I appointed.

I. be-lu-su = bslut-su.

REVOLT OF ASHDOD 49

'"Mtl/" //<// - // -

The yatti,

H IiU ^TIfo - / - su

his rule

- # - ib

planning

* -<T<

za -lip

- ti

iniquity,

*ffl ET Tl

i - zi - ru - ma m la - at - na

hated, and latnad^Mfr

/a ifo - ^/ '" kusst $a kima $a- a - $u - nu- ma

with nocl^im

to the throne, who like them

pa-lah be - lu -//^) Az i - du - u u - rab-

t. iX* ^^^^/reverence for authority did not know, they rais-

du - u

ed

lib - bi - ia

my heart

e U - $u - un

over them.

i - na ug -gat

In the anger of

it - tf '? narkabat sepeu-ia u

with the chariot of m feet and

i - da - ai

my side

la ippar - ku

do not depart,

a - na

to

. Variant reading: J t^J^ Ej Efl^ la-ma-ni.

50 EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON

-tTT*^ -I Ifr [--IT fc&ffc ~T< JT^/M As - du - di ah' $arru - ti - $u hi - it - mu-tti

Ashdod, his royal city, in haste

m IH El ^TT ^SE ^T ^T -tTT -TTA A4f -Eâl - lik - ma alu As - du - du alu Gi - im - tu

I went, and Ashdod, Gimtu (and)

tj^f H v ^TAs - du - di - im - mu al - me aksud(ud*)

Asdudimmu I besieged, I conquered, d

z7az' P l a - $i - bu - ut lib - bi - su - un sa - a - su

The gods^^/ that dwelt therein, himself

^ i'(^)

[R i^ tTII T v I <ff -M <W ^T<2 - di' /'^ ^7 mati-û hurasu kaspu

together with the people of his land, gold, silver,

V *TTT* -TTIT ET- I I

makkur ekalli-û a - na sal - la - ti

the possessions of his palace, as booty$

am - nu-su alani f l su-nu - ti a - na e$ - Ju - ti

I counted. Those cities anew^

j - â/ /^ ^ z matati ki - sit - ti kate H - ia

I took. People /from (various)i the prisoners of my hands,\ lands, /

i - na lib - bi u - se - Sib amelu $u - ud . $afo

therein 1 settled; my officer

TAKING OF ASHDOD 51

-II -TI* <-tH I * -TAHTCF ETJ '" t

'

/"^i?/ pahaii eli - Su - nu a$ - kun - ma

as ruler ^ over them I set and

// - // ntie Pl matu AHur KI am - nu

with the people of Assyria I reckoned (them).

i. IV, 82, 11. 2 1 3 and III, 65, 1. I f.

SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE,AND THE SIEGE OF JERUSALEM, 701 B. C.


i - na sal - si gir- ri - ia a - na matu Ha-at-ti

In my third expedition to the land oftheHatti

tKf IH I m -E^TT *E ^ -tTT =ETT/ / - /$ "' Zw - // - i sar alu Si-

I went. Lull, king of Si-

- un - ni pul - hi me - lam - me be - lu - ti - ia

don, fearVj^of the splendouf of my dominion

- hu -p^

- su - ma a - na ru - uk - Id kabal

overwhelmed and afar off jinto thel

\ midst /

tam-tim in - na - bit - ma mata-su e - mid alu Si-

of the sea / he fled and his land I subdued. Si-

^T *Wdu - un - ilu jrabu(u)

alu Si - du - un - nu sihru

don / the great, Sidon the less,

SUBMISSION OF SIDON 53

*

^!T tyyyy -TT* Estf *T -tTT ft -Til fcU ^alu Bit - zi - it - te

tj/" Sa - ri -ip

- tu <-

Bit-zitte, Zarephath,

tTT ET T =TTT=

Jfr -

Mahalliba, U$u,

Ak -jsi

- bi

Akzib (and)

alu Ak - ku - u

Akko,

tyyyy ^Bbit durani P l

(ni)

fortresses,'

aldni ? l - $u

his strong ci-

Tl EHa - $ar

the places

dan - nu - ti

ties,

-<y< ^yyyyik-Ey-ri - i - ti u ma$ - ki - ti bit tuk - la - ti - hi

for pasture and watering, the stations for his troops,jjuL*~

vk.fc^-'k'

ra - sub - bat kakki llu Assur belt - ia

the might of the arms of Ashur, my lord,

^ tT -TI *; JT ^ -<!< E! -TI* -^ JT /V*- *TTMf, /j - // - pu - su - nu - ti - ma ik - nu - su \ $e - pu - u - a I

;

V overwhelmed them, and they submitted I at my te&.

ba -

Tuba'al

lu i - na l?u kusst $arru - ti

on the throne of the kingdom

Ttif*

eli - su-un u - $e-$ib-ma biltu man - da - at - tu

over them I seated and / taxes and tribute

&r.7 PALESTINE V.yV,54 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF

\ h

-< M -<y< SET? vMJ< e=u]fe -Ey -^y ^Ey

be - lu - ti - ia Sat - ti - Sam la ba - at - lu

to my dominion, ^"fc*^ yearly,Unni*

unceasing,

TT= Ml =ETT *JZ 53 I "HIT ! <ttw - ^zw

'

- ru - us - $u $a m Mi - in-

I fixed , upon him. Of Me-

/2?' - z'/w - mu alu Sam - si - mu - ru - na - ai

nahem of Samsimuruna,

T -^T --T 4HF-m ^TT ^ETT ^T tTW ^T Tf"' Tu - ba - - lu alu Si - du - un - na - ai

Tuba'al of Sidon,

'- ti

alu A - ru - da - ai

Abdili'ti ft f Arvad,*"

- ru - mil - ki alu Gu - ub - la - ai m MiUrumilki of Gebal, Mi-

//' - in - ti alu As - du - da - ai m Pu - du - ilu

tinti of Ashdod, Pudu'il

matu firf _ m ^m _ ma _ na _ aj m J am _ mu _ su _ na .

of Beth-Ammon, Kammusunadbi

v Ey A-HP --T T^ TI T HP- II IImatu Ma - ' - ba - ai m ilu Malik - ram mu

of Moab,

THE TRIBUTE OF NEIGHBOURING PRINCES 55

/w _ w;w . 7^0 . ai Warrant Pl

(W)

of Edom, kings

X-<z- /i - fo - Si - di - e

\i

of theWern country, all of them, districts

J

aa - lu - ti ta - mar - ta - su-nu ka - bit - tu ~

of broad extent, . yX'j^' tne ir r icn presents

a - di 'buh \ a - na mah - ri - ia \ iS - $u - nim - mV^_^_ '"~~_^

f together \ property before me, ^. v they carnecT and \^

- Si - ku Tepen - ia u m Si - id - ka - a

kissed my feet. But Sidka,'

^rtr a'" /$ -^'<2

- al - lu - na sa la

king of Ashkelon, who had

[I*^I T^^T S^-TTI^ -Hf-T ^TTITik - nu-Su a - na ni - ri - ia Hani P l bit

not submitted to my yoke, the gods lofthel

*

I

abi-su sa - a-su aSSat - su mareP l-$u mara/i P l-Su

of his father, himself, his wife, his sons, his daughters,

I ^ ^M -ET I

ahe P l - Su zer bit abi-^u as - su - ha - am - ma

his brothers, the seed fofthel jof his\ I carried aAay, and\house/ \ father,/ L I_^

56 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE

- ?m maiu Assur KI u ra - a$-su m Sarru - lu-

to Assyria I brought him. Sarrulu-

-III tg T *ffl -<T<- rz' mar m Ru - kib - ti Sarru - su - nu

dari, son of Rukibtu, v^vv their former

- ru - u eli nise P l alu Is - ka - a/-

king, over the people of Ashke-

- a ^ - /# - w<z wa - dan bilti /c, ^|Ion I appointed, and the delivery of taxes

-III -TTI tff H ISI -<!<^a/ - ri - e be - lu - ti - ia e - mid - su -

ma\?

(and) presents to my dominion I laid on him, that

i - $a - at ap - $a - a - ni i - na me - ti - ik

he might bear my yoke. In the course

gir- ri - ia alu B'tt - da - gan - na alu la-

of my expedition Beth-dagon, Jop-

tyyy,=

- w rt 'M ^ - na - ai - bar - ka

pa, Bene-berak, \^^ i

-tTTTA - zu - ru alani P l

(ni) sa m Si - id-

Azuru, cities of Sid-

RECOVERY OK AS11KKLON 57

- a $a a - na Upe - ia ar - hi$

ka, which to my feet quickly

-ETla ik - nu - $u a! - me ak$ud(ud) a$ - lu - la

had not submitted, I besieged, I captured, I carried off

Ai/ - la - sun amsl? Sakkanakke ?\amc'hl rube P l

'

g vernors'

<MBj .y^rw m'Se P l

(faalu Am - kar - ru - na }a

and people of Ekron, who,v

'

- - 7 >

- i $arra-su-nu beI a - di - e u1mwile*

PadI, their king, f^^ \ the commands and/ *

ma-mt\ sa ' ttt A$snr KI bi - ri - tu parzilli

compact of Assyria, into 'fetters of iron\;"

--^I W

zi/ - du - ma a - na m Ha - za - ki - ia - u

had cast and to Hezekiah

main Ja - u - da - ai id - di - nu-hi nak - ris

of Judah had given him \ as a foe^<**"t~~y *LX/*V *-*^

a - na an sil - U e - sir - hi iplah

in /a dun/geon he imprisoned him, afraid wasI

y


lib - ba - su- un Warrant P l

(ni)mdiu Mu - su - ri

their heart. The kings of Egypt,

amelu ^be P l '* kaSti '* narkabati ? l im^rusise P l

the archers, chariots (and) horses,

J

v T- -!!!< A t^a ^r "Z5 ^M

jJ/<? - luh -hi e - mu - ki la

of the king of Efchigfca, forces without

<-! ET HJ^TTni - bi ik - te ^ ru - nim - ma il - li - ku

number, they summoned, and they came^-m^*-TI^TMff tE^T t^TTT EDlf ^Kri - su - us - su - un i - na ta - mir - ti

their help. In the neighbourhood

alu Al - ta - ku - u el - la - mu - u - a

of Eltekeh over against me

fcJH ^f ^ tyrft V A-Hf-j? - z# - rw ^ " ku - nu u - sa - - lu

(their) line of battle ^^K^tJjf^^ they cried for"

- ^- z'-

. tukulti(ti)ilu AHur

their arms. With the help of ASSur

T< I t=m3?// - / z'/

- ti - su - un am - da - hi - is - ma

my lord with them I fought and'

DEFEAT OF THE EGYPTIANS AT ELTEKEH 59

at - /a - kan abikta - hi-un amslu beI '* narkalati P l

I accomplished their defeat. The commander of the chariots 9

u mare P l $ar matu Mu - su ra ai

and the sons of the king of Egypt

<Tsr ESS -II tT B T 'ill ^- di amelu bel is

-u narkabati Pl $a tar

with the commander of the chariots of the king

T- tTTT< Atu flfe _ /w^ _ jn

"

of Ethiopia

^T ^TT< -TTI -TI^ JT

tarn - ha - ri ik - Su - da kata u - at

the midst of the battle my hands captured.JL > -

alu Al - ta - ku - u alu Ta - am - na - a

Eltekeh (and) Timnahv>vjt

/ - z^aJkfad(ud) as - lu - la $al - la - sun

I besieged, I captured, I carried off their spoil.

- a rt/" ^4w - kar - ru - na ah - rib - ma

To Ekron I drew near and

HfWe"/M Sakkanakke Pl amslu rube P l $a

the governors (and) princes who


H JI tTTTt Tl

/' -2/

1 - / w Sab - su - u a - duk - ma7*

sm kad committed I slew and

- a <# - ma- a - ti si - hir - ti all a - lul

on poles around the city I hun^ up

-v ^^ - r/ - su- un mare P lalt

*

e -pis \%n - ni

their corpses ;the townsfolk

[ whp had \ wickednessted LI committed L

J*tt - la - H a - na sal - la - ti am - nu

and 5-*^ offence as spoil I counted;

TT ^T -^! ^T I ^ -ET -^T ^Tsi - it - tu - te - su - nu la ba - ne \

the rest of them, who had not committed

1\ hi - ti - ti u kul - lul - ti sa

sin and wickedness, who

a - ra - an- su-nu la ib - su - u us - sursu- un h.

in their iniquity were not found, \ J^** their pardon I - v

<2^- ^" '" Pa - di - i sarra- Su-nu ul - tu

I proclaimed. Pad! their king from

ki - rib alu Ur - sa - U - im - mu

the midst of Jerusalem

^ THE PUNISHMENT OF EKRON 61

- jV - sa - am - wa i - na '>'" X'wjj/ be - lu - ti

I brought out and on the throne of dominion

TI^ ^ T*"~ ET ^ E^M ^i ^^' "

u - Se - Sib - ma man -da - at - tu

I seated and tribute

/z - Su - un

over them

be - lu - ti - ia u - kin si - ru - u$ - su u

to my dominion I fixed upon him. And

Hf< ff IEJII If tTTT= v -ETMTT^ ^TT !Ufm Ha-za - ki - a - u matu la - u - da - ai $a

of Hezekiah of Judah, who

-ET / I TJ

/ z'-('- nu -su a - na

had not submitted to

TTI

ni - ri - ia

my yoke,

XL VI

46

. ^U

alani P l - su dan - nu - ti

of his strong cities,

-tTT

bit durani P l u

fortresses, and

^' sihruti P l sa

small cities V which

U - me - ti - su - nu

were around them, '

- bu - us a - ram - me u

the battering 1 of rams and

kit - ru - ub

the assault

s INVASIO62 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE

-/z'

- i mil - hu - su zu - uk $epe^

of engines, the attack of foot-soldiers,

^>z7- ^' nik - si u kal - ban - na - ti

of mines, breaches, and

al - me aksud(ud) IL C. M, /. C, L nise ? l sihru

I besieged, I captured. 200,150 people, small

ET-rabu zikaru -'' u sinniUu tmSru

sise P l

f(and)i male and female, horses,Igreat,! -

imera^^r^ p/ /^^ ^/ wera gammaU P l

mules, asses, camels,

alpeP l u si - e - ni $a la ni - bi

oxen and sheep without number

<vM^ *~^-[ ^TT^ ^ < \ ^"ITT ^"!l r ^ Ti ^-^^ ^[

ul - tu kir - bi- su - un u - se - sa - am - ma

from their midst I brought out and x

,u^*

al - la-tti am - nu $a - a-$u kima issur ku - up - pi

as spoil I counted. ^ Him like \ a caged bird

<m t=m -trki - rib alu Ur - sa - li -

, im - mu alt

within Jerusalem V his

THE SIEGE OF JERUSALEM/

63

- // - hi e - sir - Su

royal city I enclosed.

alu halsani fl

<?// - Su 11 - rak - h's - ma a - si - e abulli

against him I cast up, and, whosoever came forth from the gate

ali - Su

of his city,

I I'

^7 - Su hi

-His cities, which

- tir - ra

I punished f'a

ik - ki - bu -

his sin. \\V

-ETa$ - lu -la

I had taken

v I

/('/ - rib mati-su ab - tuk-ma a - na

the midst of his land I separated and to

ul tu

from

T <tt -Tm Mi - ti-

Mit-

in - ti Sar

inti king

king

alu As - du - di m Pa - di -/i

of Ashdod, Pad!

m Silli - bel

Sillibel

alu Am - kar - ru - na +* u

of Ekron /M*** and"

1^*

sar alu Ha - zi - ti ad - din -ma

king of Gaza I gave and

VHff^

mi^ished

/ir za/ - su

his land.

e - U

Beside

u - sa-

I di-

fffibilti

the

VA

64 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE^

-HI -III -<T< ^y tiff v ^<!< I tmah - ri - ti na - dan $at - ti - su - un

v'former taxes, their yearly gift,

ESTT teT -til -IIMIM? -< j@i MT<man -da - at - tu kal - ri - fo - lu - ti - ia

tribute (and) presents to my dominion

i sffiu - rad - di - ma u - kin si - ru - us - su - un

I added and fixed upon them.

su - u m Ha-za - ki - a - u put - hi me - lam - me

As for him, Hezekiah, fear of the majesty

be - lu - ti - ia is - hu - pu - su - ma amelu jjr _ nof my dominion overwhelmed him and the Urbi

\~/J

^m KS^T i <MH~~ îrnîu amelu

âbe P l - su damkuti P l sa a - na

and his trusty warriors, whom to

f ^ *W ^TT IH*\

dun - nu - un alu Ur - sa - U - m - mu

strengthen Jerusalem

all sarru - ti - Su u - se - ri - bu - ma ir - Su - u

his royal city he had brought in, desert-

M ÊT T -<!< ^T -<T< < ^P^tmbat - la - a - ti it - ti XXX bilat

ed. With 3o talents of

.y <\f ^-.v HEZEKIAH'S TRIBUTE 65

//7/rfl. VIII. C bilat kaspi ni - sill - ti

gold, 800 talents of silver, precious stones,

* AHfff -E^TT ^ E TTT7 7- J I 7

*

gu - uh - h dak - kas -sistibium, dakkassu, .^^

- ET-T..... rfl3/i ^ 7 7>" trSe ?*

great ..... -stones, couches >V ;

.v/>////'7 >'" kusse Pl nff- me - di Sinni

of- ivory, s^seats of ivory,s^seas

ma^ak piri sinni pirils

-u usu *** urkarinnu

elephant-hide, ivory, j

usu-j

(urkarinnu-l

/wood, j j wood, (

ty minima/$um-$u ni - sir - tu ka - bit - tu u

diverse objects, a heavy treasure, ^o-V^t**^ and

I ^marati P l - sn zikretiP 1 ekalli - Su amshi zammere ^__ ^0 V

his daughters, the women of his palace, male musicians,

f zammereti P l a - na ki - rib Ninua ^ alt

female musicians, into Nineveh the city

<5^ - / - // - ia arki - ia u - se - bi - lam - ma

of my dominion after me he despatched and

5


a - na na - dan man -da -at - ii

to give tribute

u e -pt'S

and to make

ardu - u - ii is - pu - ra rak - bu - su

submission he sent his messenger.

i. Col. II, 1. 34. Col. Ill, I. 41.

THE MURDER OF SENNACHERIB, 68 1 B.C.

I. From the Babylonian Chronicle.

[Brit. Mus., No. 84 2 u, 356.]

**

ITftXX KAN ll" Sm - aheP 1 - erba

On the 2oth day of Tebet Sennacherib,

$ar matu ASSur maru-hi ina si - hi iduk - $u XXIII

king of Assyria, his son in a rebellion slew him. For 23

*'<<<Sanati P l ll" Sm - ahe P l - erba sarru - ut

years Sennacherib the kingdom

epu$(us)-ma umu XXKAN Sa arhu Tebetu

of Assyria ruled. From the 2oth day of Tebet

- di umiII KAN sa arl

to the2nddav of Adar the rebellion in Assyria

T <W t^sa - dir arhn Simanu umu XVIIIKA* ilu Atsur- ah - iddin

continued. On the i8th day of Sivan Esarhaddon

maru-su ina mdtu AHur ma Aussi

his son in Assyria on the throne sat.

i. Col. Ill, 11. 3438.

68 THE M4JRDER OF SENNACHERIB

II. Fjom the stele of Nabonidus.

J^V[Sch^t,Rccneil de travaux, XVIII.]

Babili KI.

' ' '

'. .. . u - na - am - mi[he(/ c. Sennacherib)

Against Babylon went]. He destroyed

es - ri - e - ti i~s u - sa - ah - hi

its temples, he threw down

u - su - ra - a - ti bil - lu - di - e

the reliefs, the shrines

u - sa - al - pi - it ga - ti1 rubi

he cast down. The hand of the prince

-HP- <OT tT T -ET ET tyyyt * ^yyi HIilu Marduk is - da - at - ma u - $e - ri - ib

Marduk he siezed and brought (him)

ki - rib As~sur Kf M -ma uz - zi

into Aur. According to the anger

-fey ^E^yyy^^T v <t^ HIJTIH/// - ma i - ta - pu - us mata ul ip

- su - ur

of the god he dealt with the land. He did not subdue

f Tki - mil - ta - Su rubu ilu Marduk XXI Sanati P l

his wrath, the prince Marduk; for 21 years

ki - rib AShtr ir - ta - me

in ASSur did he set

i. ga-ti= kati.

MARDUK'S ANGER AGAINST UAIiYI.ON 69

JT M ^TT- 3tf/ - jw z'w - lu - u ume P l

his dwelling-place. Fulfilled were the days,

X1 - - </ - dan - nu i - nu - uh - ma

there came the appointed time, and appeased was

-Hf f -II -II T

s - za - Su $a Sar Hani bel bele Pl

his anger, which the king of the gods, the lord of lords,

E -sag

- Ha u Babili KI

against Esagila and Babylon

ih - su - us $u- bat be - tu - ti - $u $ar

had conceived, the dwelling of his lordship. The king

v-TIWAHur KI '

sa i - na uz - za ilu Marduk

of Assyria, who during the anger of Marduk

- al - pu - ut - tim mati 2$ - ku - nu maru

the destruction of the land had brought about, a son,

i *m i ts -a ty m'

-z'/ lib - bi - su i - na kakki

the offspring of his bowels, with a weapon

u - ra - as - si - ib -

slew.

i. Col. I, 1. 7 41.

THEDESTRUCTION OF SIDON BY ESARHADDON.


^ *W*-ASsur - ah -

iddin(na] sarru rabu Sarru dan - nu

Esarhaddon, the great king, the mighty king,

Sar kirsati Sar maiu Assur KI takkanakku

the king jofthe\ the king of Assyria, ruler\ world, (

Bdbili KI tar mdtu &umeri u Akkadi KI

of Babylon, king of Sumer and Akkad,

3- [ts T-Hf-<M ^TT ET- =m^]mar m llu Sin - ahe f l - erba sarru rabu Sarru dan - nu

son of Sennacherib, the great king, the mighty king,

v -v <M 4. [t T ^T ET-^r ma^M ^^wr Ki mar m $arru-ukm Sarru rabu

the king of Assyria, son of Sargon, the great king,

5.

- nu Sar mdfu AHur KI Sa ina

the mighty king, the king of Assyria, who with

THE KING'S TITLES AND GENEALOGY

-Hf VJtukulti(ti]

ilu AMur ilu Sin ilu SamaX ilu Nabu

the help of ASSur, Sin, SamaS, Nabu,

ilu Marduk ilu Rtar $a Ninua K1 ilu lUar

Marduk, iStar of Nineveh, iStar

gyy tt=$a Arba - ilu KI Hani P l rabuti P l bele Pl - $

of Arbela, the great gods, his lords,

/ - / - /'///u

SamSt(<fi) a - di e - rib

from the rising of the sun to the setting

- 9. ^y -m ^n ~TTT~ ET^M

Sam$t($i} it - tal - lak - u - ma ma - hi - ra

of the sun proceeds and an opponent

la i - $u - u ka - h'd alu Si - du - tin - ni

does not possess, the conqueror of Sidon

< ~$a ina kabal tarn - tim sa - pi - nu

which is in the midst of the sea, who overcame

gi - mir da - ad - me-Su dura - $u u

the whole of its habitation; its wall and

$u - bat - su as - suh - ma hi - rib tarn - tim

its place of dwelling I tore out and into the sea

72 THE DESTRUCTION OF S1DON BY ESARHADDON

*ET <T^ ET -4. y? ^H HF- ^1 ^ I0</ - di - i - ma a - far ma$ - kan - i - hi

I cast and the place where it stood

TT= - IH ^5.

a - /2/ - likm Ab - di - mil - ku - ut - li

I destroyed. Abdimilkutti

^ la - pa - an kakke P l - ia

its king, who before my arms

z>/ kabal tarn - tim in - nab - tu hi - ma

into the midst of the sea had fled, like

-9-TIHF-

nu - u - ni ul - iu ki - rib tarn - tim a-bar-su-ma

a fish out of the sea I caught and

P 20.

- /('/ - sa kak - ka - su l nak - mu

I cut off his head. His hoarded

makkuru - su hurasu kaspu abnu ? l a - kar - tu

possessions, gld, silver, precious stones,

.

maSak piri sinni piril

-u usu ls

-u urkarinnu

elephant-hide, ivory, \ usu-\

inrkaHnnu-)

\wood, / \ wood, /

w kiti mimma Sum - su

raiment of/gaily-coloured

\ and cloth of every kind,\ stuff f

i. kak-ka-sii = kakkad-su.

DEPORTATION OF THE INHABITANTS

23. ^ ^-yyy< ^y< ^yyyy ^ \ 24 .

.yj

ni - sir - ti ekalli - $u a - na

the store of his palace, in

-El 25. srjjf _

di - e a$ - lu - la ni$e ?l - ht

abundance I captured; his people,

$a ni - ba la i - $a - a

from far and wide, without number,

26 - M^ , -, **

alpeP l u si - e - ni

oxen and sheep, (and) asses

27. If ^- -ttl It" <II e=T!f V M

a - bu - ka a - na ki - rib mdi

I carried away into Assyria.

u - pa - hir - ma SarrdniP 1 mdtu Hat-ti

Moreover I collected the kings of the land of the Haiti

u a - hi tarn - tint ka - li - su-nu

and of the coast of the sea, all of them;

3o.[> ^ina a$ - ri sa - nim - ma ala u - h -

pi$- ma

in another place a city I erected and

3 1 . r^^yy ^yy^ y *^~vi E>W< t^l *^"T ^ET ^^TTT >^<alu Kar - m AXSur - ah -

iddina(na) at - ta - bi

Kar-Aur-ah-iddina JI called

i. I.e. "The Wall of Esarhaddon."

74 THE DESTRUCTION OF SI DON BY ESARHADDON

ni - bit - su nise P l hu - bu - ut

its name; the peoples, the captives

- ia sa $adi(i) u tarn - tim

of my bow, from the mountains as well as from the sea

of the rising of the sun therein

TTT= ^ <T- HI 3 5.

- se - si - ibam* lli su - ud - saki - ia

I made to dwell; my officer

pahatu eli - su - nu as - fa

as governor over them I set.

se. <vjgp[ y 4ffHP- ^1 <MII -IIIu m Sa - an - du - ar - ri sar

But Sandu'arri, king

alu Kun - di alu Si - zu - u

of Kundi (and) Sizu,

38.

rt?ne/?i wa/-rw ^^ . su la pa _ Uh be - lu - ti - ia

an obstinate foe, who feared not my dominion,

39. "gfT ~f I =111= Hf- ^H =111= Elsa Hani P l u - mas - h'r - u - ma

whom the gods had forsaken,

SUBJECTION OF THE NEIGHBOURING CITIKS 75

yy . >40. f

a - na $adi(i) mar - su - ti it - ta - kil

in the difficult mountains trusted,

u m Ab - di - mil - ku - ut - ti far

and Abdimilkutti, king

42 . yj K] -TTI * -<!< Ialu Si - du - ni a - na ri - su - ti - Su

of Sidon, to his help

-tit! 43.

kun - i7ia Sum Hani P l rabitti

came and on the name of the great gods

TJ ~Hf Tf W T -T v < ET 44. TJ

a - na a - ha - meS iz - kur - u - ma a - na

together they called, and in

45-

e - mu - ki - su - un it - tak - lu a - na - ku

their own might put their trust. I

a - na ASSur belt - ia at - ta - kil - ma

in ASSur my lord trusted and

'/ - ma is - su - ri ul - tu ki - rib Sadt(t)

like a bird from the midst{

of l.

h? 1I mountains J

a - bar - Su - ma ak - ki - sa kak - ha - su a$-$u

I caught him and I cut off his head. In order

76 THE DESTRUCTION OF SIDON BY ESARHADDON

da - na - an ilu AsSur deli - ia niU P [

the power of ASSur my lord unto the peoples

ET 50.

- mi - im - ma kakkade P l

to display, the heads

T111 Sa - an - du - ar - ri u

of Sandu'arri and

Ab - di - mi - il - ku - ut - ti ma ki - sa - di

Abdimilkutti to the necks

I tTW ff JT= El 53.

rabutiP 1 - su - un a - lul - ma it - ti

of their nobles I hung and with

< tiE^<^ 54.- HTiM zammereP1 u ....... . ina ri - bit

musicians and melody (?)into the square

Ninua K1e - te -it - ti - ik

of Nineveh I went.

THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL.


ina $ane(e) gir- ri - ia a - na m*tu Mu - sur

In my second expedition to Egypt

u "7t7/ " Ku -u - si u$ - te - e$ - $e - ra har - ra - nu

and Ethiopia I directed the way.

m Ur - da - ma - ni - e a - lak gir- ri - ia

Urdamane of the coming of my expedition

t$ - me-ma $a ak - bu - su mi - sir

heard, Ito the \ I had trodden the boundary

leffect that/

of Egypt. Memphis he abandoned, and

a - na $u - zu - ub napi$tim(tim}-su in - na - bit

to save his life he fled

-5.

a - na ki - rib alu Ni - Sarram? 1

into Thebes. The kings,

78 THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL

Vamelu pahati Pl amSlu ki - pa - a - ni sa ki -

governors (and) prefects, whom in

matu_frfu _ sur a$ _

fcu _ nu 2

-

na tarsi - ia

Egypt I had set up, into my presence

il - li - ku - u - nim - ma u - na - a$ - si - ku

came and kissed

<tETT MEff 7. ^^ T IH ^!! Esepe

H - ia arki m Ur - da - ma - ni - e

my feet. After Urdamane

har - ra - nu as - bat al - lik a - di

the way I took; I came to

9.

TV/ - '

ali dan - nu - ti - su ti - ib

Thebes, his fortress; the approach

tahazt - ia dan - ni e - mur - ma aln Ni -

of my mighty battle he saw and Thebes

TTfc Hf- -<^ o. fcgts ^} tyyyy ifu - ma$ - Sir in - na -bit a - na

he abandoned; he fled to

-tTT JTTPT \lu Ki -

ip- ki - pi alu Xu - a - tu a - na

Kipkip. That city in

THE CAPTURE OF HEAVY SPOIL 79

f< ~f A <i

- hir . H - fa ma tukulli(ti)ilu AHur u

its extent with the help of ASSur and

if<W -TI^JmT JTTTTITI "

IStar my hands took. Silver,

hurasu ni - sik - ti abne Pl

gold, precious stones, the furniture

I Ef -ET -^T I< i

- ^ w - /a ba - $u-u lu - bul - ti

of his palace, as much as there was, raiment

rabuti

Iof gaily- i

cloth, great horses,(coloured stuff,/

H. TT

ni$e P l zik - ru u sin - niS II

people male and female, 2

pi - tik za-ha - li - e

lofty obelisks, structures of zahalu

Idl 3 < 5 . ^TT TT <f- W F ^m^TIi - bi U IL M, V. C bilti

that is bright, of which 2500 talents

<IIT IV- W ^SL KPl -TTTT vSukultu

(Y)- $u - nu man-za - az bdb e - kur

was the weight, that stood before the gate of the temple,

8o THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL

- /// man-za - al - ti - hi -nu as - suh - ma

from their place I removed and

Sal - la - lu

Spoils,

M -ETas - lu - la

I carried off

al - ka - a a - na

took to

tu ilu ASSur KI

Assyria.

-TTTT *T - -ET !

ka - bit - tu ina la -n

heavy, without number,

ul - tu ki - rib

from

alu fti _

Thebes.

e - U

Over

m* iuMu-sur u malllKu - u si

Egypt and Ethiopia

kakke P l ia

my arms

u - sam - ri - ir - ma as - ta - kan H - i - tu

I caused to rage and I established might.

ka - ti ma - li - fi sal - mes

With

Tf -^a - fu - ra

I returned

full hands

21.

a - na

to

safe and sound

<JEJ -tilNinua ^ f ah

Nineveh the city

belu - li - ia

of my dominion.

i. Col. II, 11. 2848.

THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA.

[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 1 2, 1 68.]

,." * igs ^ ,g$ v i@i *i"' Gu - ug - gu sar m<3hl Lu - ud - di

Gyges, king of Lydia,

\a - gu - u $a ni - bir - ti tamti

a district which is across the sea,

T- ru ru - u - ku $a Warrant P l

a distant place, of which the kings

- ia la i$ - mu - u zi - Mr

my fathers had not heard mention of the name,

ni - bit sumi - ia ina $utti

my name in a dream

fTI IM -*f A -4- ^T-jMT?^^ - ri - su -ma ilu AHur ilu ba - nu-u - a

did A^sur, the god, my creator, reveal to him,

82 THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA

4 . cCTTT ET <HT T Hf- A SP T

ww - ma sepd11 m ilu Assur- ban -

apli sar

thus : "The feet of Ashurbanipal, king of

matu ilu A$$ur KI sa-bat-ma ina zi - kir Zumi-'Su

Assyria, grasp and through his name

ku - su - ud amelu nakire P l - ka u - mu

conquer thy foes." The day

$uttu an - ni - tu e - mu - ru

this dream he saw, his messenger

7.

- / - ru a - na sa - - al

he sent to greet

suttu an - ni - tu $a

This dream, which

s. - JTTTe - mu - ru ina kdta 11 amslu

mdr-^ipri-su

he had seen, by the hands of his envoy

-TTEV^ET ^TTTt V -f -Hf Tl ^TTM<i$ - pur - am - ma u - Sa - an - na -a ia - a - ti

he sent and repeated to me.

9 . <tT* *\ *TTT ^ *\ F V tT ^T ^Tul - tu lib - bi u - me $a is - ba - tu

From the very day on which he grasped

HIS SUCCESS AGAINST THE CIMMERIANS 83

<tETT

$epdn Xarru - ti - ia l'"";i/" Gi - mir - ra - at'

my royal feet, the Cimmerians,

-TTI -El=TT *- *T I vl Vmu - dal - li - pu m'Se P l mati-^u $a

who afflicted the people of his land, who

-ET til -TTI -ET -II -ETT teTJ <MiU/rt z^

- tal - la - hu abe P l - ia u

did not fear my fathers, and

ET fT^T^Tat - iu - u-a la is - ba - tu $epa

ll sarru - ti - ia

"

as for me had not grasped my royal feet,

< -4- A < Hf-<Wik - su - ud ina tukulti(tt)

ilu Assur u ilu IStar

he conquered. With the help of ASSur and I^tar,

ilaniP 1bele Pl - ia ultu lib - bi

the gods, my lords, from

'4-lTT E^-amc'lu hazanatiP 1 sa amslu Gi - mir - ra - ai

the governors of the Cimmerians,

V -TI^JT^T IT

Sa ik - su - du II amC>lu hazanati P l ina

whom he had conquered, two governors in

tT *TT fT tETT C^TT -!-<!< -Hf-HF- ^-TTI-<T<^" si - is - si is - ka - ti parzilli bi - ri - ti

bonds, chains of iron, fetters

6*


f 4- slut ^y y- AHPPP ET -6. ESM ^<y<

parzilU u - tarn - me - ih - ma it - ti

of iron, he bound and together with

ta - mar - ti - su ka - bit - tu u - se - bi - la

a heavy gift from him he sent

-7. K?5^*-I Va - di mah - ri - ia amslu rak - bu - su sa

into my presence. His messenger, whom

a - na sa - - al sul - me - ia ka - ai - an

to greet me continually

^JT sTTT = & E^TT .. tTTT= ^H V Hi$ ia nap - pa - ra u - sar - $a - a

he had sent, he dis-

-//

- il - tu as - Su Sa a - /wa/ *'" Assur

continued. Since the command of

- za: a s - su - ru a - na

the god, my creator, he did not keep, in

tff .^ E^IT te I ^T c^TTI q ETe - muk ra - man - i - su it - ta - kil - ma

his own power he trusted and

igbu - uS lib - bu e - mu - ki - e- ~su a - na

[his] heart was proud, [and] his forces for

HIS SUBSEQUENT CHANGE OF POLICY 85

tTTMTI T -6T V T

kit - ri m Tu - $a - mi - il - ki tar mdtu Mu - sur

alliance with Psammetichus king of Egypt,

Sa is - lu - u "" nir belu - ti - ia

who had cast off the yoke of my dominion,

- pur - ma a - na - ku a$ - me - e - ma

he sent. Then I heard and

- jrt/ - //ilu Assur u ilu Istar um - ma

I prayed to ASSur and iStar, thus:

-I & W I

/>- an amelu nakiri-su pa -

gar-$u U - na - di - ma l

"Before his foe may his corpse be cast and

Us -su - u - ni ....... P l - su ki - i

may they carry off his bones." Even as

a - na llu Assur am - hu - ru i$ - lim - ma

to ASSur I had prayed, it came to pass.

pa - an amelu nakiri-su pa -gar-^u in - na - di - ma

Before his foe his corpse was cast down and

fll' <.SB: <tE <T ^T I I

is - $u - u - ni ....... P l - Su

they. carried off his bones.

i. A variant reading gives li-in-na-di-ma.


u Qi _ mjr _ ai $a jna ni _ fat sumi - ia

The Cimmerians, whom through my name

V^ I Htt* v- ^TT 26 -

&z - pal - su ik - bu - su it - bu - nim - ma

beneath him he had trodden, drew near and

fcT *- V- "TIA EHH v I t^5 Iis - pu - nu gi

- mir mati-su arki - su .

subdued the whole of his land. After him

mari-û u - Sib ina **u kussi - su ip- sit

his son sat on his throne. Of the

<HH -\ W ^limuttim(ti-ni}

sa ina ni - is kate 11 - ia

evil fate, which at the raising of my hands

Hani V 1tik - li - ia ina pa - an

the gods, my helpers, upon

tEjtpl =TTTt ^Hf -III JEf

- ^TTTdbi bani-su u -

sap- ri - ku ina kdta 11

Ithe l his begetter, had brought, by )

the \

{father, (

*(hands of}

amelu-niar-îpri-û t'$ - pur - am - ma is - ba - ta

his envoy he sent [me news] and grasped

w -4-Sepa

H sarru - ti - ia um - ma $arru $a ilu

my royal feet, thus: "A king, of whom god

HIS SON'S SUBMISSION TO ASHURBANIPAL 87

*'- du - u-su at - la abu - u-a ta - ru - ur - ma

ihath taken\ art thou. My father thou didst curse, andI knowledge, (

ap - sa - an - ka

thy yoke."

i. Col. II, 11. 95 125.

limuttu is - sa - kin ina pa - m'-$u ia - a - ii

evil was done unto him. As for me,

ardu pa - lih - ka kur - ban - ni - i - ma la - $u - ta

the slave that feareth thee, bless me and let me bear

THE GUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SIPPARBY NABOPOLASSAR, KING OF BABYLON,

625604 B. C.

[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 827 14,979.]

Na - bi - um -apil

- u - su - ur

Nabopolassar,

&tf -f E^TT <M 3. ^<y< .yyj ty

.far Babili KIti - ri - is

king of Babylon, the de-

4.

ga - a/ 1 l

'

lu Mi - bi - um u ihl Marduk

sire of 2 Nabu and Marduk,

-II ET-tTTTa - na - ku i - nu ilu Marduk bclu rabu(u]

am I. When Marduk, the great lord,

7.

a - na za - na - an ma - ha - zi ud - du - su

to provide for the cities, to renew

e$ - ri - e - ti ur - ta - su ka - bi - it - ti

the shrines, his weighty command

1. ga-at = kat.

2. Literally, "the stretching forth of the hand of", /. e. the object for which

the hand is stretched forth in desire.

ALTERATION IN THK BKD OF THE EUPHRATES 89

-Hf-

u ma i - ra - an - ni

enjoined upon me,

,o. ^ + <B: jy tew ... ^T2'

- nu - mi - hi - um

at that time

, 2 . ET W -TT* -TT* -E -TTI l3 -

ma -ha - zi zi - i - ri l

the august city,

-ffff <HTSippar

^

Sippar,

na - ra - am

beloved of

< -Hf- T

/^'7

ama and Ai,

fW

the Euphrates

M - j/ - su -ma

had receded from it and

me - e i - ri - e - ku

the waters were distant

... .7. -Hf- ^T& sCTTT ^^^T -ITT-

. . .ilu Na - bi - um -

apil u - su - ur

. . . Nabopolassar,

a - as - ri

the meek,

- ah Um

the humble,

pa - U - ih

the worshipper

tETJTM< -TI&^T^-TTTTHe ia - a - ti

n&TU Purdtu

of the gods, even I, the Euphrates

a - na

unto

SipparKI

Sippar

lu - u - $a -ah - ra - am - ma

caused to be dug out, and

i. zi-i-ri = sir/.

go THE CUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SIPPAR BY NABOPOLASSAR

me - e nu - uh - h'

waters of abundance,

f- 5 -II teTf^M SamaS belt - ia

SamaS my lord

dam - ku - tim

health-giving,

a - na

for

lu - u - ki -

I established.

T

// - li -z'

The bank

kupri

bitumen

su - a - ti

of that canal

I T?

u

and

- na .

with

TI -TT -TTIa - gur - ri

brickwork

Tfas. jgy tyyT= 11TT <KTTI <T

lu - u - sa - ar si - id - ma a - na

I strengthened, and for

30.

llu Manias belt - ia

Mamas' my lord

kar su - ul - mi - im

a wall of safety

lu - u - urn - mi - id

I erected.

THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OFBABYLON BY NEBUCHADNEZZAR II, KING

OF BABYLON, 604561 B.C.

[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 68 7 9, i.]

tlu Na - bi - um - ku- dur - ri - u - su - ur

Nebuchadnezzar,

*! T7

$ar Ba - bi - lam ru - ba - a - am

king of Babylon, the prince

na - a -. dam mi -gi - er ilu Marduk

exalted, the darling of Marduk,

- ak - ku si - i - ri na - ra - am

the august ruler, the beloved of

llu Na - bi - um sa - ak - ka - na - ku

Nabu, the governor

-ETla a - ne -

fya za - ni - in E -sag

- ila

who is not wearied, the patron of Esagil

92 THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON

<M@I <=TTTT -TT* TT* ^yy y

w E - zi - da $a a - na

and Ezida, who to

Hf- ^T 3 tCTTT <HiU -Hf-//tt

TVtf - &' - urn u ilu Marduk

Nabii and Marduk

-IITJT 7.

3^ ^' - jw hi - it - nu - su - ma ippu - su

his lords is subject, and who performs

-TTI tfl JT ^TT -m s. ^y yf ^^y . . .

ri - e - su - su - un 1 na - a - dam . . .

their service, the exalted one, . . .

<7/>/?^ a - sa - ri - du sa tlu Nabu -apil

-

the son of highest rank of Nabopol-

u - su - ur sar Ba - bi - lam

assar, king of Babylon,

... ^ ^ t:yyy Hf-a - na - ku i - nu - urn llu Marduk

am I. When Marduk

belu ra -bi^

- u ki - ni - is

the great lord legitimately

ib - na - an - ni - ma mata su - te - $u - ru

created me and the land to rule,

i. ri-e-su-su-un = resut-sun.

NEBUCHADNEZZAR'S ZEAL FOR MARDUK

-TTI ^T? Tl E& - 3 - II

ni - h'm ri - - - aw za - na - an

the people to shepherd, to care for

ET IK -TT* ^T ^T M <=TI < -m -Tljrt - ha - zi ud - du - su e - e$ - ri - e - tint

the towns, to renew the shrines

ra,

- hi - i$ u - ma - - ir - an - ni

majestically commissioned me,

.5. T? ^T M T^ ^T f <^T -II =ETI# - - ^w a - na illi Marduk belt - ia

\ unto Marduk my lord

pa - al - hi - t$ u - ta - ku Ba - bi - lam

with fear was obedient. Babylon

ET IK If JT -ETT -E -TTI --ITma - ha - za - su si - i - ri alt

his august city, the place

ta - na - da - a - tu - Su fm - gu - ur - ilu Bel

of his honour, Imgur-Bel,

< -- ^ ^ is.^y- it - U - il" Bel durdni - su

Nimitti-Bel, its

ET-ET- ^T!T- "ElTT -a -

rabuti u - $a - ak - li - il a - na

great walls, I completed ;on

94 THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON

^H^T- t53 ET- S?:m- JT *

se -ip

- pi abulle-su nman

the thresholds of its gates mighty

e - ik - du - u - tim u

oxen of copper and

*^TT I! =TTT=

sirruHe se - zu - zu - u - tim

colossal serpents reared on end

u - u$ - z - z

I set up.

THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS.

I. From a cylinder of Nabonidus, king of Babylon, 555538 B. C.

[Brit. Mus., No. 82 7 14, 1025.]

a - na - ku llu Na - hi - um - na - - id

I, Nabonidus,

sarru ra - bu - u $arru dan - nu $ar

the great king, the mighty king, the king

fa's - sa - ti sar Babili ^l sar

of the world, king of Babylon, king of

< 3 -

/1$- ra - a - ti ir - bit - ti za - ni - in

the four quarters, the patron

sag- ila u E - zi - da

of Esagil and Ezida,

^TII^TT <HiH -Hf-^ETET- ^E^^ ilu Sin u ilu Nin -

gal i - na

f whose i Sin and Ningal in

tdestiny/

96 THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS

T<ttl s-TI-Hf <T-ET~ETt^TTT- 02*'- $u a - na h' - ma - at Zarru - u - tu

womb ofhis mother for a royal destinyJ

E <!-i - Hi - mu si - ma - at - su mar

determined, f the \

\ son of/

T -HF- H& 2< >sTT Hfl* J3z /7z< Nabu-balat - su - ik - bi rubu e - im - ku

Nabu-balatsu-ikbi, the wise prince,

- - - 7 .

- // - z'A z/awi rabuti a - na - ku

the worshipper of the great gods, am I.

E - hul - hul bit ilu Sin ta

E - hul -hul, the temple of Sin which (is)

ki - rib alu Har - ra - nu Sa ul - tu

in Harran wherein from

u - mu sa- a - ti "w Sin belu ra - bu - u

eternity Sin the great lord

I0 . jy ^T *T M *& ^!!T JI$u - ba - at tu - ub lib - bi - $u

(as in) the dwelling-place of the delight of his heart

tyyyt <ny -yyj t=ij I ^r - / - ^/ - r/ - ib - $u e - U

dwells, with

THE SCYTHIAN INVASION 97

-tTT <MEH -IT!! V !TTJ! *TTT *

ali u biii Sa - a - Su lib - bu -

the city and that temple his heart

- zu - uz - ma amclu Umman-man - da

was wroth and the Scythians

TTt v ~3 5^ ET tTTTT JT TJ-

u - Sat - ba - am - ma biti $u - a - tim

he brought and that temple

nb - bi - it - ma u - sa - lik - su kar - mu - tu

he destroyed and he caused it to fall in ruins.

i - na pa - li - e - a .hi - i - trim ilu Bel

In my legitimate reign Bel

belu rabu(ii} i - na na - ra am

the great lord through love

Sarru u ti - ia a - na all u

for my kingdom unto the city and

-TTTT W TJ JT tT3^/z' Sa - a - Su is - li - mu ir - Su - u

that temple was gracious (and) had

mercy. In the beginning of

7


sarru u - ti iadariti(ti}

my everlasting reign

*jn ^-Sab - ru - - in - ni

the caused me to behold

ETl7a Marduk belu rabu u

Marduk, the great lord, and

TTI

. J! *y -T<su - ut - ti

a dream :

ilu Sin

Sin,

na - an - no, - ri same(e} uirsitim(tim}

the light of heaven and earth,

stood

'

- lal -la -anon either side;

lu Marduk

Marduk

i - ta - ma- a it - ti - ia

spake to me :

ilu Nabii - na'id

"Nabonidus

Babili KI

king of Babylon,

m ^ -

- ku - bi - ka

of thy chariot

^yyyy mr miE - hul - hul

E-hul-hul

i - na

with

2 1 . :] ^>-

i - si

bring

e - pu - us - ma

build and

iineru p/p^

the horses

bricks,

Sin

THE DREAM OF NABONIDUS 99

-II ET- tTTTs " *E -17 <If =w 3 JT/></// rabu(u) i - a &' - ir - &' - .fa

the great lord therein

.ETIHETT? JT^T^T^T! ^. tt^^ -yy$u - ur - ma -a $u - ba - at - su pa - al - hi - t$

cause to inhabit his dwelling-place." With fear

T tTTT ET Tl Tl ^T ^TII ^TTT Hf- 1

a - /a - ma - a a - na tlu Bel Hani P l

I spake unto the lord of the gods,

jy yf ^v -gyy//tt Marduk bitu $u - a - tim $a

Marduk : "That temple which

yyyt ^ *y- JT 2 5. E^ ^/^ - bu - u e - pi - $u ' amilu Umman-man - da

thou commandest to build, the Scythian

ET ^- ^^ fr* Ii0sa - hi - ir - Sum - ma pu ug gu - lu

infests it and rnighty is

e - mu - ga - a - su l ilu Marduk- ma i - ta - ma -a

his strength." But Marduk spake

// - ti - ia amelu Umman-man-da sa tak - bu - u

unto me : "The Scythian of whom thou speakest,

7. 11TT T^ JT v JT frm 3%\

Sa - a - $u mati -$u u Warrant P l

he, his land, and the kings,

i. /. e., pu-itk-ku-lu e-mii-ka-a-su.

ioo THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS

>.k i - di - su ul i - ba - as - h' i - n

his allies, are no more". In

HF-- lu ul - ti satti i - na

the third year on

Tp ^y 2g .

-yyyt: v ^ ^ .^ Ey

ka - sa - du u - sat - bu - nis - sum - ma

an expedition1

they caused him to advance and

m Ku - ra - as sar matu An - za - an arad -

Cyrus, king of Anzan, his

AHFR -in 3 - * ^T t:nr ET ^ JTah - ri i - na um - ma - ni - Su

petty vassal, with his troops

z'- J - / amSlu Umman-man-da rap

- sa - a - ti

that were few the wide-spreading Scythians

tTTT= ^fcU ^T- A^ffi ! -IT -^1 1-z^ -

j/>- pi - ih m Is - tu - me - gu

scattered. Astyages,

sar amslu Umman-man-da is -bat-ma ka - mu-ut - su

king of the Scythians, he captured and as a prisoner

34 . * -

a - na mati-^u il - ki a -mat ilu Bel

to his land he took him. / (It was) i the| the word of/

i. Or "as ;t approached".

THK CAPTURE OF ASTYAGKS IOI

ET- sTTT* Hf- <^T <MJf ~3ll ^TTrabu(u)

'lu Marduk u ilu Sin

great lord Marduk and of Sin,

-HF- ^1 -III -4- tT? <

//</ - an - na - ri $ame(e) u . irsitim(tini)

the light of heaven and earth,

35.

Sa ki - bi - it - su - nu la in - nin - nu - u

whose command was not annulled.

II. From the Nabonidus-Cyrus Chronicle.

[Brit. Mus., Sp. II, 964.]

ummani-su upahhir-ma ana elim Ku - ra$ $ar

His forces llc

c^-c^;;1^ s

] against Cyrus, king of

-Hf- y HF- T ^H [V l&\ J^TT IH ETAn - sa - an ana ka - $a - di U - lik - ma

AnSan, to conquer (him) went

_"z IS - lu - me - gu ummani-su ibbalkit - su - ma

But against Astyages his forces revolted and

- Jin Y^< T

ina kata 11 sa-bit a - na '" Ku-ra$ id - di - nu-$u

in captivity to Cyrus they delivered him.

3. T M ^ Tf ^T v T? x TTT ^ ^Tm Ku - ras a - na mdtu A -gam - ta - nu ali

Cyrus (went) to Ekbatana the


6T <tif

sarru - u - tu kaspu hurasu busu

royal city. Silver, gold, possessions,

makkuru ... sa matu A -gam - ta - ?m

property ... of Ekbatana

v-HF- V -4-If

- /#/ - u - ma a - na matu An - sa - an

he carried off and to AnSan

il - ki

he took.

i. Col. II, u. 14.

THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS.

I. From the Cylinder of Cyrus.

[Brit. Mus., No. 12049.]

i$ - te e - ma ma - al - ki i - $a - ru

He (i.e. Marduk) sought out a righteous prince,

tatf *TTT 3 "iff

'

^T TTT ET AH'

- 3/7 /*# - bi $a it - ta - ma - ah

after his own heart, whom he might take

J=T T

ka - tu - 11$ - $u m Ku - ra - a$ $ar

by the hand; Cyrus, king of

^yy f^ Hf- .^T^TIT^ S^^^I^TTalu An - $a - an it - ta - bi ni - bi - it - su

AnSan, he called by his name,

IT ^T ET -^T! m ~V ~* -ET ^TTTa - na ma li - ku - tim kul - la - ta

for empire over the whole

tT E^< E^T! JT [ccm JT1> - ^ar /^ - zdk ra $u - urn - Su

world he proclaimed his title.

104 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

matn j u _ fa _ ; gi_ m jr um _ man-man - da

The land of Kutu, the whole of the tribal hordes

u - ka - an - ni - 'sa a - na se - pi - su nise P l

he forced into submission at his feet, the

sal - mat kakkadi sa u - sa - ak - si - du

men [lit.the black-headed], whom he had delivered

ka - fa - a-su i - na ki - it - tim u

into his hands, with justice and

wi - sa - ru is - te - ni - - e si - na - a - tim

righteousness he cared for them.

jlu Marduk belu rabu fa - ru - u nise P l - su

Marduk the great lord, the protector of his people,

ip- $e - e - ti - sa 1 dam - ka - a - ta u

his good deeds and

lib - ba - 'su i - $a ra ha - di -

his righteous heart with joy

Id! ^ip

- pa - U -is a - na alt - su

beheld. To his city

i. In ip-se-e-ti-sa. and tu-kul-ti-sa,(1. 19) so. is employed for the pron. suff. su.

HIS ELECTION BY THE GOD MARDUK 105

TJ -ET ^ JI -TI* J3fl - la - <7/t - ik - In

of Babylon that he should go he commanded,

TT= ^IT <5a 13 &ti >sTT ET AS E^TT /-u _ ,y^ _ as - M - it - su - ma har - ra - mi

he caused him to take the road

Babili K? ki - ma ib - ri u

to Babylon, like a friend and

t= *T- ^ ^T -TTI -ET -t

/j/- pi - e it - tal - la - ka i - da - a - su

helper he went at his side.

,6. t Eww - w<2 - wz' - j

vw nz/- $a - a - tim sa

His wide-spreading troops, of which

('/ -;;zrt ;#<? - ^ war/ /<z u - la - ad - du - u

like the waters of a stream not , -to be known is

wz' - ba - $u - un kakke Pl - $u - nu sa - an - du - ma

the number, with their weapons girt

i - Sa - ad - 'di -ha i - da - a - su ba - lu

advance at his side. Without

kab - U u ta - ha - zi u - $e - ri - ba - a

contest and battle he made him enter

106 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

tTT JT 53ki - rib Bdbili Kl all - $u Bdbili KI

into Babylon his city ; Babylon

i - ti - ir i - na Sap- sa - ki

he spared from tribulation.

-ET s^m iiu Nai)U . na'id Sarru la pa - li - hi - su

Nabonidus, the king that did not fear him,

tTTT= ET 10 -ET T -!-EiT^TI ^.^Hu - ma - al - la - a ka - tu - u$ - $u ni$e P l

he delivered into his hand. The people of

I ka - li - $u - nu nap - har

Babylon all of them, the whole of

m < ^vv<^ ^in^^ <

u _ me _ rj u Akkadi ^ ! ru - bi - e u

Sumer and Akkad, princes and

T^JI -TI*<tsak - kan - nak - ka Sa - pal - Su ik - mi - sa

governors, beneath him bowed down,

S <T- ^^ ^ ^- 5^! JTu - na - aS - si - ku Se - pu - tis - $u

they kissed his feet,

=TTfc -T< Iih - du - u a - na sarru - u - ti - Su

they rejoiced in his kingdom,

THE SUBMISSION OF THE CITY 107

im - mi - ru pa - nu - uS - $u - un be - lu $a

bright was their countenance. To the lord, who

i - na lu - kul - ti - $a u - bal - It - tu

through his strength raises to life

mi - tu - ta -an i - na bu - ta - ku

the dead, (and) from destruction

u pa - ki - e ig- mi - lu kul - la - ta - an

and misery (?)had spared all,

3 ^TT -TI^ t^TT! <T-TTI Ml *- Mta - bi - i$ ik ta - ar - ra - bu - su

joyfully they paid homage,

y-.

y

t'S - tam-ma - ru zi - ki - ir - Su a - na - ku

they reverenced his name. I am

fciY^El'

Ku - ra - as $ar kt$ - $at $arru rabu Xarru

Cyrus, king of the world, the great king, the

</w - for Babili Kl $ar matu &u-me - ri

mighty king, king of Babylon, king of Sumer

u Ak - ka - di - i $ar kib - ra - a - ti

and Akkad, king of the quarters

io8 THK TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

ir - hi - it - Urn mar m Ka - am - bu - zi - ia

four, son of Cambyses,

ET- t&m -tTT -Hf-rabi sar ahl An - sa - an mar mart

the great king, king of AnSan, grandson of

ET-- ra - a$ sarri rain sar alu An - sa - an

Cyrus, the great king, king of Anan,

ET-llplipi

m &i - t'X - pi - t'S tarri rabi

descendant of Teispes, the great king,

sar alu An - sa - an zeru da - ru - u

king of AnSan, eternal seed

Sa tarru - u - in Sa ilu Bel u ilu Nabil

of royalty, of whom Bel and Nabu

3= -ET TI jr y

ir - a - mu pa - la - a - su a - net tu - ub

love the reign, [and] for the delight

lib - bi -su- nu ih - Si'

- ha Zarru - ut - su

of their heart desired his kingdom.

*- ey yi

e - nu- ma a - na ki - rib Babili A/

When into Babylon

HIS INSTALLATION IN TIIK RoVAI. I'AI.ACK 109

t * 3 -

^ _ rw _ ^W jd - // - mi -t'S i

- na

I entered favourably, (and) with

y* tEJ! <MSJ -IT! 1=!TT Tl -V -E ^/ - j/ ri - Sa - a - tim i - na

exultation and shouts of joy in

eTTTT ET- ET tW <M <MTI El TJ

^a/// wa - al - ki ar^

- ma - a Xu - bat

the palace of the princes I took up a

be - lu - tim llu - Marduk belu rabu lib - bi

lordly dwelling, Marduk . the great lord the

. it - pa - su $a mare P l Babili KI

great heart of the Babylonians

-*f ^ ET ^T <tfc ^TTT- ..... - an - ni - ma u - mi - $am

[inclined (?)]to me and daily

a - $e - - a pa - la - ah - Su um - na - ni - ia

do I care for his worship. My wide-

rap- $a - a - tim i - na ki - rib Babili ^

spreading troops into Babylon

MEW *T I* ff< JT <3* ET =i - $a - ad - di - ha ht - ul - ma-niS nap - har

advance in peace. The whole of

HO THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

II mi <HH tm^w<m ^ ET-u - me - ri u Akkadi K1 zeru rabil

Sumer and Akkad, the great race,

- tim ul u - sar - & dannat

no [trouble (?)] I caused to have. f For the \

\affliction of/

Bdbili K1 u kul-lat ma -ha - zi - su

Babylon and all its cities

/'- na $a - It - im - tim* as - ie - - e

thoroughly did I care.

w ildniP 1 matu $u - me - ri u

And the gods of Sumer and

r ?m Afl- it if

Akkadi KI sa m ilu Nabii - na'id a - na

Akkad, which Nabonidus to

- - V2 - //w ^/z' ilaniP 1 u - se - ri - bi

the anger of the lord of the gods had brought

m jy- na ki - rib Babili KI

i - na

into Babylon, at

^i' - <^/ -/*'

//M Marduk belt rabl i - na

the word of Marduk the great lord in

HIS RESTORATION OF LOCAL DKITILS i i

- //'- //;/ - tim i - na maS - ta - ki - Su - nu

(their) entirety in their own shrines

u - Se - Si - ib $u - ba - at tu - ub lib - bi

did I cause to take up the habitation of (their) hearts' delight.

kul -la - ta ilaniP1 Sa u - Se - ri - bi

May all the gods whom I have brought

TJ -Hf <IEJ tm ^ E! |f< -TT^ JT t=ma - fl -('/

- ir - bi ma -ha - zi - Su - un

into their own cities

35. stw -

'

- $a - am ma - har llu Bel u

daily before Bel and

//M Nabu sa a - ra - ku ume P l - ia

Nabu for the lengthening of my days

/*' - ta - mu - u lit - tas - ka - ru a-ma-a - ta

pray, let them speak the word

^T cffi <Ef ^ <MiH Tl ^T -Hf-du - un - ki - ia u a - na ilu Marduk

for my good fortune and unto Marduk

- /a // - ik - bu -

my lord let them say

H2 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

m Ku - ra -as sarru pa - li - hi - ka u

"May Cyrus the king that feareth thee and

'" Ka - am - bu - zt - ia mdri-su da -. .

Cambyses his son [have prosperity (?)]!"

II. From the Nabonidus-Cyrus Chronicle.

[Brit. Mus., Sp. II, 964.]

... - - JT T

/wa * r#" Zfez' m Ku - raS sal - turn ina

In the monih Tammuz Crus a battle in

.3.

A7 wa ww/^ - /' naru Zal - zal - lat

Upe on the banks of the Zalzallat

vummani(ni}

mdtu Akkadi

against the forces of Akkad when ;he had\\ waged, /

=W I v ^vv <^j ,4. ^T^m-^^/ HW/ Akkadi Kl

uspelQ) ki

the people of Akkad he conquered ;when

uktassir(?)

w/^v ^

they rallied(?),

the people he slew. On the i4th day

Hfffl <M T

SipparKI ba - la sal - turn sa - bit

Sippar without righting was taken.

HIS PACIFIC POLICY Il3

m ilu Nabu-na'id ihlik umu XVI mUg ba - ru

Nabonidus fled. OntheiGthday Ugbaru

maiu QU . // . um u ?dbe Pl m Ku - raS

the governor of Gutium and the soldiers of Cyrus

ba - la sal - turn ana Babili A/ trubu arki

without righting in Babylon entered. Afterwards

m ilu Nabu-na'id ki . . . (so) ma Babili KI sa - bit

"

Nabonidus, when . ..,

into Babylon /was taken \

\ captive. I

... .9... jm T ^i!

... . . $u - lum ana alt sa - kin m Ku - ras

. . . . . Peace for the city was established; Cyrus

su - lum ana Babili KIgab-bi-su ki - bi

peace to Babylon, the whole of it, proclaimed.

Gu - ba - ru amC'lupahati-su

am<:'lupahati ina

Gubaru, his governor, as governor in

Babili KIip

- ie - kid u ullu arl!u Kislimi

Babylon he appointed, and from the month Kislev

adi arlm Adari Hani? 1 U matu Akkadt KI $a

to the month Adar the gods of Akkad, which

H4 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS

T ^m & T tw <m ^- -in ^m iiu Nalu-na'id ana Bdbili Kl u - se - ri - du

Nabonidus to Babylon had brought down,

a - na ma -ha - zi - su-nu ituru P l

to their own cities returned.

I. Col. Ill, 11. 12 22.

INSCRIPTION OF DARIUS, KING OF BABYLON,521-485 B.C.

[From Schulz, Journal Asiatique, Troisieme Serie, t. IX, pi. VIII, col. a.]

ihi rabu(ujiltt A - hu - ru - ma - az - da

A great god .

(is) Ahurumazda,

sa kak -ka - ru a - ga - a id - din - nu Sa

who this soil did create, who

4 . - - -5.

an - nu - tu id - din - nu Sa

these heavens did create, who

ja^^ ^7zrf - dm - nu Sa gab

- bi

mankind did create, who all

nu - uh - $u a - na amelu sale P l id - din-nu

abundance unto mankind has granted,

-TTI *ETU *-Sa a - na m Da - a - ri - ia - a - muS Sarri

who Darius the king

Ii6 INSCRIPTION OF DARIUS

TTfc Hf-II "ib - nu - u isten(en] ina SarraniP 1 mah - ru - in

did make one among kings that were before,

isten(en}ina inn - te - - i - me P l mah - ru - in

one among rulers that were before.

a - na - ku m Da -a-ri-ia-a- mus sarru

I am Darius the

rabu(uj sar sarrani pl sar maldti F

great king, king of kings, king of lands,

sa nap - har li - sa - na - a - ta gab - bi

of the whole of all tongues,

,7 . & V ^ -T *J0a T tTTT* Tl dsarru sa kak - ka - ru a - ga - a -

king of this soil,

1 8.

ra - bi - turn ru - tik - turn

great (and) extensive,

19.

mar Us - fa

son of Hystaspes,

m A- ha- ma - an - wz' - z'^ -

the Achaemenian.

INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER,KING OF BABYLON, 280260 B. C.

[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 80 6 17, I.]

An ii - ku - us Sarru

Antiochus, . the

ralu(ii} sarru dan - nu far kissati far

great king, the mighty king, king of the world, king of

v v 3. ft

maiati za - ni - in

Babylon, king of lands, patron of

E -sag

- ila u E - zi da

Esagil and Ezida,

aplu a^aridu sa m Si - lu - uk - ku

the princely son of Seleucus,

5 .

far fllM^ ^/iz - ak - ka - du - na - at far

king of the Macedonians, king of

u8 INSCRIPTION OF AN'TIOCHUS-SOTER

Babili KI

Babylon,

XX KAM

the 2oth day,

a - na - ku

am I.

.4.

ma arku Adari umi

In the month Adar, on

satti XLIII u! - $u sa

in the 43rd year, the foundation of

E - zi - da

Ezida

biti ki - i - ni

the true temple,

the temple of Nabu which is n

Bar -zipKI

Borsippa,

- di - e

I laid

us - ti - su

its foundation

-Til! ^3= -TlWHelapil E -

sag- ila

son of Esagil,

P-tT<vMTIilu Marduk

of Marduk,

f- T? ^? =m=ilu Eru - u -

Erua

O Nabu,

** ^ ^bu - kur

the first-born

ris - tu - u

of highest rank,

}} ^H -IT-a far - rat

the queen,

i - lit - ti

offspring of

into

E zi - da

Ezida,

tyyyybiti ki - i - ni

the true temple,

38 . tyyyy

bit

the temple of

HIS RESTORATION OF THE TEMPLE EZIDA n

'' A - nu - ti - ka Su - bat tu - ub lib - bi - ka

thy divinity, the dwelling of thy heart's desire,

- na hi - da - a - tu u ri - $a - a - lu

with joy and shouting

4 o. t tff -III S3i - na e - ri - bi - ha i - na

when thou enterest, at

3 ~T< -tW *t. tTTT -T< 'iTT^/' - // - ka kit - ti sa

thy righteous command which

# - /j;// -J~

- ku U - ri - ku u - mi - ia

is not hindered, long be my days,

>~<T/ ^// - mi - da $anati(ti}

ia

many be my years,

4 3 '

// - kun

established be my throne,

^yy t^yy ^ ^ .&m -TTT^ TI *e//'

- il - bi - ir pa - lu - u - a i - na

old may my reign become. By

hat - ta - ka si i - ri mu - kin

thy exalted sceptre, that holds fast

120 INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER

pal - lu - uk - ku same(ej uirsitim(thii}

i - na

the circuit of heaven and earth, at

i - i - ka el - U Us - tak - ka - nu

thy bright mouth may they establish

du - un - ki - ia matati P l iUu si - it

my good fortune. The lands from the rising of

77

$amti(St) a - di e - ri - ib iluSamsi(si)

the Sun to the setting of the Sun

Uk - su - du kata If - ai man -da - at - ti - si - nu

may my hands conquer; their tribute

jgy *HK & m ET 50.

lu - us - tii - ki - ma a - na suk - lu - lu

may I hold fast and for the completion of

E -sag

- ila u E - zi - da

Esagil and Ezida

lu - bi - U ilu Nabu aplu asaridu

may I bring (it).O Nabu, princely son,

TI ~Hf tyyn ^IT^ ^yy s s. tyyyya - na E - zi - da biti ki - i - ni

into Ezida, the true temple,

HIS PRAYER TO NABU 121

i - na e - ri - bi - ka damiktim(tim}

when thou enterest, good fortune for

v v- // - - ku - us $ar mdtaii

Antiochus king of the lands,

'" Si - lu - uk - ku sarri mari- hi

Seleucus the king, his son,

5 6. ^ t^r jm <MTI sTTT & -TI* EfAs - ta ar ia - ni - ik - ku

Stratonice

57- A HHh ^!!hi - rat - su sar - ra - at

his spouse, the queen,

da - mi - ik - ti - su-nu li - is - sa - kin

may their good fortune be established

i - na pi - i - ka

at thy mouth !

THE CREATION OF THE GODS.

[K 54190 and 82-7 14,402.]

f *- ET tffXT -ET

- ;/ - w<2 e - Us la na - bu - u

When above not named was

sa - ma - mu sap- Us am - ma - turn su - ma

heaven (and) below earth a name

-ETEila zak - rat Apsu - ma ris - tu - u

did not bear,1 and Ocean, the primeval,

^ ^JTT ^Ey ^y^ 4. ^ ^CTTT *^ ^T^ ^^za - ru - su - un mu - um - mu Ti - dmat

who begat them, (and) confusion, Tiamat,

-TTI I *

mu - al - U - da - at gim - ri - su - un

who bore them both,-

*E A 23 sTTTt ETme?1 - 'su-nu is - te - nis i - hi - ku - u - ma

their waters together mingled and

-ETgi - pa - ra la hi - is - su

no field was formed,

I. 7. e, did not exist.

THK BIRTH OF THE GODS FROM CHAOS 123

-ET *4HF- 7.

j - sa-a la Se - e - nu-ma ildni ?l

no marsh was to be seen, when yet of the gods

-ET JT *- sTTT* ET ^T Ef ^T Ey -ET/a Su -

pit- u ma - na - ma $u - ma la

there had not been called into being an)S (and) no name

jnj JEJ ^ffl

2/(' - ku - ru

did they bear,

f- ET ^T -ETh' - ma - tu la $a - a - mu

(and) no destinies were determined,

//5 - la - mi - u - ma Hani gi - mir - hi - im'

then were created the gods, all of them,

tlu Lah - mu ilu La -hamu u$ - ta - pu - u

Lahmu (and) Lahamu were called into being

-TTT^ da - di

Ages

ir -bu - u

increased

4-AAn - $ar llu Ki - $ar ib - la - nu - u

Anar (and) Ki^ar were created

ur - ri - ku ume P l

Long were the days

A-nu

Anu

a - li

the father

An - sar

An^ar

llli A - nim

(and) Anu

THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON.

[K 3473 -f- 79 78, 296 -|- R 615, K 8524, K 8575 and 88419, i3 with

restorations from K 4832 and 81 7 27,80.]

An - sar pa - a - $u i - pu - Sam -ma a - na

AnSar his mouth opened and to

f tlTMI^ tyyy<]jy ym^T tEE^<^7/" Ga - ga sukkalli - ht a- ma - tu i - zak - kar

Gaga his minister the word he addressed :

3.

a - lik ilu Ga - ga suk - kal - him mu - tib

"Go Gaga, (thou) minister that rejoicest

4 .

ka - bit - ti - ia a - na llu Lah - mu

my spirit, to Lahmu

llu La - ha - mu ka - a - ta hi - us - pur - ka

(and) Lahamu thee will I send.

^ jyHani na - gab - su - un

the gods, all of them,

ANSHAR'S SUMMONS TO THE GODS 125

//'- $a - mi Itt - ku - nu ina ki - ri - e - ti

the tongue let them prepare, at the banquet

Us - bu a$ - na - an li - ku - hi

let them sit, bread let them eat,

lip- ti - ku ku - ru - na a - na llu Marduk

let them mix sesame-wine, for Marduk,

nut - tir gimil - li - su - nu li - si - mu

their avenger, let them decree

. -

Sim - ta al - ka ilu Ga - ga

the lot. Go Gaga,

T- i *- ^ ^ Ey .. [^ET v- me - Su - nu i - ziz - ma mimma sa

before them stand and all that

Tf E^< -tHJ ^ffl -tH JI t=w -^ TI- zak - ka ru ka su - un - na - a ana

I tell thee repeat unto

y^ JY ^pj ^lYY C^^ ! 3 66, containing AnSar's message to Lahmu and

&z - a - Su - un - Lahamu, correspond word for word with the message

i as delivered by Gaga in 11. 71 124; see pp. 126 ff.]

67.

il - lik ilu Ga - ga ur - ha-Su

Gaga went, his way

126 THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

tTTT* tH IB ET 68.^113= -fu - sar - di - ma a$ - ris llu Lah - mu u

he took and humbly before Lahmu and

ilu La - ha - me Hani P l abe P l - su us - kin - ma

Lahamu the gods, his fathers, f he made \

\obeisance andf

is - sik kak - ka - ra sa - pal - su - un i - sir

he kissed the ground beneath their feet,ihe humbled I

\ himself, /

I ^Tflf 7...Hf- Aiz - ziz - ma i - zak - kar - su - un An - sar

he stood up and spake unto them: "AnSar

ET *U1 m ^ tTTT^ ET A-HF- * E -TI -Hf- 5^/ - ru - ku - nu u - ma - - i - ra - an - ni

your son hath sent me,

/t? - r// lib - bi-su u - sa - as - bi ~ ra - an - ni

of the design of his heart he informed

ia - a - ti um - ma Ti - amat a - lit - ta - ni

me thus : 'Tiamat our mother

- 74-

z'- s/r - ra - an - na - $i pu - uh - ru

hath conceived a hatred for us, with

// -^'

- ;/rt - at - ma ag -gi$ lab - bat

all her mightx

angrily she rages.

I. Literally, "using (her) full strength".

Till-: ADVANCK OF T11K RKBKL FORCES 127

75. cMI *jnETW ET H-~fts - hu - ru - Sim - ma Hani gi - mir - $u - un

They have turned to her, the gods, all of them,

a - di Sa at - tu - nu tab - na -a i - da - $a

with those whom ye created, at her side

al - ka im - ma - as - ru - nim - ma i - du - u$ 1

do they go. They are banded together and at the side of

Ti - dmat te - bu - u - ni iz - zu kap- du

Tiamat they advance, they are furious, they plan

-ETla sa - ki - pu mu - sa u im - ma

without resting night and day,

79. ~Hf jy tyyyt ^ j{<^na - su '- u tarn -ha - ri na - zar - bu - bu

they make ready for battle, fuming (and)

lab - bu unkenna(na] h't - ku - nu-ma i - ban - nu - u

raging, with united forces they make

su - la - a - turn Um - mu - Hu - bur 'pa - ti - hat

war. Ummu-Hubur,a who formed

H -ET ET s. S^T -IT- <T* tT IS T&z - la - ma uS - rad - di kakke Pl

all things, has added weapons

1. i-dit-ns fr. idussu (= ana idi) "at the side of".

2. A title of the monster Tiamat.

128 THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

-E! -EEII -HI ^T TTT v ^

/<z ;;/<?$- r/ z'/

- /a - /#</ sir - mah - i

invincible, she has spawned monster-serpents,

83. E^<-EEJET ^Wss: -ET t^MITzak - tu - ma "sin - ni la pa - du - u

sharp of tooth, unsparing

at - ta - - i im - ta kima

of fang(?), with poison like

ETHKtt ^TTA^I^ ^1 E! tl<j^

da - a - mi zu - mur - su- nu us - ma - al - U

blood their body has she rilled.

usumgalle P l na - ad - ru - u - ti pul - ha- a - ti

Monster-vipers, fierce ones, with terror

ET 86.v<^fTT-u - sal - biS - ma me - lam - me us - das - sa - a

has she clothed and with brightness endowed,

e - Us um - das' - sad a - mir - su-nu sar - ba - da

on high /she has caused\ /Whosoever \ dread

(?)\ them to ..... / i beholds them,/

v

! A^ [<cs: Affl 88. ^TT EHIEJ I ^US - har - mi - im zu - mir - su - nu

overpowers him, their body

T -E! t

US - tah - hi - dam' - ma la i - ni - - u

rears up, and none can stop

TIAMAT'S BROOD OF MONSTERS 129

-II- 89.

rat - su - un

their breast.

sir - ru$ - Su u ilil La - ha - mi

a dragon and Lahami,

She has set up a viper,

u - gal- lum

a hurricane,

IH~ < --nitsidimmu

(?)u akrab-amelu

a scorpion-man,|a ragingl and! hound J

r/a - ab - ru - ti

that are mighty,

nun-amelu

a fish-man

9-ki

rams(?),

na - a$

bearing

ume P l

tempests

u

and

kakkeP 1

weapons

=E -El II

la pa - di - i la a -.di - ru

without mercy, without fear of

Mighty

<I- --Hf II El 94.

TTT H<fa - ha - zi

the fight.

-III -E^I Wte - ri - tu - $a

are her commands,

-El Ella ma - har

unopposed

st - na - a - ma

are they, and

< -III 31es - ri - turn

eleven 2

i. Ill i, Pret. fr. m

TEI- pu - un - na - ma

of huge stature

1 II *TSu - a - tu

in this manner

is - tin

the

u$ - tab - Si

has she made.

2. 7. <?., the monsters described in 11. 82 92.

9

i3o THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

95- CE ~rT f -Hf- *- ^L -III Vi - na Hani bu - uk - ri - sa

Among the gods her first-born,

JT *} ^TT -lA-ffl <T- *- AHfff -TTI- / / - kun - si pu - uh - ri

since he had given her support,

& - sa - aS - M z/"TsTzV/ - ## ina bi - ri - su-nu

she has exalted Kingu, in their midst

V TU 5tf tE^ ^ ^!T 97. T{ -E^IT M ^ysa - a-$u us - rab - bi - i$ a - li - ku - ut

him she has raised to power. The going

- ri pa - an um - ma - ni mu - ir - ru - ut

in front before the forces, the leadership

puhri na - as kakke P lit - is - bu - tu

ofthehost, the raising of weapons to begin,

ti - bu - u a - na - an - tu su - ud tarn- ha - ri

to advance to the attack, generalship in battle,

rty <u ^H -^T ^T< -- tu tin EInz - ab $ik - ka - tu - ti ip

- kid - ma

prowess in the fight, she entrusted

^ - tu$ -su u - se - $i - ba - a$- $u ina kar - ri

to his hand, she made him sit in costly raiment.

HER APPOINTMENT OF KINGU AS CAPTAIN l3l

ad - di la - a - ka ina puhur ildni

"I have recited thy spell, in the assembly of the gods

K - $ar - bi - ka

I have raised thee to power,

ma - It - kut ildni

with the rule of the gods,

im - rat - su - nu ka - luk - ka

all of them, thy hand

u$ - ma - al - li

have I filled.

I03 . lift < -III/wr - ^a - ta - ma

Be thou great,

ha - - i - ri

thou, my

e - du - u al - ta

chosen spouse,

2/X; - rw - /('a ^//

thy name over

li - ir - tab - bu - u

let them magnify

..... - uk - ki

all

She gave him

[>=ET ^Tra - at - su

on his breast

dupsimdtiv1

the tablets of destiny,

-TTI- v T- Au - Sat - me - ih

she put :

ta kibit-ka

"May thy command

la

not

1 32 THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

in - nin - na - a

be annulled,

/>z"- i - ka

thy mouth!

kun

established be/

that which \

\cometh forth from/

n - na - nu

Now

llu Kin - gu

Kingu,

su - us - ku - u

(thus) exalted,

.08. * -

for the gods,

is - ti - mu

determined :

li - ku - u ilu A-nu - ti

having received the power of Anu,

si - ma - ta

the lot

ipsu pi - ku - nu ilu Gibil

"Let your word the Fire-god

mare P l - sa

her sons,

//'-

z'-

z'^- ha

overpower!

/ - wz/ - ru

excellence,

ma - ag - sa - ri

might

It -naid ina

Whoever is exalted in

^T ^^ 3 HIUs - rab - bi - ib

let him display!"1

$- pur~ma llu A-nu - uin

I sent to Anu,

ul i - li

he cannot (go)

ma - har - sa iltl Nu - dim - mud e - dur - ma

against her, Nudimmud was afraid and

i. Literally, "make mighty".

MARDUK CONSENTS TO DO BATTLK FOR THE GODS i33

/'- / - rrf ar - kiS - ir l!" Marduk

turned back. Marduk has set out,

a - /trt/ - / Hani ma - rw - ku - un

the director of the gods, your son,

- ha - rti Ti - amat lib - ba - hi a - ra

against Tiamat his heart to set out

ub -la iphi pi

- i - Su i - ta - ma - a

/has prompted! His word. he addressed\ (him). (

- na ia - a - ti Sum - ma -ma a - na - ku

unto me : "If I,

- //r ^-/- 0Z/7 - // - ku -

. un

your avenger,

A-< K -<\< fr* ET -III- --T* va - /ww - me Ti - amat -ma u - bal - lat

will conquer Tiamat and give life to

ka - $u - un hik - na - a- ma pu - u/i - ru

you, appoint an assembly,

su - ti - ra i - ba - a hm - ti i - na

make preeminent (and) proclaim my lot. In

1 34 THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

Up - su - ukkin - na - Id mit-ha - rti ha-di$

UpSukkinnaku together joyfully

IH ^T ET '*> fcU JT *T- sTJ <M ET/z - ba - ma ip

- # /z'-

z'cz &' - ;;m

seat yourselves. With my mouth in place of

-^T ^ ET <T- ET ^T- tu - nu - ma si - ma - lu hi - sim - ma

you the lot will I decree.

la ut - tak - kar mim-mu - u a - ban - nu - u

Let it not be altered, whatever I

*t Tilla - na - ku ai i- tur at in - nin - na - a

do, /may it neverl jmay ill be annulled,\ be changed, / \ never /

se - kar Sap- ti - ia hu - um -

fa- nim - ma

the word of my lips." Hasten . and

si - mat - ku - nu ar - his si - ma-hi HI - lik

your destiny swiftly decree for him, that he may go

<T- -TI E^TTUm - hu - ra na - kar - ku - nu dan - nu

(and) fight your strong enemy!'"

J^TT ^ ET f fcTTT< W\ -*f -ET IKi$ - mu - ma tlu Lah - mu ilu La - ha - mu

They heard, Lahmu (and) Lahamu,

THE GATHERING OF THE GODS

iz

f W TTilu

Igigi

The Igigi,

nap - har - Su-nu

all of them

wailed

mar - st - i

grievously :

;/^^' - ra a - di ir - su - u

has been altered, until .....

mi - na - a

"What

wz' - i - di ni - i - ni

We do not understand.

sa Ti - dmat

of Tiamat

-piS

- ti - sa

the deed!"

?7 - 7rt^' - u - ni

they go,

- // - su-nu mu - sim - mu

all of them, who decree

ik - Sa - ht - nim - ma

They collected(?)

and

I3 - ^ "Hf- ET- ET-Hani rabuti

the great gods

C^TT -<T<]

im - ti

the lot;

*- ETi - ru - bu - ma

they entered in

mut - ti

before

An - $a

AnSar,

ini - hi - u ..... in - nis - ku a - hu

they rilled (the chamber?) they pressed on(?) one

THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON

i33. *-

i36

u a - hi ina puhri

another in the assembly

W +li - sa - nu

The tongue

mi$ - ku - nu ina

they prepared, at

-34.

- ri - e - ti

the banquet

us - bu

/they seatedl

\themselves ;/

aS - na - an

bread

'

- /'- lu

they ate,

HI -i<ip

- ti - ku

they mixed

!] -35. <y^ ^iku - ru - na

sesame-wine;

tTTTt^Hf-- sa - an - ni

distorted

+ 30Si - ri - sa mat - ku

the sweet drink, the mead,

<36.<T TI^JIT. . .

- su - un si - ik - ru

their; they were drunk (?)

>/<2 $a - te - e

with drinking,

ha - ba - su zu - um - ru

their bodies were rilled(?) ;

ma - ' - di$ e - gu - u

they were exceeding slack,

ka - bit - ta - su - tin

their spirit

i - te - el - la

was exalted;

a - na ilu Marduk mu - fir

for Marduk their

gi - mil - li - su-nu i - sim - mu sim - ta

avenger they decreed the lot.

i. So the traces of characters on K 3478 etc. read.

THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON.

[K 3487 -f R 641, K5420C, R 2. 83, 7978, 251 and 82-918, 3737.]

id - du - Sum - ma pa - rak ru - bu - turn

They set for him a lordly chamber,

ET ff< -TTI -TTma - ha - ri - is ab - bi - e - su a - na

surpassing his fathers as

// - ku - turn ir - me at - ta .- ma

:ounsellor he took his place. "Thou art

kab - ta - ta i - na Hani ra - bu - /urn

preeminent among the great gods,

Si-mat - ka la $a - na -an se - kar - ka

thy lot is without equal, thy word is

5 .

77 y4 - m'm *'lu Marduk kab - ta - ta

Anu. O Marduk, thou art preeminent

1 38 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON

f f E -IT *- :r3Ej e. <r- vz - na ildni ra - bu - turn si - mat - ka

among the great gods, thy lot

-ETla sa - na -an se - kar - ka llu A - mm

is without equal, thy word is Anu.

7- ^!I -tET ^1 <st A>ff El -ET tits ^ET ^T !TT

is - tu u - mi - im - ma la in - nin - na - a

Henceforth unannulled will be

ki - bit - ka $u - us - ku - u u

thy command, to exalt and

<f-tEsu - us - pu - hi si - i hi - u ga - at - ka

to abase shall be (in) thy hand.

9. m -TIT- <^f ^1 tET =ETTlu - u ki - na - at si

Established be /that which comethl

I forth from (

-ET .5?EfeTT<MTI tEJf^-pi - i - ka la sa - ra - ar se - kar - ka

thy mouth, irresistible be thy word,

.o.Ej^ElHL tE~ry ^f^f tEjfc-ma - am - ma - an i - na ildni i - ink - ka

let no one among the gods thy boundary

-ET EEgtf Hf< -TI* "-^^1^-^m Sm Vla it - ti - ik za - na - nu - him ir - hit

transgress. May abundance, the desire of

i. ga-at-ka kat-ka; the Babylonian pronunciation of k as g occurs also in 1.15.

THE GODS CONFER POWER ON MARDUK i3g

pa-rak Hani - ma a - far sa -gi

- Su - nu

the shrines of the gods, while they are in want,

m *TTT= m *m -lu - u ku - un ax - ru - uk - ka

be established in thy sanctuary.

7/" Marduk at - la - ma mu - tir - ru

Marduk, thou art our

-IT"

%i- mil - U ni ni - id - din - ka

avenger ;we give thee

sar - ru - turn kis - sal kal gim - ri - e - li

the kingdom over the whole world.

// - sajn - ma i - na pu - hur lu - u

Sir down in might, be

sa - ga la a-mal - ka kak - ki - ka

exalted (in) thy word, may thy weapon

ai ippal - tu - u U - ra - i - su

never be defeated, may it crush

.

; - Id - ri - ka be - lum sa tak - lu - ka

thy foe. O lord, whoso trusteth in thee,

i. ti-sam-ma = tisab-ma.

140 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON

na -pi$

- ta - su gi - mil - ma u ilu

his life spare. but / as for i

jthe god, J

Xa Urn - ni - e - ti i - hu - zu tu - bu - uk

who the evil began, pour out

nap - Sat - su us - zi - zu - ma i - na

his life!" Then set they in

hi - ri - su - nu lu - ba - su 2$ - tin a - na

their midst a garment, (and) to

-TTZ & *- & +ilu fifarduk bu - uk - ri - su - nu hi - nu

Marduk, their first-born they

iz - zak - ru si - mat - ka be - lum lu - u

spake : "May thy lot, O lord, have

mah - ra - at Hani - ma a - ba - turn

preeminence among the gods, to destroy

u ba - nu - u ki - bi U - ik tu - ?m

and to create give the word and it shall be accomplished.

ip- $a pi - i - ka U - - a - bit

Open thy mouth (and) may there disappear

MARDUK TESTS HIS POWER 141

I T *4. -EiT IHIn - da - hi tu - nr ki - bi - him - ma

the garment, again command it and

/ - <^z - .fo // - t$ - Urn ik - bi - ma

let the garment be whole!" He spake

*JT A-HMITT/'

- wtz />/'- i - hi - a - bit hi - ba - hi

with his mouth, away went the garment ;

6. tE -EET IH -TI^ K te^ ET M ~3 Mi - iu - ur ik - bi - him - ma lu - ba - hi

again he commanded it and the garment

*7-<MET tETT^T ^T-tEJT^7* - ma si - it pi - i - hi

was restored. So soon as I that which I his mouthcame forth fromj

/ - w - /"?/ Hani ab - bi - e'

- hi

they saw, the gods his fathers,

i'/i- du - u ik - ru - bu ilu Marduk - ma

they rejoiced, they paid homage (saying): "Marduk

2 9- -TIT- ^-Tsar - ru u - us si - pu - su ls

-u hatta

is king!" They added to him the sceptre,

;?M kussa u pala(a) id - di - nu - hi

the throne and the ring(?), they gave him

1 42 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON

-ET ETA-WE^TTkak - ku la ma - ah - ra da - '

- i - bu

a weapon invincible, overwhelming

TI 3, TJIHET ^TT ~T< ^v- at - ri a - lik - ma sa Ti - amat

the foe. "Now go and of Tiamat

z /w - ^ - ru - wa

the life cut off, and

$a - a - ru da - mi - sa a - na

may the wind her blood into

pT IBDf

pu - uz - ra - turn li - bit - lu - ni

concealment carry away."

z'- &' - mu-ma sa ilu Bel si-ma - tu - us ildni

They decreed for the lord his lot, did the gods

ab - bi - e - su u - ru - uh su - ul - mu

his fathers, on a way of prosperity

< IH T- *Wu tas - me - e u$ - ta - as - bi - tu

and success they caused him to take

E^ ^ 3 5 .

- ra - nu ib - sim - ma I*'B

the road. He prepared the bow,

MARDUK'S PREPARATIONS FOR BATTLE 143

kak - ka - $u u - ad - di mul - mul - /urn

his weapon he fixed, a spear

- tar - ki - ba u - kin - $u ba - at - nu

he slung on, he arranged it ......,

37. -u <y- EI tT m -Hf-

is - h' - ma '*'" mitta im - na - $u

he raised the club(?), in his right hand

u - sa - hi- iz ^" kasta u maSku ft - pa - turn

he grasped (it),the bow and the quiver

* -TT -

/'- du - us - su i - lu - ul i$ - kun

at his side he hung. He set

bi - ir - ku i - na pa - ni - su naif - lu

the lightning in front of him, with flame,

mus - tah - mi - hi zu - mur - su

that burnt, his body

um - ta - al - la i - pu - us - ma sa - pa - ra

he filled. He made a net

Sul - mu-u kir - bis1 Ti - dmat ir - bit - ti

to enclose the bowels of Tiamat, four

i. kirbis here and in 1. 48 is probably not an adverb but a contraction of

kirbi sa; cf. 1. 65.


TTMTI Stf *T sT J3 tTTT T ^ T*ETMJsa - a - ri us - te - is - bi - ta ana la a - si - e

winds he posted that there might not escape

- <Ct V 4 3.

;////;/ - mi - sa ^ru siitu ^arujifanu

anything of her, the South-wind, the North-wind,

5am $a(ju saru aharru i - du - us

the East-wind, the West-wind;

at his side

- pa - ra us - tak - ri - ba ki - is - it

the net he brought near, the gift

abi - stiilu A - nim ib - ni im - hul - la

of his father Anu. He created the imhullu

<T- ^T I- flK T^ Tf =!!!- ^1 -Sara Urn - na me - ha - a a - sam - su - htm

an evil wind, the storm, the hurricane,

fSara arba'(da) sara siba sdra daliha

the four-fold(?) wind, the seven-fold (?) wind,

1 the whirlwind,

l 47. tm= ^ flf

/a $anan u - se - sa - am - ma

the wind without equal ;he caused to go forth

sare P l sa ib - nu - u si - bit - ti - su - un

the winds which he had created, the seven of them,

i. Literally, the wind "four", the wind "seven".

MARDUK SETS OUT IN HIS CHARIOT 145

HTI/// - ^/jf 71 - amat Su - ud - lu - hu

the bowels of Tiamat to destroy,

li - bu - u arki - Su is - Si - ma be - lum

to advance after him. Then raised the lord

a - bu - ba kakka - Su raba(a)** tt narkabta si - kin

the thunderbolt, his mighty weapon, the chariot, / a con-\

\struction/

^ -KI -TTI -T!T^ C: tTTT ^ -III/</ ^a^ - ri ga - lit - ta ir - kab

without equal, 'terrible, he mounted;

=TTTT

is -mid - sim - ma ir - bit na - as - ma - di

he harnessed it and a yoke of four horses

i - du - us - sa i - lul gi - mir - su- nu

to it he bound, all of them

la pa - du - u ra - hi - su mu - up -par -hi

unsparing, overwhelming, flying along,

ma - la - a ru - - ti sin - na-$u-nu

full of slaver their teeth,

~TT V Tf A-ft t^TTT 54. hET^ El ^E ^TCo] *Wna - $a - a im - ta la - sa - ma i - du - u

flecked with foam, in galloping skilled,

10

i46 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON

sa - pa - na

to trample down

harrdn - $a

its way,

lam - du

trained,

IHJ W< Iur - ha - su

his road

us - te - sir - ma

he directed

u - sar - di - ma

he took and

as - ris

against

Ti - dmat ag -gat pa - nu - us -

Tiamat, the furious, his face

- kun

he set.

Hf-'-Hf-

- na u - m - su

Then

y 64. -HF-i - tul - lu - su Hani i - tul - lu - su Hani

they beheld him, the gods beheld him, the gods,

abe - Su i - tul - lu - su ildni i - tul - lu- su

his fathers, beheld him, the gods beheld him.

it - hi-ma be - lum kab - lu - us 1 Ti - a - ma - ti

And the lord drew near, on the midst of Tiamat

i - bar - ri

he gazed,

tET -HI Eli - se -a me - hi - su i - na - at - tal - ma

he surveyed his ....... As he gazed,

I. kablus is probably a contraction of kablu sa.

sa illi Kin - gu ha - - ri - sa

of Kingu, her spouse,

MARDUK CHALLENGES THE DRAGON 147

e - $t ma - lak - Su sa - // - /// te - wa - $u - ma

troubled was his going,l loosened was his mind and

M' - ha - ii ip- $ii - su u Hani

stopped was his action. And the gods

-in^ JT TJ -E^TT JEJ tE <i^ 1 70. ^^ mr/ -

:vw - ^w a - li - ku i - di - Su i - mu - ru

his helpers, who went at his side, saw

TfV-m^T S?:-I-W *E<F..... - da a - $a - ri - du ni - til-su - un i - St

the ..... of the leader, their sight was troubled.

..... 75. |~TT <M ET - ^ T^- =T

..... is - Si - ma be - lum a - bu - ba

..... Then raised the lord the thunderbolt,

I ET- T^ 76. KT<] ^kakka - su ra&d(a) ..... Ti - amat sa

his mighty weapon, [against] Tiamat, who

ik - mi - lu ki - a - am is - pur - h'

was furious, thus he sent (the word) :

"

lu sa - an - da - at^ um - mat - ki

Equipped be thy host,

m/ n'/ - ku - su $u - nu kakke P l - ki

let them be set in order, thy weapons.

i. That is, as Marduk gazed, Kingu was troubled. 2. sa-an-da-at = samdat.

10*


iS < ^HTMT-en - di - im - ma 1 a - na - ku u ka - a - si

Stand! I and thou,

i ni - pu -us

let us join

- a$ - ma

battle!"

Ti - dmaI

Tiamat

an - ni - ta

this

i - na se - mi - sa

when she heard

-HF-i - te - mi

was she,

u - sa - an - ni

mah - hu - tas

like one possessed

te - en -

she lost her senses,

t's- si - ma 3 Ti - amat

she cried, did Tiamat,

sit - mu - ris

furiously

90.

e - U - la

(and) loud,

sur - h's

from the roots

it - ru - ra

trembled

i? - da - a - $a

her foundation.4

ma - al - ma - Us

asunder

91- ^Ei - man - ni

She recited

y-^yyytip

- ta

an incantation,

yyy

it ta - nam - di

she Uttered

ta - a - Sa

her spell,

1. en-di-im-ma = emdlma.

2. te-en-ia = tem-sa.

3. is-si = isi.

4. 7. e., the ground she stood upon.

DETAILS OF THE BATTLE 149

9*.<MEJ[ Hh-Hf- V -IS eTT^VA-K Hani Sa tahdzi u - $a - - lu

and the gods of the battle, cried

T *- ^T IEJ T IM 93 - E^m ^ET ~T ET// - ;/# kakke P l - $u - nu in - nin - du-ma l

they for their weapons. Then advanced

Ti - amat abkal Hani? 1 ilu Marduk

Tiamat (and) the arbiter of the gods, Marduk;

94.

/d! - <? - /^^ z'/- tib - bu kit - ru - bu

to the fight they come on, they draw near

ta - ha - zi - is u$ - pa - ri - ir -ma be - lum

for battle. The lord spread

== tt - 96.

/ - ra - $u u - sal - mi - si im - hul - lu

his net to catch her, the evil wind

sa - bit ar - ka - ti pa - nu - us -

that was behind in her face

um - das - sir ip- te - ma pi - i - sa Ti - amat

he let loose. She opened her mouth did Tiamat

a - na la - - a - ti - $u im - hul - la

to its full extent(?),

the evil wind

I. in-nin-du = innimdu, IV I fr. emedu.


T TJTTI --us - te - ri - ba

he made to enter

-ET -

a - na la ka - tarn

while yet she had not shut

her lips.

*m ^rr *irrkar - Sa - Sa

her belly

*m ty v ET/*$ - ba - Sa - ma

her courage and

-!< ^a 99. tj M^II M-I// -

<2 /0 - S - //

The terrible

Sdre P l

winds

ET- sa -nu- ma

filled and

pa - a - sa

her mouth

sir- j^

He grasped

mul - mul - la

the spear,

ka - ras - sa

her belly,

kir - bi - sa

her bowels

in - m - haz

taken was

us -pal - ki

she opened wide.

/// - te - pi

he shattered

u - bat - ti - ka

he severed,

- ^/ - lit lib - ba

he pierced (her) heart.

u -,bal - li

he cut off,

nap - ~sa - fas

her life

ik - mi - si - ma

He overcame her and

sa - lam -

her body

id - da - a eli - sa i - za-za

he cast down, upon her he stood.

i. ka-ras-sa = karas-sa.

ul - fu

After

TIIK DKATII OF THE DRAGON 15

< ^v ff IH e

7/' - ;;/j/ # - lik pa - ni i - na - ru

Tiamat, the leader, he had slain,

ki - is - ri - sa up - tar - ri - ra pu - hur - $

her might was broken, her strength

is -sap

- ha n Hani ri - su - s

was scattered, and the gods her helpers,

\\ -^TT m tE 13= v *a - li - ku i - di - $a it tar - ru 1

who went at her side, trembled,

tfl-EHI tmtip

- la - hu u - stih - hi - ru ar - kat - su - un

were afraid (and) turned back;

109 . t =

u - 'se - su - ma nap - sa - /us e - ti - ru

they took themselves off their life to save.

^T^TT -ET/// - ta la - mu - u na - par-su-dis la

In an enclosure were they caught, to escape not

li - - e e - sir - su - nu - ti - ma

able were they. He took them captive,

kakke ? l - hi-nu u - sab - bir sa - pa - rfi

their weapons he broke, in the net

i. it-tar-ru for ittarai'ti, I 2, Pret. fr. "iin.


*-na - du- ma ka - ma - ris u$ - bu - du

were they cast and in the snare they sat. The

-I TJ -y<tub - ka - a - ti

of the quarters of heaven

ma - lu - u

they filled

du .- ma - mu

with howling,

y jy ~yyi

se - n't - su na - su - u

his punishment they bore,

ki - suk - kis

in confinement.

u

And

-Hm -inka - lu - u

they were held

-TI & <i$ - tin es - rit

on the eleven

3 - / - ti

creatures, which

i- sa - nu

/with the power of\ she had filled,\ striking terror /

mi - U - la

the troop (?)

ml H - e a - U - ku

of devils that went

Vka

at her

;/ - ta - di

he brought

-yyi ^y^ -sir - ri - e - ti

affliction

i'

- di - su - nu

their strength

y -y< I ^ga - du tuk - ma - ti - $u - nu

together with their opposition

V^sa - pal - $

beneath him

THE CONQUEST OF THE REBEL FORCES 153

HI*ik - bu - us

he trampled.

f- mi &u fl" Kin - gu

Moreover Kingu,

z'r - ta - bu -u

who had become great

-Su - un ik - mi - Xu- ma

..,

he conquered and

TI ^// - /*

with

tin e - la - a

im - ni - Su i - kim - Su - ma duphmati P l

*he counted him; he took from him ^he tablets of destiny

la si - ma - ti - $u

that were not his by right,

- na

with

ki - Sib - bi

a seal

ik - nu - kam - ma ir - tu - us it - mu - uh

he sealed (them) and in his breast he held (them).

3.

/

After

'im - ni - Su ik - mu - u

his enemies he had conquered

TI2 +- T! T^ v- HTIA t^TTT A-HF- -

z'- ^ - rt'w z'

- bu mut - ta - du

(and) destroyed, (and) the arrogant foe

u - sa - pu - u Su - ri - Sam

had made .....,and

ir - nit - ti

the triumph


An -$ar e - li na - ki - ru ka - li - is

of AnSar over the enemy had completely

- zi - zu ni - is - mat ilu Nu - dim - mud

established, (and) the purpose of Nudimmud

ik - su - du iln Marduk kar - du e - li

had attained, the valiant Marduk over

3g tgyy tyyyy ^yyy gka - mu - turn si - bit - ta - su

the gods that were captive his durance

u - dan - nin - ma si - ri - it Ti - dmat

strengthened and to Tiamat

$a ik - mu - u i - tu - ra ar - ki - is

whom he had captured he turned back.

ik - bu - us - ma be - lum sa Ti - a - ma - turn

Then trod the lord upon Tiamat's

/ - sid - sa i - na mi - ti - su la pa - di - i

hinder part, with his club(?) that had no mercy,

^i.tTTTt^T-TTI^^ ETu - nat - ti mu - uh - ha u - par - ri - '

- ma

he smashed the skull, he cut

MARDUK'S TRIUMPHANT RETURN 155

-ET <=E

r/jf- /tf - at

the channels

<tt ^TTda - mi - $a

of her blood,

Sa - a - ru

the wind,

il - /<r - nu

the north-wind

a - na

into

PU - uz - rat

concealment

.y- ta bit

he made carry (it).

- mu - ru - ma ab - lu - su

His fathers beheld,

/// - r/ - u i -. ri - Su

they rejoiced, they were glad,

h' - di - e

presents

(and) gifts

UTT Tl JT ii

sa - bi - lu su - nu

they brought

ET- a -

him.

i - nu - uh - ma

Then rested

a - na

unto

be - lum

the lord;

- lam - tu - us i - bar - ri

on her corpse he gazes,

sir ku - puthe flesh of the body (?)

u - za - a - zu i - ban - na - a nik - la - a - ti

he divides, he forms cunning plans.

ih - pi - h' - ma ki - ma nu - nu ma$ - di - e

He split her like a fish .....


yy jy iss. <Ka - na h'na - hi mi - i$ - lu - us - sa

into two halves, one half of her

is - ku - nam - ma sa - ma- ma u - sa - aI - ///

he set in place and as heaven he spread out.

is - du - ud par - ku ma - as - sa - ru

He drew a bolt, a watchman

u - sa - as - bi - it me - e - ~sa la

he stationed, her waters not

su - sa - a su - nu - ti um ta - ir

to let out upon them he enjoined.

141. +j- Eft ^ ^$aml(e) i - bi - ir a$ - ra - turn

Heaven he passed through, the places

i - hi - tarn - ma us - tarn - hi - 'ir mi - ih - rat

he surveyed, and he placed over against

JT *.-4 -^ <^JT -TI

$u - bat ilu Nu - dim - mud

the abyss the dwelling of Nudimmud.

'43. &&- jy ^y ey ~ ife v --TT e=t=

z'w - su - uh - ma be - lum Sa apsu

And the lord measured of the abyss

MARDUK FORMS HEAVEN FROM THE DRAGON'S BODY 157

bi -nu - iu - us - $u e$ -gal

- la tarn - h' - la - hi

its structure, a mansion like unto it

-45.

THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENLY BODIESAND THE SEASONS.

[K 3567 -f K 8588 and K 8526.]

u - ba - a~s - sim man-za-za an Hani

He(/.

e. Marduk) formed a place for the gods,

rabiiti kakkabani P1 tam-sil - hi - nu lu - ma - si

the great ones; the Stars their images, the lumasi-stars,

y3 . tyyyt tE

us - zi - iz u - ad - di satta

he fixed. He ordained the year,

4. <yy- /A-

- ra - ta u - ma - as - sir XII

into sections he divided(it),

for the twelve

arheP 1 kakkabani P l III TA - A - AN us - zi - iz

months three stars he fixed.

yy-^y *y<^ ^yy'$ - iii u - mi $a Sattu us - si

From the day when the year comes forth

MARDUK CONTINUES THE WORK OF CREATION 159

-I! (?)] =TTT= 1H& E^TT ~I< 6 - *TTT* EiW yn</<// u - su - ra - // M - far - Sid

until the end he founded

}}^ -Hf- 5*: E} -Til T ^T ^T <man-sa - az tlu Ni - bi - ri ana ud - du - u

the station of Nibir to determine

-ETrik - si - su - un a - na la e -

pi$ an - ni

their bounds; that none might err,

-ET t=Tf ^ < E! ~Hf El s.If^

A/ <?- ^ - w wa T wa - ma man-za - az

*

nor go astray the station of

/Vtt ^/ z^ilu E - a u - kin it - ti- hi

Bel and Ea he set with him.

ip- te - ma abulle P* ma si - It

He opened great gates in the sides,

ki - lal - la - an si - ga - ru ud - dan - ni - na

both (sides), the bolt he made strong

ET < Afl^T "- -tH*<HKVET- me - la u im - na ina ka - bit - ii - sama

on left and right. In the midst (?)thereof

- ta - kan e - la - a - titlu Nannar - ru

he fixed the zenith. The Moon-god

160 THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES

us - te - pa - a mu - Sa ik - ti - pa

he caused to appear, the night he entrusted (to him).

1 3. tyyyt tty <ys ^ ^ jy ^r v ^ <y-11 - ad - di - sum - ma hi - uk - rial mu - si

He appointed him, a being of the night,

a - na ud - du - u u - mi ar - hi - sam

to determine the days, monthly

^y ^H TI-

TI-

la na - par - ka - a ma a - gi- e

without ceasing with the crown

u - sir i - na res arhi - ma

"At the beginning of the month,

* - i

na - pa - hi . ... - la - a - ti kar - ni

at the shining of the ......,

the horns

~fcTTfeSOT T ^T^T=TTTt Wf [^TKtna - ba - a - ta ana ud - du - u VI u - mi

shalt thou command to determine six days,

/ - wa z/wz' P7/ ^^^ a - ga - a sum - su - la

(and) on the seventh day the crown to divide."

i. K 8526 reads

THE STORY OF THE DELUGE.

The account given by Sit-napishtim to the hero Gilgamesh.

[K 2252 4- K 2602 4- K 3321 4- K 4486 4- S 1881, K 33y5, K 7752 4.

8124, 245 4-8124, 2964-8124, 460, KS$ijetc.']

. I ^T -17* -*v I. W JT ETm Sit -

napistim(tirri] ana $a - $u - ma izakara(ra)

Sit-napis'tim to him spake,

ta - na llu

GilgameS lu - up - te - ka

to GilgameS : "I will reveal to thee,

-f tT pf Hf- II v ^^-7/"

GilgameZ a- mat ni - sir - ti u

O GilgameS, the hidden word, and

- m - ta $a Hani P l ka - a - sa

the decision of the gods to thee

lu - uk - bi - ka alu Su - ri -ip

- pak alu

will I declare. Surippak, a city,

&z //' - du - $u at - ta ina ki - Sad

which thou knowest, (which) on the bank

ii

1 62 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

-TT---K ^naru pu _ rai _ // $afo _ nu aû $u _

of the Euphrates lies, that city

*~^T ^SL^>Î î *~n~ I*"*"*"*" ^YM ^*~ ^r 4' IT

la - bir - ma Hani P l kir - bu - $u a - na

was old and the gods within it - to

a - kan a - bu - bi ub - la lib - ba - su - nu

send a deluge their hearts prompted

rabutiP 1i - ba - su abi-su-nu

the great gods. There was their father

tCTTT ' 6 - ET IH I *- ^ E^TT T

flu A-nu - urn ma-lik-su-nu ku - ra - du

Anu, their counsellor the warrior

-

j--II tin 17, fr* R f I *- -

J ÊT t

Bel, their messenger Ninib,

El- -ET I *- -HP -II ^- ^/ - la - su - nu llu En - nu

their director Ennugi.

77 TVm -igi-azag

iln E - a it - ti su-nu

The lord of wisdom, Ea, with them

- jft'6-ma a -mat - su - nu u - $a -an - na - a

sat and their word he repeated

STT-NAPISHTIM IS WARNED BY THE GOD KA 1 63

- na ki - ik - ki - $u ki - ik - ki$

to the house of reeds 1: 'Reed-house,

I*<s: -ET <=EV <HHI* <IE( 3TAY' - ik - h'X i - gar i - gar ki - ik - ki - $u

reed-house ! Wall, wall ! O reed-house,

si - me - ma i - ga - ru hi -z'j

- j-a -

hear! O wall, understand!

T -Til tU 3= HI <=m<=$u . rj .

jp_

-

pa _ /,u _ u

Thou man of Surippak, son of

f -HF- ^! -^f ^ =TTT= -TT =TTTT'" ^73rtra - '7 Tu - tu u - kur bifa

Ubara-Tutu, pull down (thy) house,

V Ifc =ff

/ - 7?/ -""

elippa mus - sir me$re(e)

build a ship, leave(tn y) possessions,

^<? - -i napsati P l na - ak - ku - ra

take heed for(tn y) life, (

tn y) property

zi - ir - ma na -pi$

- ta bul - lit

abandon and (thy) life save,2

1. Ea probably addresses Sit-napis"tim in a dream, while the latter is sleep-

ing in a house of reeds; see 1. 196.

2. Literally, "cause to live".

II*


$u - li - ma zer nap- $a - a - ti ka - la - ma

and bring up living seed of every kind

TT >-V~T ^TTT *~* *~T *~~TTT ^' 28~8o> concerning the building

'. of the ship, are much broken. Aftera - na lib - bi H

elippi fishing the ship, Sit-napiStim pro-

into the ship.' ceeds to fill it.]

minima i - su - u

With all that I had

e - si - en

I filled it;

mmmawith all

i - su - u e - si - en - si kaspu mimma

that I had I filled it, of silver; with all

i - $u - u

that I had

e - si - en - si

I filled it,

hurasu mimma

of gold ;with all

i - hi - u

that I had

e - si - en - h'

I filled it,

8s.

ka - la - ma

of every kind;

us - te - li

I brought up

zer napsatif1

of living seed

H KTJ ^TTTa - na libbi

into

7-y"elippi ka - la kim - ti - ia u sa - lat - ia

the ship all my family and household;

TTt E!u - ma - am

the beasts of

bu - ul sen'

the cattle of the field,

seri

the field,

SIT-NAPISHTIM PREPARES THK AUK 165

t:m ET Tl & -efcl -E^TT I /-/ - w# - a - ni ka - li - $u - nu

craftsmen, all of them

TTc * -E^TI 87. flf *TT ^T ~f *Tu - Xe - //' tf - tffo// - # |V" SamaX

I brought in. A fixed time ama

/^ - ku - nam - ma mu - ir ku - uk - hi ina

had appointed (saying) : 'The ruler of the darkness at

-ET Tl -T< -TIT- V ^L ^! -HF- -^// - la - a - ti u - $a - az - na - an - nu

eventide will send x

^ - mu - tu ki - ba - a - ti e - ru - ub

a heavy rain; (then) go

T [*TTT] J3 tT ^TTT E! ^T- A ^}//3 - bi i?u

elippi- ma pi - hi babi - ka

into. the ship and shut thy door.'

a - dan - nu $u - u ik - ri - da mu - ir

That appointed time arrived;

the ruler of

ku - uk - ki ina li - la - a - ti

the darkness at eventide

i - za - an - na - nu sa - mu - tu ki - ba - a - //

sent a heavy rain.

i. Literally, "will cause to rain".


92. v ^ <tt eey ttyyy ^yyi *sa u - mi at - ta - tal bu - na - su

Of the storm I saw its beginning;

93.

u - mu a - na i -tap

- lu - si pu - luh - ta

the storm to gaze upon fear

^ 94. t

i - $i e - ru - ub a - na lib - bi "'"elippi

- ma

I had, I entered into the ship and

ap - te - hi ba - a - bi a - na pi -lit

- i sa

shut the door. To the pilot of

- =TT IH Hf- v E?>" ^// a - na Pu - zu - ur - ilu Bel

the ship, to Puzur-Bel

amslu malahi ekalla at - ta - di - in

the sailor, the ark *I handed over

*-*=TU 97- -^ ^ =TTTe= ^^y^yya - di bu - se - e - su mini - mu - u $e - e - ri

together with its contents. When the early dawn

E - 98. ^ -E

-ina na - ma - ri i - Urn - ma is - tu

appeared, _there came up from

* ym -Hf- tlT IH ^ ME ^ <I- 3

z'- ^V/ $ame(e) ur - pa - turn sa - lim - turn

the horizon a black cloud.

i. Literally, "great house, palace".

THE BEGINNING OF THE FLOOD 167

99-4- Afl- - *TTT:3V rm^TETtÊTllu Ramman ina lib - bi - $a ir- tarn -ma - am - ma

Ramman in the midst thereof thunders and

,00. f 3= < H-^ ^TT -ET JEJl7tt Afo a <v" Marduk il - la - ku

Nabu and Marduk go

ina mah - ri il - la - ku guzale P l

before, they go as messengers

v sm= < ET Tf JÊj .oa : ^$adu(u} u ma - a - turn tar -

gul - li

over mountain and country; the anchor

Ur - ra -gal i - na - as - sah il - lak

Uragal tears away ;there goes

ilu Ntn - ib mi ih - ra u - $ar - di

Ninib, the Storm he makes discharge itself.

. -Hf- T? -Wf ^T <M ^TT JT tTTtlu A - nun - na - ki is - $u - u

The Anunnaki carried

-TTI^ -TTII /di - pa - ra - a - ti ina nam - ri - ir - ri - $u-nu

(their) torches, with their brightness

lTT* W< !=fc ET mr eyyîE 106. v fû - ha - am - ma - tu ma - a - turn $a ilu Ramman

they light up the land. Of Ramman


S E^yy *i5r ^TT tE ^y ^-Hf- =m=mur - ra - as - su 1

i - ba u

his whirlwind reached

$ame(i) minima nam - ru ana e - tu - ti

the heavens, all light into darkness

ut - iir - ru ... ul im - mar a - hu

was turned. . . . No man beholds

TMII MtT* =TTT= t^TTT tET 0fT Tf.

tTRa - hu-$u ul u - ta - ad - da - a nise P l

his fellow, no more were men recognised

-Ey -TI

$ame(e) ildni plip

- la - hu

in heaven. The gods were afraid of

a - bu - ba - am. - ma it - te ih - su

the deluge, they retreated,

yyy<= y H-*T v -Hf-Ti - te - lu - u ana same(i) $a ilu A - num

they went up into the heaven of Anu.

Hani P l kima kalbi kun - nu - nu

The gods like a hound crouched down,

ina ka - ma -a - ti rab - su i - sis - si

in the enclosure (of heaven) they sat cowering. She cried aloud

I. sn-mur-ra-as-su = sumurrat-su.

THE DESTRUCTION OF MANKIND 169

f ~TT^ <IITET TCi-T< 8.tTTT=-TI^^Tilu n - tar ki - ma a - lit - ti w - nam - ba

did Is"tar like a woman in travail, lamented

-Hf- ~ d ^f T ^TT ~ ^ÎT ET/v" ^ - //'/ UdniP1 ta - bat rig

- ma

the Lady of the gods with a loud voice :

ud-mu ul - lu - u a - na ti - it - ti

'That (former) race into clay

flTt -EtgEET "Î T

/?/ - u i - tur - ma . a$-$u a - na - ku ina

has been changed, since I in

-TIT- ^ <

/ - //r Hani? 1 ak - bu - u limuttu

the assembly of the gods commanded evil.

^7 -z'

' - ^z' me? />- hur ildni P l

When I commanded in the assembly of the gods

limuttu ana hul - lu - uk nise P l - ta

evil, for the destruction of my people

* -ET -& ^ ET 3. TJ ^T m tCTTT ET&z - /rz a^ - bi - ma a - na - ku - um - ma

a storm I commanded. That which I

<tT* -ET TT 5*: JMTTt TÎ^T 4-<IEJtEzz/ - la - da - ni $u - u at - ma ki - i

brought forth where (is it) ? Like

l?o THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

mare P l nune P l u - ma - al - la - a

the spawn of fish it fills

tarn - ta - am - ma iidni P l $u - ut

the sea!' The gods of

ilu A - nun - na - ki ba - ku - u it - ti - sa

the Anunnaki wept with her,

126. >~>

- ru as - bi i - na bi - ki - ti

the gods ;were bowed

i they sat in tears,\ down, /

^111 < Vkat - ma sap

- ta - $u - nu VI

pressed together were their lips For six

IH-TTI <

ur - ra u mu - sa-- a - ti U - lak

days and nights blew

VTMTI !^-^- T TI=TTT= ^

$a - a - ri a - bu - bu me - hu - u i -sap

- pan

the wind, the deluge, the tempest overwhelmed

te ^Tmata si - bu - u u - mu i - na

the land. The seventh day when

ka - $a - a - di it - ta - rak me - hu - u

it drew near, there ceased the tempest,

THE ABATEMENT OK THE FLOOD I? I

a - bu - bu kab - la

the deluge, the storm,

$a im - dah -

which had fought

/(/ -

like

- ai - aI - ti

a host.

i - mi - uh

Then rested

tamtu

the sea,

- ha - ri - ir - ma im - hul - lu

it subsided, and the hurricane,

.33.

a - bu - bu'

the deluge

ik - lu

ceased.

ap - pa - al - sa

I looked upon

HZIT ET tTTT- w - ta $a - ^v'w A' - /w

the sea while I caused (my) voice to resound, but

kul - lat te - ni - Se - e - ti

all mankind

i - tu - ra

was turned

a - na

into

clay.

ki - ma u - ri mil -hu - rat

In place of fields there lay before (me)

m va swamp.

ap - ti

I opened

nap - pa - Sa - am - ma

the air-hole and

the light

ta kut

fell

eli dur

upon the wall

172 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

appi - ia uk - tarn - mi - is - ma

of my face;1

I was bowed down,

at - ta - Sab a - bak - ki eli

I sat down, I wept; over

dur ap - pi - ia il - la - ka di - ma - ai

my cheek flowed my tears.

ijg. ^

ap- pa - U - is kib - ra - a - ti pa - tu 2

I looked upon the world all was

<!! cETTT T -Hf-tamtu a - na XII TA - A - AN

sea. After twelve (days?)

* tyyyt ,4 .

y]

i - te - la - a na - gu - u a - na

emerged the land. To

x try^yyy ,4,. Vtyyytmatu jyt

-

_ ^r i _ te _ m^ tsu eiippu sadu(ii}

the land of Nisir the ship took its course. The mountain

_ sjr isu eiippa is _ lat-ma a - na na - a - si

of the land of Nisir held the ship fast and to slip

ul id - din i$ten(en} u - mu sana(a} u - mu

did not allow(it).

The first day, the second day

i. /. e., "upon my cheek". 2. pa-tu probably patn.

THE SENDING FORTH OF THE BIRDS

v es SF *< -44.

1adu(u) Ni - sir do. fo/ - fo u - mu

the mountain Nisir do. The third day,

ri - ba - a u - mu Sadu(u) Ni - sir do.

the fourth da the mountain Nisir do.

'45- W I m V V tyyy<=

hanSu(ht) si$$a($a) Sadu(u) Ni - sir do

The fifth, the sixth the mountain Nisir do

He. f yj *T EI t

siba(a) u - ma i - na ka - $a - a - di

The seventh day when it drew near,

I47 . tiTTt ^ tETT ET -^r -TI ^ITT^ Hf- E^Hw - $e - si - ma summatu u - mas' - Sir

I sent forth a dove (and) let (her) go.

- '

/zX' summatu i - lu - ra - am - ma

The dove flew to and fro 1 but

man-za - zu ul i - pa - as - sum - ma 2is - sah - ra

a resting-place there was not and she returned.

TI *W- Hf-

u - $e - si - ma sinuntu u - maS - Sir

Then sent I forth a swallow (and) let (her) go.

-TZ* -II *^// - M sinuntu i - lu - ra - am - ma

The swallow flew to and fro but

i. Lit. "went and returned". 2. I i, Pres. fr. basn.

174 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

man-za - zu ul i - pa - a$ ~ $um - ma is - sah - ra

a resting-place there was not and it returned.

I5 3. tyyyt * EEyy SET ff HTI I -111- HF-

u - $e - si - ma a - ri - ba u - mas - h'r

Then sent I forth a raven (and) let(it) go.

il - lik a - ri - bi - ma ka - ru - ra $a

The raven flew and the abatement of

me P l i - mur - ma ik - rib Ji - sa ah hi

the waters beheld and it came near wading

tE^yyi <tT* trtTITE^T! .se-tTTTt^cETTETi - tar - ri ul is - sah - ra u - se - si - ma

(and) croaking, (but) did not return. Then I brought (all) out

a - na IV $dre P l at - ta - ki ni - ka - a

unto the four winds, I offered an offering

<57. -T^HTCF -V MI ^ - <-a$ - kun sur - ki - nu ina eli

I made a libation on

^TT -TT- v eE *& f < fzik - kur - rat sadt(i) VII u VII

the peak of the mountain;

in sevens

e=Tf* T ^TI --T^T ^r ^< 159- t

karpatu a - da - gur uk - tin i - na

the vessels I set out, un-

i. Perhaps read ik-kal, "it fed".

THE SACRIFICE ON THE MOUNTAIN 175

^ TTT -II -TTA tT HUEHR- // - Su-nu at - ta - bak kanu '" erinu

der them I heaped up reed, cedar-wood

a ..... Hani? 1i - si - nu

and ..... The gods smelt

/ - ri - $a ildni F l i - si - nu e - ri - $a

the savour, the gods smelt the savour

to - a - ba ilaniP1 M - ma zu - um - bi - e

that was sweet, the gods . like flies

eli bel nike ip- tah - ru ul - lu

over the sacrificer collected. When

/// - la - nu - um - ma llu Belit Hani ina ka - $a - di - su

now the Lady of the gods drew near

ti -Si ..... P l rabutiP 1 $a ilu A-nu - um

she raised the great jewels (?),which Anu

z'- pu - su ki - i su - hi - $u Hani P l

had made according to her wish, (crying) : '(What) gods

w - - //' lu - u abnu ukm kiSadi - ia l

these (are) ! By the (jewels of) lapis lazuli upon my neck,

i. For abnu ukni kisadi-ia it is possible to read abnusipri-ia, i. e. "By my

(jewels of) lapis la%uli'\

I7 6 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

- 166.

ai am - h' ume P l an - nu - ti

I will not forget ! These days

^HFTT ^TT Jm t^ ET I 0T^ THJ<2/z - su - sa - am -ma ana da - ris ai

have I set in my memory, never will I

E <y^ I67 . f y^ E<*>< -EÎT Jgf 55:am - h' ildniP 1 HI - li - ku - ni

forget (them) ! Let the gods come

.es. ^ni fcyyy â - na sur - hi - ni ilu Bel ai

to the offering, (but) let not Bel

II1Iil - li - ka a - na sur - ki - ni

come to the offering,

.69. ^^^ - ^w / ?> - // - ku - ma i$ - ku - nu

since he took not counsel and sent

a - bu - bu u nise P l - ia im - 7iu - u

the deluge and my people he surrendered

T ^HÎKT- -7i.<tT*-EiT <^^T^^TTIETana ka - ra - si ul - tu ul - la - nu - um - ma

to destruction.' When now

ilu Bel ina ka - Sa - di - su i - mur

Bel drew near, he saw

BEL'S ANGER AT THE ESCAPE OF THE ARK 177

'V elippa-ma i - te - ziz ilu Bel lib - ba - ti

the ship; then wroth was Bel, with anger

A>Jf ttTTT -EE^TT W Hh HP- HP- W TT

im - la - li $a Hani lluIgigi

was he filled against the gods of the Igigi :

74. TI TI tern ET m* -ETTai - um - ma u - si na -

pi$ - li

"Who then has escaped with life?

175. TI TI HI tff*ai ib - lut amelji ina ka ra - 'si

No man must live in the destruction!"

i 7 6. ^4- ^y tU ^ TH t E! ^

// jy/w _ ^ ^a _ ^_^w epu^-ma ikabbi

Then Ninib his mouth opened and spake

177- >^ t^tizakar(ar) ana ku - ra di ilu Bel

(and) said to the warrior Bel :

rnan-nu - um - ma sa la llu E - a a- ma - li

"Who but Ea (this) thing

p M^| >^- 179- <Mi - ba - an - nu u llu E - a

could do? And Ea

i - di - e - ma ka - la $ipri ilu E - a

knoweth every matter!" Then Ea12

i 7 8 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

pa - a-su epus-ma

his mouth opened and

EA'S PROTEST AGAINST A RECURRENCE OF THE DELUGE 1 79

/// - ba - am - ma tii$e Plli - sa - ah - hi - ir

come and mankind let him lessen!

am - ma - ku ta$ - ku - nu a - bu - ba

Instead of sending a deluge,

190

barbaru lit - ba - am - ma ni$e P l

let a leopard come and mankind

^E^TT flf AMPff A ss] 191- t^4 El Jgf

// sa ah - hi - ir . am - ma - ku

let him lessen! Instead of

)^ 1 1^ I 4 I I 1 "^

/a$ - ku - nu a - bu - ba hu - sah - hu

sending a deluge, let a famine

xy7lillET v '93.4Eym

Us - Sa - kin - ma mata Us - am - ma - ku

take place and the land . . . . ! Instead

tas - ku - nu a - bu - ba ilu Ur - ra

of sending a deluge, let the Plague-god

lit - ba - am -ma ni$e P l

li$-gi$ a - na - ku

come and mankind let him slay! I

ul ap - ta - a pi - ris - // Hani P l

did not divulge the decision of the

12*

i8o THE STORY OF THE DELUGE

, 96 . tE E-rabutiP 1 At - ra - ha - sis su - na - ta

great gods! Atra-hasis a dream

u - sab - ri - sum - ma pi - ris - ti Hani? 1

I caused to see and (thus) the decision of the gods

'97. t ris - me e - nin - na - ma mi - lik - $u mil - kit

he heard!" Thereupon came he to a decision,

198. tE <tTT El ~f~ T

i - Urn - ma ilu Bel a - na lib - bi l'?uelippi

and Bel went up into the ship;

.99. -H - ^z'j - ^^/ A' - ti - ia - ma ul - te - la - an - ni

he took my hand and forth he brought

ia - a - Si us - te - li u$ - tak - mi - is

me;

he brought forth, he caused to bow down

sin - nis - ti ina i - di - ia il - pu - ut

my wife at my side, he turned us

pu - ut - ni - ma iz - za - az ina bi - ri - in - ni

to one another,1 he stood between us,

i - kar - ra - ban - na - si i - na pa - na

he blessed us : "Formerly

i. Literally, "he turned our front".

THE DEIFICATION OF SlT-NAPlSHTIM 181

mSit-napUtim a- me - lu - turn - ma e - nin - na - ma

Sit-napiStim (was) of mankind, but now

mSit-naptitim u sinm'S/i-Su lu - u e - mu - u ki - i

let Sit-napiStim and his wife be like unto

^y_ ~ry<^ET **.m*W TH-ETHani Pl na - $i - ma lu - u a - stl> - ma

the gods, even us, and let dwell

mSit-napislim ina ru - u - ki ina pi - i

Sit-napitim afar off at the mouth

narati f l U - ku - in - ni - ma ina

of the rivers!" Then took they me and afar

ru - ki ina pi - i narati vl

off, at the mouth of the rivers

.y- /e - si - bu - in - ni

they made me to dwrell.

THE DESCENT OF ISHTAR INTO HADES.

The arrival of the goddess at the gates of the Lower World.

[K 162.]

a - na mat la tari kak - ka - ri

To the land whence none return, the place

z'- // - e

of darkness,

ilu Htar

Itar

|V" Sin

the daughter of Sin

zu - un - sa

her ear

3. ~TT -TA-ffl- kun - ma

then inclined

z',y- #;/

inclined;

*

^ HP- </v" &

the daughter of Sin

z/ - zu - tm - sa

her ear

a - na bit e - ti - e

to the house of darkness,

fo - ^^/ ;V" 7r - kal -la

the seat of the god Irkalla.

i. /. e., "directed her attention".

sa

to the house /from \

\which/

DESCRIPTION OF TIIF. DKAD i83

TMTi*-i -ET T

e - ri - bu- hi la a - su - u a - na

he that enters comes not forth, to

TJ *=jn m v -EThar - ra - ni $a a - lak - la - $a la

the road whose path does not

? HH ? TTT

ta - ai - rat a - na bit Sa

return, to the house whose

e - ri - bu - su zn - um - mu - u nu - u - ra

visitor is excluded from the light,

.

TJ EEH ^!T ATf v- *- v-TI ^TTa - $ar epire

P l bu - bu - us - su - nu

to the place where dust is their bread

If <=m JT *- <T^ ^T [UM] 9. ^ =TTTt

rt - kal - su - nu ti - it - tu nu - u - ru

(and) their food is mud. The light

im - ma - ru ina e - tu - ti as - ba

they behold not, in darkness they dwell,

tT ^S -TTl/rt^ - $u - ma kuna is - su - ri su - bat

and are clothed like birds in a garment

gap - pi elif?u dalti u 'V sikkuri

of feathers; over door and bolt

I. bu-bu-its-sii-nn = bitbnt-sn-nu.

184 THE DESCENT OF ISHTAR INTO HADES

sa - pu - uh ip- ru llu Is-tar a - na bob

is scattered the dust. iStar, to the gate

vmat la tari ina ka - sa - di - $a a - na

l of the\ whence none return at her approach, to\ land f

amelu pefu ba - a - bi a - ma - turn iz - zak - kar

the porter at the gate the word addresses .:

amelup~etn _ me _ e

ipi - ta - a ba - ab - ka

Ho! Porter! Open thy gate!

pi - ta - a ba - ab - ka - ma lu - ru - ba

Open thy gate, that I may enter,

T -ET t^TTa - na - ku $um - ma la ta - pat - ta - a

even I ! If thou openest not

tffl tT T

ba - a - bu la ir - ru - ba a - na - ku

the gate, so that I enter not,

<^ -in ^m i

Wrt^ - ha - as dal - turn sik - ku - ru

I will smite the door, the bolt

T tHd! A^ is. IT -^11 }}<a - $ab - Mr a - mah - ha - as

will I shatter, I will smite

i. me is here probably to be taken as an enclitic particle.

THE GODDESS AND THE PORTER 185

si -ip

- pu- ma u - $a - bal - kat f> dalati f l

the threshold and tear down the doors,

u - $e - el - la - a mi - tu - ti akiluli P l

I will raise up the dead, that they may eat

20 -

lal - tu - ii

(and) live,

eli

(and) over

bal - tu - ti

the living

z'- ma -

'

- du

will swarm

mi - .tu - ti

the dead.

amelu

The porter

pa-a-su i - pu - u$ - ma i - kab- bi iz - zak - ka - ra

his mouth opened and spake ;he addresses

23 -

a - narabiti(ti}

ilu R - tar

the princess Itar :

i - zi - zi

"Stay,

<Hbe - el - ti

O lady,

la ta - na - da - a$ -

thou shalt not throwr it down !

lu - ul - lik $umu - ki lu - sa - an - ni

Let me go (and) thy name declare

a - na

to

Sar ra - ti fl Allatu

the queen Allatu."

THE LOVES OF ISHTAR.

The repulse of the goddess by the hero Gilgamesh.

[K 23i, K 4579 a -f- K 8018, S 2112 and R 578.]

W H^a - na du - un - ki sa llu

GilgameZ

On the comeliness of GilgameS

i - na it - ta - si ru - bu - ut llu Istar

(her) eyes she cast, did the mighty iStar :

7. tKf ^ ET ~f tT m HF- EH =TTT=al - kam - ma illi

GilgameS lu - u

"Come, Gilgamesh, be

- ir at - ta in - bi - ka

thou (my) spouse ! Thy strength

- - iV ^fl- -J? >(v'

- Sam - ma al - ta

on me as a gift bestow and thou

// - u mu - ti - ma a - na - ku lu - u

shalt be my husband and I will be

ISTAR'S PASSION FOR GILGAMESH 187

aS - Sa - at - ka

thy wife !

lu - Se - iz-ziz - ka '^narkabti

I will set thee in a chariot

of lapis lazuli and gold

Sa ma-Sa - rti -

whose wheels

hurasa - am - ma el - mi -hi kar - na - a - $a .....

are of gold and of diamond(?)

its horns! .....

e - ri - M - ka

thou enterest,

=TTTTs:-

a - na biti - ni i - na

Into our house when

TMT Eia - rat - tu - u

the mighty

li - na - rt,? - Si - ku

shall kiss

T

sepePl - ka

thy feet,

lik - mi - su

there shall bow down

ina Sap- U - ka

beneath thee

HfffiTrube P l

princes

Sarrani Pl

kings,

III <bele Pl u

rulers and

man - da - at $adi(f)u

the tax of mountain and

ma -a - tu lu - u na - Su - nik - ka bil - tu

land shall they bring thee as tribute!"

l88 THE LOVES OF ISHTAR

iluGilgames pa- a-~su i - pu - us - ma

Gilgames' his mouth opened and

23, [*E EEE< ^tJ E^TT] T7 ^T/ - kab - bi i - zak ka - ra a - na

spake, he addressed

ffl *- *T -HF- TT ^' .....ru - bu - ut iln H-tar .....the mighty IStar : "....:

46.

On

//M Duzi

Tammuz

ff< <B: -TTIha - mi - ri

the spouse

su - uh ri - ti - hi

of thy youth,

l - ti

year

sat ~ ta a - na

from year to

bi - tak - ka - .a

affliction

-Ill ^T<tal - ti - mes - su

didst thou lay upon him.

<= ET48. sj r -ET -ITU *jn ET ^IT/ - // - la bit - ru - ma ta - ra - mi - ma

The brightly-coloured Allallu-b\rd. hast thou loved but

49. *Hf< *ETT JT ET -TII^Jtarn -ha - si - su - ma kap - pa - su

thou smotest him and his wing

na

in

tal - te - bir

thou didst break;

ki - $a - tim

the woods,

i. LI. 24 45, in which Gilgamesh refuses Ishtar's offer, are much broken.

iz - za - az

he stands

- ss - s

he cries :

THE FATES OF THOSE SHE HAS FAVOURED 189

(S: Ey IH -HI^/*

"/* ^a " fa - m - ma

"O my wing!" Thou hast also loved a lion,

siba it siba

seven by seven

;;// - />'

perfect

* - / - ki

in strength ;

-TTI^ I & *T t^TIT Tl

- tt/i - tar - ri -

didst thou dig for him

su - ut - ta - a - ti

the snares.

ta - ra - mi - ma sisa

Thou hast also loved a horse,

54.

na - - id

exalted

kab - li

in the battle,

is - dah - ha

bridle(?)

zik - ti u

spur and

dir - ra - ta tal - ii - me$ - Su siba .....

whip (?) didst thou lay upon him, for seven stages

-ET ,55 ET -Til *-T< I I 56. ^yy ^y -\la - j - ma tal - ti - me$ - su da - la - hu

to gallop didst thou lay upon him, trouble

u

and

sa - ta - a tal - ti - me$ - Su a - na

sweat(?) didst thou lay upon him, on

ummt-Su ilu Si - li

his mother Silili

bi - tak - ka - a

affliction

i go THE LOVES OF 1SHTAR

tal - ti - mi

didst thou bring.

ta - ra - mi - ma amelu r^u

Thou hast also loved a shepherd

tfcTTT v- -El 59.

la - bu - la sa

of the flock, who

tu - urn - ri

the sacrificial flame(?)

If If HTI* Elka - ai - nam - ma

continually

- pu - kak - hi

poured out for thee

60.

u - mi - sam - ??ia

and daily

u - ta - ba - ha - ak - ki

slaughtered for thee

/ - ki - ti

kids;

IH HF-

barbara

a leopard

tarn -ha - si - su-ma a - na

but thou smotest him and into

tu - ut - tir - ri - su

didst thou change him,

I

ta - ar - ra - du - su

there hunted him

. <sa ram - ni - su

who was his own x

u

and

& W HIu - na - a$ - sa - ku Sab -

tore him in pieces.2

i, /. e., his own sheep-boy. 2. Lit., "tore his wounds".

ka - par - ru

the sheep-boy

MT JTkalbe P l - su

his hounds

-III JIri - su

THE FATES OF THOSE SHE HAS FAVOURED 191

64. tfcTTT E^TT <~ ET <=E JT <cT* -ET *-ta ra mi - ma I - hi - id - la - nu

Thou hast also loved ISullanu,

ÊT <M 65-

urki abi - hi Sa

the gardener of thy father, who

X:tz - ai - nam - ma su - gu - ra - a 1 na - sak - ki

continually costly gifts would bring thee,

66.- tt E t =

- ;;// - Sam -ma u - nam - ma - ru

and daily made bright

sS*V<m ..... 76. ^HTT< tETT JT T^^

/ - as - hir - ki ..... tam - ha - si - su a - na

thy dish; ..... thou smotest him, into

-Til -ET -ey ^y ^ydal - la - li tu - ut - tir - ri - su

a cripple . didst thou change him,

77. -^y * <j- 3 ^y ET - -T --T^/// -

"

Jfe - ^' - bi - ~su - ma ma ka - dal

thou madest him to sit in the midst of

..... 79. <ma - na - ah - ti ..... u ia - a - si

a couch ..... and as for me

j^TTT^ÊT <MÊ VJT^-ia - ram - man-ni-ma ki - i $a- $u-nu tu - .......

thou wouldest love me and like them fwouldest thoul

\ [------ me]!"/i. su-gu-ra-a = su-ku-ra-a.

THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU.

[K 3454 + K 3 93 5 .]

z>- sit *' Bel u - ta

On the insignia of Bel's dominion

*ET ^TT -ET *

i - na - at - ta -la i - na - su a -gi

-

gaze his eyes; the crown

be - lu - ti - su na - al - ba - as ilu - ti - su

of his dominion, the robe of his godhead,

3. tCTTTT Htt* T -HF- -!< I -HF- W T

dupnmati P lilu - ti - su ilu Za - a

the destiny-tablets of his godhead Zu

Til ET 4

/'/- ta - na - tal - ma it - ta - na - tal - ma

looks upon, and he looks upon

I T ^~X ^T '^CHF~

a - bi ildni Pl Hi Dur an ki

the father of the gods, the god of Duranki

7.1 "S AMBITION ig3

5. t^^ -^TT ^TII ~TTT -TTfc -T< tT W -w/C' - su llu Bel - u - ti is - sa- bat

a longing for Bel's dominion is held fast

HF- --TT ~TTT~ilu Zu

in his heart. Zu

i - na lib - bi - Su ilu Zu - u

^TTT -ET -TT1 ET Tt -HF-ta - at - tal - ma a - bi Hani P l Hi

looks upon the father of the gods, the god of

Dur - an - ki uk - su ilu Bel - u - ti

Duranki - a longing for Bel's dominion

z'j- sa - bat i - na lib - bi - Su lul - ki - ma

is held fast in his heart. "I will take

duphmati P l ildni P l a - na - ku u

the destiny-tablets of the gods, evenI, and

TI-TM< y -HPT- ri - e - ti Sa Hani P l ka - li - Su-nu

the oracles of all the gods

m */ - uh - mu - um lu - uk - kin - ma

will I direct. I will establish

T liH-M ^T^ETT IEU ET A-Hf- Rs- a lu - be - lu par -si lu - ma - '

- ir

my throne and dispense commands. I will rule

i3

194 TIIE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU

kul - lat ka - li - su-uu llli I - gi -gi

every one of the Spirits of Heaven!

ik - pu - nd-ma lib - la - su in - kit - mi - fa

And his heart pondered on battle,

;// - rib ki - is - si sa it - fa - at - la - lu

Iat the \ the hall, where he beheld,

I entrance of|

=TTT=-TTM -TTKT- *!<& ***$*-&u - ka - a - a ri - si u - mi e - mi- - ma

as he waited, the dawn of the day. Now when

J IHiln Bel i - ra - mu - ku me P l

ellidi

Bel was pouring out the clear water,

mr ET ^$ah - tu - ma i - na "" kussi a - gu - su

and taken off upon the throne his diadem

I6 .

k - nu duph??iati Pl ik - su - da

lay, the destiny-tablets he seized

ka - tus - Su !

'

lu Bel - u - ti U - te - ki

with his hand, the dominion of Bel he took,

-I -TIT- l^T tETT] '8- ^ ^TT =TTT

na - du - u par - si illi Zu - u

the dispensation of commands. Zu

IMS THEFT OF THE TABLETS OF DESTINY IQ5

v *- HI* ^ip

- pa - ri$ - wfl &*</ - wj - j z'X:- j

fled and in his mountain hid himself.

<T V// - /cz - <?/ - bak $a - har - ra - turn $a - kin

Poured forth was grief, resounding

^ IMI 20 -

IT ^- ET IH JT -^ku lu a - bu ma - lik - $u - nu

were the cries; the father, their arbiter,

^- r

was Bel, through the hall

- fa - pa - ak na - mur - rat - su

he poured out his rage.

ilu A - nu - urn pa - a - su i - pu - sa - ma

Arm his mouth opened and

E e^ ^ 24. [tt Efc<] .-vy t-yy y

i - kab - bi i - zak - ka - ra a

spake, he addressed

T2 s. [T? Tl] =m=

ilaniP 1 mare? 1 - su ai - u llu Za-a

the gods, his sons: "Who will

vanquish Zu und over the peoples of all

i3*

196 THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU

TT Ill T- -E& ^H ^da - ad - me U - sar - bi sum - su

dwellings make great his name?"

27 .

llu Rammanu gugallu is - su - u l mar

On Ramman, the ruler, they cried, the son of

llu A - mini ilu A - num te - ma a - na

Anu; Anu the command to

$a - su - ma i - zak - kar - su llu Rammanu

him addressed. On Ramman

gugallu is - su - u mar llu A - num

the ruler they cried, the son of Anu;

llu A - num te - ma a - na ~sa - su - ma

Anu the command to him

i - zak - kar-^u al - ka ma - ru tlu Rammanu

addressed : "Up! son Ramman,

-^ 1Wda -pi - nu ai i - ni - ka - bal - ka

mighty one; unvanquished be thine assault!

ni - ir ilu Za- a i - na kakki - ka

Conquer Zu with thy weapon,

I. is-su-u = issu, I i, Pret. fr. sasu.

ANU'S APPEAL TO RAM MAN 1 97

|- w

33.

;itmu - ka H - ir - bi i - na pu - hur

that thy name may be great in the assembly of

^ JM^. 3 4 .

[srE

z'Az#z' Fl rabnti pi i - na bi - rit

the great gods, among

Hani F l ahe Pl - ka ma - hi - ra e

the gods thy brethren a rival thou

Azr - A' lib - $u - ma lib - ba - nu - u

wilt not possess! Let there exist, let there be built

- ^-i

parakkdni F li - na kib - rat ir - bit - ti

shrines, in the four quarters (of the world)

<r- !

si - tak - ka - na ma - ha zi - ka

establish thy cities,

37. [ET flf< ^TT] -

ma - ha - zu - ka U - ru - bit a - na

let thy city enter into

38 -

E - kur $it - ra - ah i - na mah - ri

/the Mountain\ Show thyself strong before

lof the World!/

Hani P l - ma ga$ - ru lu - u $umi - ka

the gods and mighty be thy name!"

198 THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU

tE* ETilu Rammdnu

RAMMAN'S EXCUSES 199

-ET T -ETilu Rammdnu la a - la - ku

Ramman not to go

ik - bi

decided. 2

1. Col. II, 11. 549, and Col. Ill, 1. 6.

2. Eventually Shamash, the Sun-god, caught Zn in his net and recovered

Bel's insignia; see below, The Story of the Eagle, the Serpent, and the Sun-

god, B. Obv., 1. 1 3.

ETANA'S JOURNEY TO HEAVEN WITH THEEAGLE.

[K 8563 and R 2, 454 -f 7978, 180.]

nasru

The Eagle

E - ta - na

Etana

V JT ET T

a - na sa - su - ma a - na

to him to

TTI

ib - ri

"My friend,

iz - zak - kar

spake :

JT & TJ i6 - tl<l *tsu - pa - a . al - ka

make bright [thy countenance (?)]! Come!

let me carry thee up

- ;/fl $aml(e) sa

to the heaven of

Anu ! Upon my breast lay

18.

thy breast,

ma eh

upon the wing-feathers of

THE START 2OI

JI HTAHFff HII *T-kap - pi - ia Su - kun kap - pi - ka

my pinions lay thy hands,

// z'- di - ia Su - kun

upon my side lay

^HJ <> - <KH ** JI/'

- di - ka ina eli irti - su

thy side!" Upon his breast

he laid his breast, upon

na - as kap - pi - Su is - ta - kan kap - pi - su

)the wing- \ his pinions he laid his hands,

\feathers of/

ina eli i - di - Su is - ta - kan

upon his side he laid

i - di -hi u - dan - nin -ma ir - ta - bi

his side. 1 He made fast (his hold) and great was

v^TT MZ **- ^V<M[JT]bi - lat - su titen(en} ..... u - sa - ki - su

his weight. For one / space of \ he carried him up.\two hours/

*. ^T -II \\ -Hf V JI El I

na^ru a - na sa - Su - ma a - na

The Eagle to him, to

I. Etana evidently did not ride on the back of the Eagle but clung to his breast.

202 ETANA'S JOURNEY TO HEAVEN WITH THE EAGLE

z/" E - ta - na iz - zak - kar du - gul

Etana, spake : "Look,

HMTI ETff-tET <EftE tEE^y^Mz$ - n' ma - a - tu ki - i i - ba - a$ - si

my friend, at the land, how it is;

- nb - bi tarn - turn i - da - te - sa

behold the sea around it is1

lit ni- me - hi ma -a - turn - me - e2

li - mid -da

the abyss; the land perceive

sada(a} tam - turn i - tu - ra a - na me - e

/as a \ the sea has turned into JO little]!

\mountain, / I water." /

JTsana(a) ..... u - sa - ki - hi - ??ia

For a second f space of\ he carried him up and

\two hours \

nasru a - na sa - su - ma a - na

the Eagle to him, to

- ta - na iz - zak - kar du - gul

Etana spake : "Look,

ib - ri ma - a - turn ki - i i - ba - as - h'

my friend, at the land, how it is;

I. Literally, (at) its sides, 2, ma-a-tum-me-e = matu with the enclitic particle me.

THE APPEARANCE OF THE EARTH AS THEY ASCEND 2o3

31. <t Vma -a - turn - me - e $ib - bu $al-$a

for the land a girdle [is the sea]." For a third

u - $a - ki - $u-ma nasru a - na

r space of i he carried him up and the Eagle toItwo hours/

Sa - su -ma a - na iln E - ta - na iz - zak - kar

him, to Etana, spake :

?*. ^T U HI -TTI ET ITT-EET <Ef

</ - gul ib - ri . ma - a - tu ki - i

"Look, my friend, at the land how

i - ba - a$ - si

it is;

tarn - turn

the sea

i - tu - ra

has turned

a - na

into

i - ki

jthe water- 1

\ channel

tu

of a gardener. After

e - lu - u a - na $aml(e] sa ilu A - num

going up to the heaven of Anu,

35. - tttf ^ T^ <t<Twa ^ ilu A - num

into the gate of Anu,

ilu Bel

Bel

u

and

Ea

Ea

i - ba -' - u

they came.

THE STORY OF THE EAGLE, THE SERPENT,AND THE SUN-GOD.

[A : A tablet in the possession of Dr. D. W. Marsh; B : K 1547 and K 2527.]

A, obv, i. s. i ^yyy ty ^y [- ^ET (?)]

nasru lib - ba - su lib - la

The Eagle his heart prompted

4. ^ ^ ^y ETik - pu - nd - ma

he considered and

lib - ba - su

his heart

ub - la

prompted (him)

a - na ad - mi sa

the young of

/ Tf I If

ru -a- su a - ka - li

his companion to eat

nasru pa - su i - pu - 11$ - ma i - zak - kar

The Eagle his mouth opened and he spake

[y t I M] 7.

ana mare P l - Su mare

unto his young : 'The young of the Serpent

I. mi is a rare form of the enclitic particle ma.

are P l sin' - mi

THE EAGLE'S DESIGNS ON THE YOUNG OF THE SERPENT 205

lu - ku - lu ana-ku

will I eat

e - li - ma

I will ascend and

VET<st 9.JH-TT-i - na Sa -ma - mt u$ - ....... ur - rad

into heaven will I [mount]. /Iwill swoop \

\ down I

appi is - si - ma a - kal in - ba

the top of a tree and I will eat the fruit 1.

z'- na

upon

ad - mu si - ih - ru a - tar ha - si - sa

One of the young birds, abounding in wisdom,

T ^T -II tET I -tH [*] ta - na na'sri abi - su amata izakar(ar}

to the eagle his father the word addressed :

TJ

, -ET t^ =m \} ^ ^ ^ -E^T V/a - ^a/ a - bi $e - e - tu sa

"Do not eat, O my father, (for) the net of

/M SamaS i - ba - nu- ma

SamaS is laid(?).

gi$-par- ru ma-mil

The trap, the ban

-HF- HI;/" SamaS

of SamaS

ib - bal - ki iu ka - ma

will fall on thee and

EH i3.7 tE<5ar - ru - ka - ma Sa i - fa - a sa ilu

will catch thee. Whoso the law of SamaS

That is, the fruit of the Serpent.

206 THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT

// - ti - kn llu Santas Urn - nis ma ka - at - .....

transgresses, will Mamas' terribly .......

4. <ti* ~TT K M *- -!< ETul is - me - $u - nu - ti - ma

He did not hearken to them and

ul is - ma -a

gave not ear

zi - kir mari - su

to the word of his young one.

'I ts; [1

u - ri - dam - ma

He swooped down and

111

e - ta - kal

ate

mare

the young of the Serpent.

B,

The Serpent when

- ^ -t/z'

- su

he drew near

a - na tlu SamaS a - ma - turn i - kab - hi

to Sanaas" the word spake :

ad - dan

"I will give

an account

a - na

To

-IInasri

the Eagle

e - nin - na kin - ni - ia

Now my nest

THE SERPENT'S COMPLAINT TO THE SUN-GOD 207

kin - ni - ia u - tu i - na is - si

My nest he espied, in the tree

-TIsa - ap - hu

Scattered are

TTT- TJ

ad - mn - u - a

. my young,

MM;/// -

. w - ri - dam - ma e - ta - kal

He swooped down and did eat

9.- - ~/w - nu sa i - pu - Sa - an - ni

(my young ones). The evil which he hath done me,

O (behold!)

f-

/w<2^ - sa

Help,

Thy net

;?z'

- tu rapastu(tii}

(is like) the broad earth,

12.

giS-par - ru - ka

thy trap

-E ^7i - na

From

rukuti(ti]

(is like) the distant heaven!

- // - ka

thv net who

hath escaped?

<HH^ -

/i? Umuttim(tim}

(Even) the worker of evil,


ilu Zu - u

Zu,

mu- Ml ri - e$

the raiser of the head of

limutti(ti)

evil,

i -Iff..... un - ni - ni $a siri i - na

(did not escape)!" The prayer of the Serpent when

- mi - su

he heard,

a - na siri i - zak - kar

to the Serpent spake :

IH ff<

ur - ha

the road,

mi - i - tu

that is dead.

ilu Samas pa - su i - pu - sa - am - ma

SamaS his mouth opened and

If IHa - lik

"Take

If]

sa - da - a

the mountain.

-Ill [*ri - mu

a wild ox

'ib - ba - $u

its bowels,

e - ti - ik

go into

uk - ta - as - si - ka

Make thy hiding-place

=TfET

pi - te - e - ma

Open

ra - as - su 1~su - tu - ut

its belly tear,

id - di

make

- na

in

kar - $i-$u

its belly.

su - ub - ta

a dwelling

mm-mu - u

All

i. ha-ra-as-su = karas-su.

THE SUN-GOD'S ADVICK 209

tT-

-IT- V El <ttis - su - rat

the birds

$a - ma - mi

of heaven

ur - ra - da - nim - ma

will come down and

21. 22.

naSru

the Eagle

it - ti - h' - na

with them

El 3.*i(J)]

z7 - la - ka - am - ma ina

will come and without

i - du - u

knowing

nu - ru - ub

a piece of

z'^- te - ni -

will he seek,flesh

z'/- ta - na - al - lak

will he go,

ir - ta - a - ti

swiftly

a - na ku - tu - um

to the hidden part

ttlll El E& El(?)

/z$ - bi us - ta - ma - am - ma

his attention will he turn.

a - na

Into

tff -III S3 JT *ET 11

lib - ^z' z'- na e - ri - bi - Su at - ta

the midst when he has entered, do thou

sa-bat - su i - na kap -pi -hi

seize him by his wing,

nu - uk - kis

tear off


-TZITJT ^MTII <HiU [>E^]Ekap

- pi - hi ab - ri - Su u su - up - ra - su

his wings, his pinions and his claws,

a8 . ^ J2=< tfflf JT ET ^ <!^ I T

bu - ku un - su - ma li - di - Su ana

pull him in pieces and cast him into

- ut - ta - ti ....... mu -ut bu - bu - it

a pit ...'...., a death from hunger

u su - um - mi li - mu - ta a - na

and thirst let him die." At

zi - kir ilu &ama$ ku - ra - di siru U - lik

the word of SamaS the hero, the Serpent departed,

i - ti - ik $a - da - a ik - Su -ud-ma siru

[and] went into the mountain. And the Serpent came

a - na si - ir ri - mi ip- te - e - ma

upon a wild ox and he opened

*m tT I -tH E^IT ^SL ^TT -IT Dlf ^1lib - ba - $u ka - ra - as - su i$ - tu - ut

its bowels, its belly he tore,

Su - ub - ta id - di i - na kar - h'-

a dwelling he made in its belly.

I. bu-ku-un-su-ma = biikum-su-ma.

THE SERPENT'S RUSE 211

34. fr ^ tTTT* fT * -TT- V ET T-- mu - u is - su rat Sa - ma - me

All the birds of heaven

TI] TT ET -TI*-eH-ET <T-<=EEt!Tu - ri - da - ma ik - ka - la h' - i - ra

came down and ate of the flesh.

35- ^T -U liH * tfflf I *E [^TT(?)J T? ET

naSru lu - mu - un - Su i - da - a - ma

[But] the Eagle his evil purpose (at first) suspected and

it - ti mare P lis - su - ri ul

with the flock of birds did not

/X' - kal h' - i - ra nasru pa - a - Su

eat of the flesh. The Eagle his mouth

*- V ^ ET * E^< -tH E^TT T- pu - $a - am - ma i - zak - ka - ra ana

opened and spake unto

38. tmare P l - Su al - ka - nim - ma i ni - rid - ma

his young : "Come ! let us go down, and

Sir rimi an - ni - e i ni - ku - la ni - nu

jofthe\ of this wild ox let us also eat!"\ flesh /

ad - mu si ih - ru a - tar ha - si - sa

One of the young birds, abounding in wisdom,14*


4-CT] !$>TT- TJ3 Tmana tur - rat a - bi mm - di - ..... a- ma - turn

to turn away the father .......... the word

i - zak - kar a - bi it - ti sir

spake : "Father, in the flesh of

nmi an - ni - e siru ra - bi - is

this wild ox the Serpent lurks!"

A, Rev., i. 9 c*ul 2$ - me - su - nu - ti - ma ul

He did not hearken to them and gave

is - ma -a zi - kir mari-su u - ri - dam - ma

not ear to the word of ihisyoungi He swooped down and\ one. /

it ta - ziz ina eli ri - me na$ru

stood upon the wild ox. The Eagle

tU tyyy

ipkid $ira is - te - ni - -

inspected the flesh, he looked carefully

$a pa-ni-$u u ar - kt - $u i$ - ni -

in front of him and behind him. He again

=ITT

ipkid $ira i$ - te - ni - - i $a

inspected the flesh, he looked carefully in

Till-: CAPTURE OF THE EAGLE 2l3

pa - ni-$u u ar - ki - hi ir - ta - a - la

front of him and behind him. Swiftly

[tatf] jTTTit - ta - na - al - lak a - na ku - tuni

he went, to the hidden part

lib - bi us - ta - ma - am -a a - na lib - bi

his attention he turned. Into the midst

- tyi -III I *Hfff< ^T W -< -^TT -z'(2 f - n - bi - $u siru is - sa - bat - su ina

when he had entered, the Serpent seized him by

pa - $u

his wing ..... The Eagle his mouth

/'- pu .- Sa - am - ma a - na siri i - zak - kar-$u

opened and to the Serpent spake :

. [MF "To] -HF- ^ ET <^!T ty? ^TTI <T-

wo/>- Its - an - ni - ma kima e - ri - h'

"Have mercy upon me and according to (thy) pleasure

</w - na - a lut - lim - ka siru

with a gift will I present thee." The Serpent

/rt- ^ i - pu - Sa - am -ma a - na na$ri

his mouth opened and to the Eagle


i - zak - kar -

spake :

u - mas - sar - ka - ma ilu

"If I release thee SamaS

e - U - nu ki - i

against us(?) . .

ap- $e - rit - ka

thy punishment

i - sah - hu - ra a - na muh - hi - ia sa

will return to me, which

TJ

a - sak - ka - nu - ka a - na - ku $e - ir - ta

(now) I execute on thee as a punishment.

.yyj- nak - hi - is kap

- pi - $u ab - ri - $

He tore off his wings, his pinions

(and) his talons,

ib - ku - un - hi - ma A

he pulled him in pieces and

I T JT ^id - di - su ana su - ut - ta - ti

cast him into a pit

mu - ut bu - bu - ti

A death from hunger

u su - um - m

and thirst

/ - mu - ut

he died.

. ib-ku-un-sii-ma ibkum-sn-ma.

HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THESOUTH-WIND.

., i. 2 jy tfTTt$u - u - tu

The South-wind

[V. A. Th. 348.]

[-E ET- z ga - am - ma

blew and

T

~ a -su ut - ti - ib - ba - a$ - su a - na bi - i - tu

ducked him under, to the dwelling of

*TTT= "ElTT^ -ETT ^u sa - am - si - il - su

she made him sink.

nu - n

the fishes

su - u - tu

"O South-wind

5. -

ra - n

[thou hast played] me

ET-ET tEuh - hi - e - ki ma -la i - ba - as - su - u

thy tricks(?)

all that there are!

<m mka - a - ap -pa - ki

Thy wing

lit - u - se - bi - ir

will I break!"

i. i-^i-ga-am-ma = i^lkamma; the Babylonian pronunciation of k as

occurs also in 11. 7, 9, 14 and 1 6.

216 HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-WIND

ki - ma i - na bi - i - su 1ik - bu

As with his mouth he had said,

e.W [JT ^TTT~] -T< -

sa su - u ti ka -ap

- pa - sa

(so) of the South-wind the wing

// - te - es - bi - ir VII u - mi

was broken. For seven days

7- [JT tTTTt] -^T T~Hf ElI^K ^TT!-<$u - u - tu a - na ma - a - ti u - ul

the South-wind over the land did not

TI* -TTT* f TI ^ [

-ig

- gallu A - nu a - na

blow. Anu to

Su - uk - ka - li - su ilu I - la - ab - ra - at

his minister Ila-abrat

9.

t - Sa - as - si am - mi - ni su - u - tu

spake : "Why has the South-wind

is - tu VII u - mi a - na ma -a - ti

for seven days over the land

-ET tE -TT* -TTT*io - JT ^K -cH -ET J

la i - zi ga Su - uk - ka - la - su

not blown!" His minister

i. bi-i-su = pl-u.

HIS SUMMONS BEFORE ANU 217

E -ET =T E^TT *ET tE^tKf^T ^I - la - ab - ra - at i - pa - al - $u bi - li

Ila-abrat answered him : "My lord,

m^IT^ EKMTI -fA - da - pa ma ar ilu E - a $a

Adapa, the son of Ea, of

su - u - ti ka - ap- pa - $a t'$ - te - bi - ir

the South-wind the wing has broken."

Rev., 1. 10 .

m A - da - pa a - na pa - ni llu A - ni

When Adapa before Anu

-

$ar - ri i - na ki - ri - bi - $u

the king drew near,

E ^ IH jy ET -Hf- y^ / ^^TT ^y Ey/ - mu - ur - su - ma llu A - nu il - si - ma

Anu saw him and said :

y y^

al - ka m A - da - pa am - mi - ni

"Come, Adapa, why

M -yyy- ^y<$a su - u ti ka - ap - pa -

of the South-wind the wing

i . About 34 11., which describe how Adapa, on being summoned before Anu,

reached heaven, are here omitted.

218 HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-WIND

/<?- * - es - bi - ir m A - da - pa

ilu A - na

didst thou break?" Adapa to Anu

HI e cjfif

z)!>

- pa - al be - Hi a - na bi - if

made answer : "My lord, for the house

be - Hi - ia i - na ga - ab - la - at

of my father in the midst

i- am - ti nu - ni a - ba - ar ....

of the sea fish I was catching . . . .

Su - u - tu i - zi - ga - am - ma ia - a - Si

(when) the South-wind blew and me

ti - ib - ba - an - ni a - na bi - it

did she duck under, to the dwelling

nu - ni ul - ta - am - si - il

of the fishes she made me sink!"

THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD.

[K 1282 and Bu. 91 5 9, 186.]

tET -ET- na - at la ni - bu ta - nit - ti

For years without number may the glory of

EM '-V -f^TE^TT- ra

the great lord [Ura endure!]

For Ura

1

'

~ Su ~ u ~ ma ana sa ~ Pan mdtatif 1

was angry and to overwhelm the lands,

3.-<

JgJ y-ka - li - si - na ft - ku - nu

all of them, he turned

[tm* n *TW JT] 4. f *E ^ ET IH i- 2W - un - su llu I - Sum ma - lik - su

his mind; but iSum, his counsellor

u - ni - hu - Su - ma i - zt - ib

pacified him and he abandoned [his wrath]

220 THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD

u ki - a - am ik - ta - bi

And thus spake

ku - ra - du lllt Ur - ra sa za - ma - ru

the hero Ura : "Whosoever that song

T I &- a - su 1

i - na - du ma a - sir - ti - su

shall praise, in his shrine

lik - tarn - me - ra hegallu .... sa su - me

plentiful be made abundance .... Whosoever my name

u - $ar - bu - u U - bil kib - ra - a - ti

shall magnify, may he rule fthefour quatersofthel\ world ! /

Sa ta - nit - ti kar - ra - du - ti - ia

Whosoever the glory of my valour

i - dib - bu - bu ma - hi - ra ai ir - si

proclaims, an opponent shall he not possess!

amelu zammeru $a { . sar - ra - hu ul

The singer who chants it will not

i - ma - ti ina Sib - ti eli sarri u

die in the pestilence, unto king and

i. sa-a-su here and in 11. 23 and 26 is used for scltu.

ITS MAGICAL PROPERTIES 221

Hffl -E^TTIgJ ^ET^JT 20.

r3* //' -//<& at - mu - hi amslu jup _ $ar

noble well-pleasing shall be his speech! The scribe

,fa z'//- ha - zu i - & - ti ina nak - ri

who learns it will escape from (his) enemy

..... T JH -T< sCTTT ET ^

..... ina a - h'r - ti urn - ma - ni

.....,

in the shrine of the peoples,

a - Sar ka - ai - an hi -me i - zak - ka - ru

where continually my name he cries aloud,

u - zu - un - hi a - pi- it - ti ina biti

his ear will I open! in the house

- V !Ua - sar dup - pu $a - a - hi $ak - nu

where that tablet is set,

/7a Ur - ra lu a - gu - ug - ma liS -gi - hi

should I, Ura, be angry and destruction should

*lu Imina-bi patar h'b - ti ul i - ti - hi-hi

Imina-bi cause, the dagger of pestilence shall not approach it,

T<T EiTSa - Urn - tu $ak - na -as - su l za- ma - ru

immunity shall rest upon it! May that song

i. sak-na-as-su sakncit-su.

222 THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD

ET -i< ET ET- a - $u a - na ma - ti - ma

always

$ - $a - kin - ma

be established,

ga - du ul - la

for ever!

li - kun

may it stand firm

*! E! Elma - ta - a - ti nap - har - si - na h'S-ma-ma

May all lands give ear and

// - na - du kur - di - ia

glorify my valour,

TTT Fkal da - ad - me

of all dwellings

28. Ejff

may the peoples

// - mu - ra - ma

behold and

li - $ar - ba - a $u - me

magnify my name

LEGEND CONCERNING THE BIRTH ANDBOYHOOD OF KING SARGON I.

[K 3401 -f S 2118 and K 4470.]

Sarru - ukm Sarru dan - nu $ar

Sargon, the mighty king, king

A - ga - de K! a - na - ku um - mi

of Agade, am I. My mother

e - ni - turn a - bi ul i - di

was lowly, my father I knew not, f while thei

\ brother /

obi - ia i - ra - mi $a - da - a a - It

of my father inhabits the mountain. My city

TT ff ^TT ^T- E^TTTI ^ V -" ^1 - # - pi - ra - a - ni $a i - na a - hi

is Azupiranu, which on the bank

J& *T E8 Hfflfnaru Puratti $ak - nu i - ra - an - ni

of the Euphrates lies. She conceived me

224 LEGEND CONCERNING THE BIRTH OF SARGON

um - mu e - ni - turn i - na pu - uz - ri

[my] lowly mother, in secret

6. ~yy -TAHPFf -4-t$ - kun - an - ni

She set me

u - lid - an - ni

she brought me forth.

T*y- V JI-TTI ^z'

- ^/> - pi Sa su - ri i - na iddi

in a basket of rushes, with bitumen

^ffETf HIA 7.^y tyy^<5a^z' - z'a 2/>

- hi id - dan - an - ni a - na

my door she closed;

she gave me to

$a la e - li - e - a

the river which (rose) not over me.

is - sa - an - ni

Then bore me

a - na eli

the river, to

Ak - ki

Akki

amslu nak-me

the irrigator,

u - bil - an - ni

it carried me.

Ak - ki amelu nak-me

Akki, the irrigator,

i - na

in

HT-

ip-

-TT T^TT-I! i&l

). So K 4470; K 3401 reads id-dan-ni "she cast me".

2. K 4470 reads jjjjlj.

HIS RESCUE FROM THE RIVER 225

u - Se - la - an - ni

lifted me up,

m Ak - ki amelu ndk-me

Akki, the irrigator,

a - na ma - ru - it - $u

as his own son

. T -a <m'" Ak - ki

Akki,

u - rob - ban - ni

reared me,

T?amslu ndk-me

the irrigator,

a - na

as

amc'lu ....... -ti-$u lu - u t'jf- kun - an - ni

his gardener appointed me.

na

While

f< W HF- ^Tamslu ...... - ti - ia ilu R - tar

I was gardener did IStar

lu - u i - ra - man - ni - ma .... IVlove me and for . . .-four years

sarru - u - ta

the kingdom

lu - u e - puI ruled.

EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS.

i. A lamentation.

[K 493 1.]

_ba - na - at Hani? 1 mus - tak - li - la - at

O mother of the gods, who fulfils

par - si - $u - nu mu - se - sa - at ur - ki - te be - lit

their commands, who makes the green herb to spring up, O lady of

te - ni - Se - e - ti ba - na - at ka - la - me

mankind who created all things,

mus - te - Sir - rat gi - mir nab - ni - tu

who guides the whole of creation.

4- ^:yyy ^ -f ^yy ^yyy -TTI ^m wum - mu tlu Is - ta - ri - turn $a

O mother Itar, whose

id - da - a - sa il man-ma La i - ti - hu - u

side no god can approach,

A LAMENTATION 227

be - el - turn Sur - bu - turn $a par - su - sa

O exalted lady, whose command

hi - tu - ru te - e$ - li - tim 1 lu - uk - bi

is mighty ! A prayer will I utter;

$a i - li - $a ta - a - bu li - pu - Sa - an - ni

that which to her (appears) good may she do unto me !

7. *be - el - ti ul - tu u - um

O my lady, from the day

m m ET ^Hf- 1 ^ m M<si - ih - ri - ku ma -

'

- di$ Sal - pu - ti

when I was young much to misfortune

j - am - da - ku a - &z/ / a - kul

have I been yoked ! Food have I not eaten,

<5/ - ki - turn kur-ma - ti me - e ul a$ - ti

weeping was my nourishment! Water have I not drunk,

dim - tu ma$ - ti - ti lib - bi ul

tears were my drink! My heart never

ih - di ka - bit - ti ul im - mi - ir

rejoiced, my mind was never bright!

i. te-es-li-tim = teslltim. 2. Obv., 11. 6 24.

15*

228 EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS

2. A confession of sin.

[K 4899 and K 4934.]

The priest :

ina ta - ni - hi a - si - ib ina

In sorrow there he sits! With

ku - ub - bi - e mar - su - ti zu - ru - ub

cries of affliction, (in) trouble of

lib - bi ina bi - ki - tilimutti(ti} ina

heart, with bitter weeping, in

ta - ni - hi Urn - ni ki - ma su - um - ma - ti

bitter sorrow, like the doves

CTTT JT -^ JT- mu - um Su - up - su - uk mu - si

doth he moan grievously night

< JHHTTI 5-T ^\ -m<tts:* <METu ur - ri ana ili-su ri - mi - ni - i ki - ma

and day ! Unto his merciful god like

lit - ti i - na - ga - ag ta - ni - ha

a wild cow he cries ! Sighing

^TT t^TTT -Hf -tH -Hf- ? Tf

mar - sa - am i$ ta - na - ka - an a - na

that is grievous doth he make ! Before

A CONFESSION OF SIN 229

/// - # />/<z w - /// - ni cip- pa - $u

his god in supplication his countenance

8 - tE -

/# - - bi - in i - bak - ki

doth he cast down ! He weeps

it - hu - u ul i - kal - la

that he may approach, that nothing may hold (him) back!

The suppliant :

e -pis

- ti lu - uk - bi e -pis

- ti

My deed will I declare (to thee), my deed

/ ^ ^a - bi - e a -ma - ti lu - $a - an - ni

which cannot be declared! My words will I repeat (to thee),

a - ma - ti ul sa su - un - ni - e i - U

my words which cannot be repeated! My god,

< <3* Ve -

pi$- ti lu - uk - bi i -

pis- ti ul sa

my deed will I declare (to thee), my deed which cannot

ka - bi - e

be declared!

i. K 4934, 11. 3 13 and K 4899, Obv., 11. 10 18.

23o EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS

The suppliant :

3. A prayer for forgiveness.

[K ioi.]

ana-ku arad - ki su - nu - hu a- sa - as - si - ki

I, thy servant, full of sighs cry unto thee !

*.y -HF-T*- ^JTfTTT= ^T JH <Ef&z an - nu i - su - u te - lik - ki - e

Whoever sin possesses, thou acceptest

- HK* JT 3 -

TJ *T- <T- e= 3= -E! ^TT/ - ;;z^ - ik - su a - me - Urn tap

- pa - la - si

his fervent prayer ! The man thou lookest on in pity,

a - me - lu Su -u i bal - lut li - - at

that man lives, O ruler

>^<2 - / - wa 3^ - /z'/ te - ni - se - e -ill

of all things, lady of mankind,

ynw - ni - turn sa na as hur - sa

O merciful one, whose turning

ta - a - bu li - kat un - ni - ni

is propitious, who accepteth supplication !

The priest :

ilu-su llu i$ - tar-^u zi - nu-u it - ti -

(Since) his god (and) his goddess are angry with him,

A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS 23 1

=E V <3E sTT <jgf -tlbJ TJ <T- 7. [<jg[ v <JEfi - $a - as - su - ki ka - a - ti ki - Sad - ki

he crieth unto thee ! Thy neck

su - hi - ir - Sum - ma ta - sa - ba - ti kat - su

turn to him and take his hand!

The suppliant :

e - la ka - a - ti i - Um mu$ - te - $e - ru

Beside thyself a deity that guideth right

1* P <[>- 9-

z*/ z'- ^' ki - niS nap - Us - in - ni - ma

there is not! Truly look on me in pity and

-E=!T <Ig =TW/' - ^' w - ni - ni a - hu -

lap- ia

accept my supplication ! My forgiveness

fcT^- TTT YTvJE\^ T TT<

ki - bi - ma ka - bit - ta - ki lip- Sa - ha

declare and let thy spirit be appeased!

di ma - ti be - el - ti su - uh - hu - ru

When, my lady, will be turned

3= * <I!J "- <M E! ^JT tCTTT El

/ - ;/ - ^/ X'z'- ma su - um - ma - te

thy countenance? Like the doves

a - dam - ww - um ta - ni - hu us - ta - bar - ri

do I moan, in sighs do I abound!


The priest :

z'tf u - a u a - a $u - jm - hat

In pain and grief full of sighs

z - bit - ta - su bi - ki - turn i - bah - ki

is his spirit! Tears doth he shed,

ku - bi - e i - kab - bi

cries doth he utter!

4. A prayer for forgiveness of sin committed unwittingly.

[K 2811.]

'TfefflF hMTTIiH <tfk] TH^ -T-^a - kal el - lu ul a - kul me - e

Food that is pure have I not eaten ! Water

Mr - tu ul as - U ik - kib Hi - ia

that is clear have I not drunk! A fault against my god

=T|] Tf ^ 4. Hf- Hfflff

i - di - e a - kul an - nun

unwittingly have I committed. 2 In a transgression

TJT -TTItS - ta - ri - ia ina la i - di - e

against my goddess unwittingly

1. Obv., 1.4 Rev., 1. 14.

2. Lit. "eaten".

A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS 233

TT= -Til 13 sT 5. -< t -Hf- ^ < ff

u - kab - bi - is be - lum an - nu - u - a

have I trodden. O Lord, my sins

ET A~f TI E^TT ^T ff A TT -E^T < TJ

ma - -da ra - ba - a hi -fa - tu - u - a

are many, great are my iniquities!

6.

an - ni e - pu - $u ul i - di

The sin which I have committed I know not!

7. A ^T A-ffi -tiT < [<3* -Ehi - it ih tu - u ul i - di

The iniquity I have done I know not!

s. ^ ff T^ m fe 9. HF- -flflf

z'/?:- kib a - ku - lum an - nun

The fault I have committed, the transgression

=TTT= -Til ^ ^T! [<^ ^7^ - a - <5/ - su ul i - di be - lum

I have trodden, I know not! The lord

z'wa. ^"

-^"a/ /z'3 - bi - hi ik - kil -

man(an)- ni

in the anger of his heart hath looked upon me!

. t . _i -

/?'/ zw<2 wz - zi lib - bi - hi

The god in the wrath of his heart

tTTT* *TTT= A E^TT -Hf- Sr * -4- C^TT- Um - hi - ra - an - ni ilu i$ - tar

hath visited me! The goddess


tft -E^TT ^Tt t] -*>- ^MI ET tff- t

e - li - ia is - bu - us - ma mar - si - is

with me was angry and to tribulation

tTTT* * ~f Sfr '3.[*Et tET< -ETu - $e -

man(ari)- ni i - lum i - du - u la

hath reduced me! The god, known (and) un-

i - du - u u - zar - rib - an - ni iluis - tar

known, hath afflicted me! The goddess,

E -2\ < -ET *E ^T HTTT*] T JT ^T *Ti - du - u la i - du - u a - su - us - tu

known (and) unknown, trouble

* t

z - ku - na a$ - ta - ni - e - ma

hath brought! I sought (for help) but

man-ma -an ga - ti1 ul i - sa-bat ab - ki - ma

no one taketh me by the hand ! I wept but

/- ta - te - ia ul it - hu - u ku - bi - e

to my side none drew near! Cries

If ^ 3 ET f <-T^ ^ <T- -f ^a - kab - bi man -ma - an ul i - Si -

man(an)- ni

I uttered (but) no one listened to me!

rs. ^\ jy w m -III ET M <^us - Su - sa - ku kat - ma - ku ul

I am afflicted, I am overwhelmed, I do not

I. ga-ti= kati.

A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS 285

Wf 19. T-

a - na - ta - al ana Hi - ia rim - ni - i

look up! Unto my merciful god

at - ta - na - as - har un - ni - ni a - kab -bi

I turn, my petition I utter!

20. ^ --be - lum arad - ka la ta - sa -

kip ina

O Lord thy servant cast not down ! In

me - e $ub - tak - ti na - di ka - as - su sa-bat

the waters of the flood thrown, take thou his hand!

hi - it - ti ih - tu - u ana da - me - ik - ti

The sin I have sinned to mercy

te - ir an - na e - pu - u$ $a - a - ru lit - bal

turn ! The iniquity I have committed let the wind carry away !

kil -la - tu - u-a ma - ' - da - a - ti ki - ma

My manifold transgressions like

zu - ba - ti $u - hu - ut

a garment tear off!

1. ka-as-su = kat-sit.

2. ^u-ba-ti= subati.

3. Obv. 11. 2937 (= 11. 15), Obv. 1. 43 Rev. 1. 6 (= 11. 619), and Rev.

11. 36-44 (= 11. 2024).


5. A prayer for mercy and favour.

[K 4623 -f 79-78,24.]

be - el - turn ina zu - ru - ub lib - bi

O lady in the grief of my heart

rigme zar - bis ad - di - ki a - hu -

lap- ia

cries in trouble have I raised to thee! My forgiveness

.

ki - bi be - el - turn ana arad - ki ma - si

declare ! O lady, unto thy servant /"It is

\

{enough !"/

<M 3 I *TTT <m -E^TT *- AHFff 3 -

T

ki - bi - su libba - ki li - nu - uh ana

say unto him! Let thy heart be appeased! Unto

^IE HJI -TTIarad - ki sa ma - ru - u$ - turn ip -su ri - e - mu

thy servant, who hath experienced sorrow, mercy

4.

ri - si - su ki - $ad - ki su - hi - ir - 'Sum - ma

extend to him! Thy neck turn to him and

EJ W- ki - e ut - nin - su ana arad - ki sa

receive his supplication ! Thy servant, /with \

'

Iwhom/

ta - gu -gi si - il - me it - ti - su

thou hast been angry, deal favourably with him !

i. Obv. 11. 1826.

PRAYERS FOR MERCY AND FOR PURIFICATION 287

6. A prayer for purification.

[K 254-]

|7M iStari - ia nap - li - si - in - ni -ma

O my goddess, look with pity on me and

like(e)un - ni - ni - ia lip

- pat - ru

accept my supplication ! Torn away be

ar - nu - it - a Urn - ma r-Sa-a hi - ta - in - u - a

my sin, forgotten be my transgressions !

' - il - ti lip- pa - tir ka - si - ti

Let the ban be torn away, let the bonds

// - ir - mu ta - ni * hi - ia lit - ba - lu

be loosened ! My sighing let carry away

si - bit 'sare P l lu - us - hu - tit lum - ni

the seven winds ! I will rend away / my \

\ wickedness,/

issuru ana $ame(e) U - $e - li i - dir - ti

{' bifd6

}to t^ie ^eavens bear it ! My misery

nunu lit - bal U - bil naru

let the fish carry off, let the river sweep (it) away!


7- <[- AJ -HF- Sri:

Urn - hur - # - ni nam - mas - $u - u sa seri

May there take(it)

from me the beast of the field,

// - mis - su - in - ni me pl nari alikuti ?l

may there wash me clean the flowing waters of the river!

7. A prayer for a favourable dream.

[K 254.]

z'/- // lum - ni su - ti - ka - an - ni - ma

From my wickedness make me depart and

un - ni - tir it - ti - ka

let me be saved by thee!

'p- ra - an - ni - ma suttu damiktu(tu}

Send thou to me and a favourable dream

a - na - fa - lu lu - u

let me behold ! May the dream I behold be

damkat(ai) suttu a - na - ta - lu lu - u

favourable ! May the dream I behold be

^y 5.^ <^ y^ ^y ^yy mkinat(at}

sutiu a - na - ta ~ lu ana

true! The dream I behold to

i. Rev. 11. 10 1 6.

A PRAYER FOR A FAVOURABLE DREAM 23g

-HP-

<hunikti(ti)fir - ra ilu ........ ilu

favour turn ! May the god .....,

the god

$a . Suna/t pl ina reh' - ia lu

of dreams, at my head

~y f ,. jy HfTI ^y ^ &- Ey yj^

kan(an) $u - ri - ba - an - ni - ma a - na

stand ! Make me to enter into

E -sag

- ila ekal Hani bit

Esagil the temple of the gods, the house

balati a - na llu Marduk ri - me - ni - i

of life! To Marduk, the merciful,

Jin <M Ka - na

'

damiktim(tini} a - na kata ll damkati P l

for favour into (his) favourable hands

<yj *w ^ 9 .

//^- dan - ni lud - lul nir - bi - ka

commend me ! So will I bow myself before thy greatness,

lut - ta - ' - /i/ z/ - / - ^ ntie P l

will I glorify thy divinity, and the people

ali - ia li - Se - pa - a kur - di - ka

of my city will praise thy power!

i. Rev. 11. 2028.


8. A prayer for restoration to divine favour.

[K 3i S 8.]

The priest :

pi - te il - lu - ur - ta - su pu - tur

Open his bond, remove

ma - ak - si - Su nu - um - mir pa - ni - Su

his fetter, make bright his countenance,

pi - kid - su i - Us ba - ni - su bul - lit

commend him to his god his creator ! Give life to

arad - ka lit - ta - - id kur - di - ka

thy servant, that he may praise thy might,

4. jit= ^ ^H -E^IT [^y m -

nar - bi - ka li - id - lu - la kal

that before thy greatness he may bow down in all

TTT T- ^

da ad - me mu - hur kat - ra - Su

dwellings ! Receive his gift,

=11 ]e. *~ 5

li - ki pi - di - e - Su ina kak - kar

accept his purchase-money, that in the land of

lul - me mah - ra - ka lit - tal - lak

peace before thee he may walk !

i. Obv. 11. 3641.

HYMNS AND PRAYERS.

i. Hymn to the Rising Sun.

[K 334 3.]

ilu $ama$ ma 2 - Sid Same(e] tap -pu - ha - am - ma

O Sun-god, on the foundation of heaven x thou hast flamed forth!

ft' - tfr Same(e) elluti P l

tap- ti da - lat

The bolt of the bright heavens thou hast opened, the doors

Same(e) tap- ta - a ilu SamaS a - na ma - a - ti

of heaven thou hast opened ! O Sun-god over the land

ri - si - ka tat - Sa - a ilu SamaS me - lam - me

thy head thou hast raised! O Sun-god, with the brightness

$ame(e) ma - ta - a - ti tak - turn

of heaven the lands thou hast covered!

1. 7. e., the horizon.

2. Obv. 11. 2-10.16

HYMNS AND PRAYERS

2. Hymn to the Setting Sun.

[Sp. Ill, 586 and R. Ill, i.]

ana ki - rib

O Sun-god, into the midst

- me - e

of heaven when

e - ri - bi - ka

thou enterest,

U - gar

may the bolt

sa - me - e

of heaven

^/ - lu - turn

that is bright

T JH ^- Csul - ma lik - bu - ku

give thee greeting,

da - la - at Sa - me - e

may the doors of heaven

A*- ^TT >4- v>- EEJI

mi - Sa - rum

May the righteousness

lik - ru - ba - a -

bless thee!

ku

- uk - kal -

of the minister

na - ra - am

thy beloved

5- T tTTTT *1

ana E - babar - ra

In Ebabara,

ka - te - sir -

direct thee!

lum

ku

si - ru - ut - ka

thy supremacy

su - bat

the seat of

JT =TT1

su - u

be - lu - ti -

thy power,

ka

pi

is glorious!

tlu

May

Ai

Ai,

i. Here and in 11. 3 f. ^"^~5 is employed for TpT, a form of the 2.

pron. suffix.

HYMN TO THE SETTING SUN 248

na - ra - am - ta - ka

thy beloved spouse,

- di - rt li - mah - hi - ir - ka

with joy come before thee,

7. Jit: .^ ^H ^4^! AHfff -1//<5 - ba - ka ne - ih - turn

to thy heart rest

// - ni - ih nap ta -anmay she give, may the feast

i

'

- lu - ti - ka. li$ - $a - kin - ku kar - ra - du

of thy godhead be spread for thee ! O valiant

Hf- ^T -e^TT^T t^TT! =E ^! -

'i/ - /w/w Z''M SamaX li - it - ta - i - du - ka

hero, ama, let them glorify thee!

be - el E - babar -ra a - lik pa - dan - ka

O lord of Ebabara, in thy going may thy path

li - $t'rilu &ama$ har - ra - an - ka

be straight! O Sun-god thy road

u - Sir ur - ha ki - nam ana du - ru - u$ - to' - ka

direct, on the road that is sure for thy foundation

1 6*

244 HYMNS AND PRAYERS

tf - lik ilu $ama$ $a ma - a - ti da - at - an

go! O Sun of the land, judge

sa pu - ru - us - si - e - $a mu$ - te - sir -

of its decisions, its director

at - ta

art thou!

3. Hymn to Marduk.

[K 2962 -f- K 3 1 20.]

HTI] <ct ^ tTTT= - fri - mi - nu - u ina ildniP 1

O merciful one among the gods!

ri - mi - nu - u sa mi - ta bul - lu - ta

Merciful one, who the dead to raise to life

i - ram - mu ilu Marduk $ar - ru $ame(e)

loveth ! O Marduk, king of heaven

uirsitim(tiiii)

sar Ba - bi - lim be - el

and earth, king of Babylon, lord of

^" - z7<2 ^r E - 22 - da

Esagil, king of Ezida,

HYMN TO MARDUK 245

be - el

lord of

^!< -ETE - mah - ti - la

Emahtila ! Heaven and

7. tffET *3-*W <

ir$itim(tim)

earth

ku - um - mu e - ma $ame(e) u

are thine! The space of heaven and

irsitim(tini)ku - um - mu & - pat ba - la - tu

earth is thine! The incantation of life

- um - mu

is thine!

kakkadi

headed

a name

i-mat ba - la - tu ku - um - mu

The spittle of life is thine!

Tl T

a - me - lu - turn

Mankind,

ni - h' sal- mat

the race black-

IT!

h'k - na - at na -pis

- ti ma - la

living creatures as many as

tT T^- v ty V T^

- ba - a ina mati ba - sa - a

bear (and) in the land exist,

/i'z'3- r/ zr - 3// - ti ma -la ba - $a - a

the four quarters of the world, all that there are,

~f WTT V <2<iv ~f tff < [<MI/M

Igigi Sa ki$ - Sat $ame(i) uirsitim(tirti)

the Igigi of the hosts of heaven and earth,


mala ba - sa - a a - na ka - fa- a- ma

all that there are, unto thee

uz - na - st - na ba - sa - a

are their ears inclined!

4. Address to the god Ninib.

[K 2487 and K 8122.]

- / tftf - rw 3w - ^wr llu Bel

O mighty son, first-born of Bel,

^wr - bu - u git- ma - lu i - lit - ti E - far - ra

powerful, perfect, offspring of ESara,

fa pu - luh - tu lit - bu - su ma - lu - u

who with terror art clothed, who art full of

^T [U . 4. HF- *Thar - ba - su ilu Ut - gal

- lu fa

fury! O Utgallu, whose

la im - mah - ha - ru ka - bal - su su - pu - u

onslaught is unequalled, bright

ET-za ina Hani P l rabuti P l ina

is (thy) place among the great gods ! In

i. Obv. U. 1645.

ADDRESS TO NINIB 247

J? - #r 3// ta - Si - la - a - ti $a - ka - a

Ekur, the house of festal joys, exalted

ri - Sa - a - ka id - din - ka - ma ilu Bel

is thy head, for he hath granted thee, hath Bel

8.

abu - ka te - rit kul - lat Hani?1

thy father, that the law of all the gods

ka-tuk - ka tarn -hat ta - dan di - in

thy hand should hold! Thou judgest the judgment of

te - ni - $e - e - ti tu$ - te - sir la $u - $u - ru

mankind, thou leadest him that is without a leader,

^M-T< "-^m^T-< JTi - ka - a e - ku - ti ta - sab-bat kat

the man that is in need! Thou holdest

-IH- -ET -

en - Si la li - '- a tu - $a - a$ - ka

the weak, the man that is not strong thou dost exalt!

$a a - na a - ra - al - li - e $u - ru - du

{whi>m

}ro the Lower World (has been brought!

( down /

3= VI ^TTE^JT i3.y tpa-gar-'su tuhra(ra) $a ar - nu i - $u - u

his body thou dost restore! From him who sin possesses


/a -/>#/

- /r r - nu $a ilu - su itti- Su

thou dost remove the sin ! The man with whom his god

sz' - nu - u tu - $al - lam ar - hi*

is angry thou restorest to favour speedily!

- ~f C-ET Hf IT V ^JH -f Tl7a Nin - ib a - sa - rid Hani? 1

O Ninib, prince of the gods,

ku - ra '- du at - ta

a hero art thou!

5. Address to Nabu.

[K 3i3o.]

be - lum it - ti e - mu - hi - ka

O lord, with thy might

<^ ^TT T -HF-e - mu - ku ul iS - sa - an - na - an

no might can compare!

2 .

z7" ^a3 it - ti e - mu - ki - ka

O Nabu, with thy might

e - mu - ku ul iS - Sa - an - na -anno might can compare!

i. Obv. 1. u Rev. 1. 2.

ADDRESS TO NABU 249

3. -<

// - // biti - ka E - zi - da

With thy temple, Ezida,

bi - turn ul t'S - $a - an - na - an it - ti

no temple can compare! With

ah' - ka Bar -sip

KI alu ul

thy city Borsippa, no city

$a - an - na - an it - ti ik - li - ka

can compare! With thy domain,

Ba - bi - Urn ik - lu ul i$ - $a - an - na -an

Babylon, no domain can compare !

6. Prayer to Ishtar of Nineveh.

[81-2-4, 188.]

a - na $ar - rat Hani? 1 $a par - si

To the queen of the gods,

ET-Tildni Pl rabuti P l $u - ut - lu - mu ka -

of the great gods are entrusted,

m

a - na be - lit alu Ninua f

to the lady of Nineveh, the ....

I. Obv.11.6 14. 2. ka-tns-sa is translated in the previous line after the relative.


ilaniP 1 Sa - ku - tu

of the gods, the exalted one,

a - na marat

to the daughter of

f-<ilu Sin fa - li - mat

the Moon-god, the twin-sister of

ilu Sam - si sa

the Sun-god, who

/ - lat Sarru - ti

all kingdoms

ta - be - el

rules,

a - na

to

pa - ri - sa - at purussa ilat(a(}kal gim - ri

her who determines decrees, the goddess of the universe

a - na

PRAYER TO ISHTAR OF NINEVKII 251

tt 9.

bul - lu - lu i - si - ik - $a da - al - pa - a - te

is confounded distresses (?) her! The afflictions

mal a -lam-ma - ru mah - ra - ki a - bak - ka

which I behold, before thee I bewail.

a - na at - mu - u - a $u - nu - hi lib - $a - a

To my words full of sighing directed be

j>TTTt] ^TT tffl <M TJ ^T II -TTI?/ - sw - ww - ki a - na zik - ri - ia

thine ear! To my speech

Sum - ru - si ka - bit - ta - ki lip- pa - h'r

that is afflicted let thy mind be opened!

a;w - n' - z'w - wz' beltu ki - i

Look upon me, O lady, that through

^TT AHfff -II E^TI <M ^TTT ^T <Mjw uh hu - ra - ki libbi ardi - ki

thy turning towards (me) the heart of thy servant

<T- E^TT^n 1

Urn - ra - as

may be strong!

i. Obv. 11. 415.

INCANTATIONS.

i. Incantation to the Fire-god.

[K 2455 + K 39 36.]

siptutlu Gibil sar - hu bu - kur

Incantation. O Fire-god, mighty, first-born of

A - nim i - lit - tiellitim(tirn)

Anu, offspring, bright (and)

Sa - ku - turn ilu $a - la - a$ Sar - h

exalted, of $alaS, mighty,

id - di - $u - u zik - ri

newly-shining, name of the gods

-4.

^a - a/ - ww wa - </z>z wz'w - da - bi - e

that is enduring, who gives offerings

5.

iluIgigi $a - kin na - mir - ti

to the gods, the Igigi, who makes light

INCANTATION TO THE FIRE-GOD 253

a - na

for

rabuti

Hf-ir''" A - nun - na - ki

the Anunnaki,

i.tT^TT -Hf-tTHF-

Hf- TilaniP1

the gods

1Z - ZU /III

that are great. O terrible Fire-god,

a - pi - ilu Gibil

O Fire-god,

- har - mit

destroyer of

al - la - / '-

powerful one,

mu - ab - bit

annihilator of the

u

and wicked,

ka - mu - u lim -nu - ti zer amelukassapi

who burns the evil, the seed of sorcerer

u fkaSSapti

and sorceress,

mu-hal-lik rag-gi zer

who blots out the bad, / the \

\seed of/

--yy < 10.

sorcerer

u

and

kaUapti

sorceress. At

- n -

this time

na

in

di - ni - ia

my cause

.

i - ziz-za - am - ma

take thy stand and

/('- $u - ud lim - nu

overcome the evil one.

254 INCANTATIONS

12.

A'zwtf salmdni P l an - nu - ti i - hu - lu

As these images1

quiver,

i - zu - bu u it - ta - at - ta - ku

melt and dissolve,

amelukassapu u f katsaptu

may the sorcerer and sorceress

hu - lu li zu - bu u

quiver, melt and

/// - ta - at - tu - ku

dissolve.

2. Incantation against an unknown sorceress.

[K 2728.]

Siptu at - ti man - nu f kaHaptu

Incantation. Who art thou, O sorceress,

ta ba$u(u^ a - matlimuttiitirti}

- ia

{

in

heartse

}1S t^ie worc^ f m7 misfortune,

1. The burning of little images made of bronze, honey, clay, bitumen, wood,

etc. accompanied incantations of this class; hence the title of the series, Maklu,

"Burning".

2. Maklu II, 11. i23i3s.

INCANTATION AGAINST A SORCERESS

"5V 3. E

255

lib - bi -

ib - ba -nu - u

are made

z - ## litani - Sa

by whose tongue

-II *TTT* T 4. ^ru - hu - u - a i - na

my spells, at

Sap- ti - $a ib - ba - nu - u

whose lips are formed

ru - su - u - a

my poisons,

- na

in

ki - bi - is tak - bu - su

whose foot-steps2

izzaz(az}

stands

turn

death?

pi- ki

_as - bat HSana - ki

thy mouth, I exorcise thy tongue,

- ^E3f ^17 ^SL -<

f kaHaptu as - bat

O sorceress, I exorcise

I exorcise

ma n - ki na - ti - la - a - ti

thy glancing eyes,

as - bat

I exorcise

al - la - ka - a - ti

thy active feet, I exorcise

10.

bir - ki - ki e - bi - ri - e - ti

thy striding knees,

1. ina lib-bi-sa is translated in 1. i after the relative.

2. Lit. "in the footstep she has trodden".

I exorcise

256 INCANTATIONS

S3 -ET THT< "H&^m^Tida H - ki mut - tab-bi - la - a - ti ak - to, - si

thy labouring hands, I bind

Mi - di - ki a - na ar - ki - ki ilu Sin

thy hands beneath thee! May Sin

<?/ - /0#2 - mi - e li - kat - ta - a pa -gar- ki

in front destroy thy body,

a - na mi - kit me P l u isati

into a chasm of water and fire

lid - di - ki - ma f kassaptu ki - ma si - hir

may he cast thee ! O sorceress, like the stone

*=ffl -HF- ^ ^ *s. -^yy ir^ ^bnu kunukki an - ni - e li - su - du

of this seal may there glow

// - ri - ku pa-nu - u - ki

(and) turn pale thy countenance!

3. Incantation against spells and witchcraft.

[K 43 -f- K 142 -|- K 2601.]

siptuilu Nusku sur - bu - u i - lit - //

Incantation. O Nusku, mighty one, offspring of

i. )faklu III, 11. 89 103.

INCANTATION AGAINST WITCHCRAFT 257

flu A -mm

Anu,

tarn- til abi bu-kur

image of the father, first-born

ilu Bel

of Bel,

tar - bit apsi bi -nu-ut

child of the ocean, creation

ilu Ea

of Ea !

a$ - ti

(I have raised)

I on high /

dipara

the torch,

ka - a - $a

to thee!

kattapu

The enchanter

(* y- Hf-

u - nam - mir - ka

I have given light

ik -tip

- an - ni

hath enchanted me;

T

r with the \

(with which) he enchanted me, enchant thou him!

kit - piwith the

\enchantment,

/ kdttaptu

The enchantress

- an - n

- an - n k# - pi

hath enchanted me; / with the \

[enchantment,/

F <V 7-

/a^ -tip

- an - ni ki -tip

- h'

(with which) she enchanted me, enchant thou her !

- pi - $u

The wizard

fcfl I- an - ni - pu -

hath bewitched me;

z'- pu - - an - ni

f with the \ (with which) he bewitched me,\witchcraft,/

^ -/>

- su

bewitch thou him!

e -pit

- tu

The witch

te - pu - ta - an - ni

hath bewitched me;

i. e-pu-su

258 INCANTATIONS

H I HP-

f with the I

\witch craft,/

te - pu - $a - an - ni

(with which) she bewitched me,

e - pu - si 1

bewitch thou her!

- te -pis

- tu

The sorceress

V Hf-te - pu - Xa - an - ni

hath bewitched me;

ip -su te - pu - ^a - an - ni e - pu - si

I with the 1(with which) she bewitched me, bewitch thou her! fThosej

\ witchcraft,/ \ who ]

salmani P l ana pi - i

images after the fashion of

salmdni P l - ia

my images

ib - nu - u

have made,

bu - un - na - an - ni - ia

who my form

u - mas - $i - lu

have imitated

ruti - ia

who my breath

- ku -

have caught,

sdrti - ia

who my hair

mz'w - lu - su

have plucked,

e - ti - ku

who in going through

HI -

ulinni - ia ib - tu - ku

who my garment have rent,

eprati?1

dust

Tepell - ia

my feet

is - bu-su

have hindered,

I3 . Hf- ty HF-ilu Gibil

may the Fire-god,

i. e-pu-si = epus-si.

kar - du

the mighty,

I-HF- ^TT y-tipat

- su - nu

their incantation

INCANTATION AGAINST WITCHCRAFT 259

m I~F//'

- pa - aS Sir

dissolve !

idi tipta

Recite the incantation !

4. Some reasons for a curse falling upon a man.

[K 150 and K 8868.]

a - na bit tap- pi - e - $u i - te - ru - ub

Into the house of his neighbour has he entered?

3.

a - na a$$at tap- pi - e - $u it - te - hi z

To the wife of his neighbour has he drawn nigh?

T sTTT -TIit - ta - dak

has he shed?

dame P l

tap -pi - e -

The blood of his neighbour

4-

su - bat tap -pi - e - $

The garment of his neighbour

it - ta - bal*

has he stolen?

5 . <tt E^T! *-^ I ^T EDf -ET ^TITs= Hf- <f-mi - ra - nu - u$-$u id - lu la u - ma$ - & - ru

From his power (?)a man has he not let go free?

e. 3Vf Jgfl -t-EET -T - ^T ~T<id - lu dam - ka ina kim - ti - $

A good man from his family

1. Maklu I, 11. 122-134.2. I 2, fr. tefeu; K 8868 gives the variant reading it-ti-hi.

3. K 8868 reads : it-ta-al-ba-as, "has he put on?".

17*

260 INCANTATIONS

=e= 7.

w - se - lu - u kin - na pu - hur - ta

has he driven away? A united household

-sap

- pi - hu a - na la - bu - ut - ti - i

has he broken up? Against one in authority

y ff ^w ^^TT 9. ^ tE I ^ ^gtzis

- za - <20 - sw // - i - su tar - su

has he set himself? In his mouth is he honest,

//3 - ba-$u la ki - i - ni pi - i-Su an - na

(but) in his heart false ! With his mouth (says he) yea,

lib - da - Su ul - la

(but) in his heart nay?

i. Col. I, 11. 3746.

ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS.

i. Letter to the king asking for a doctor to see a sick lady.

[825-22, 174.]

- ka

To the king my lord, thy servant

//M SamaS - mita - uballit lu - u $ulmu(mu)

SamaS-mita-uballit. Greeting

-II tETI 4. Hf- & <- na tarri beli - ia llu Nabu u

unto the king, my lord. May Nabu and

-II W 6-T^TTH<7/" Marduk a - na sarri beli - ia a- dan - nti

Marduk unto the king my lord be exceedingly,

.

- </aw - ni$ lik - ru - bu u - ma - a amat

exceedingly propitious. Now fthehand-i

\ maid /

9. ^ -Hf- ^ =!!!= tTTT^ F v/ l7u ^ - u - ga - me - lat

of the king, Ba'u-gamilat,

262 ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS

ft sffi -El *mar - sa - at a - dan - nis la ku - sa - pi

is grievously sick, she cannot .....

- kal u - ma - a sarri be - Hi

eat;

now let the king my lord

"MAHfflF '3.

te - mi Us - kun amelu asu isten(en)

instructions giye that a physician

HI - U - ka U - mur - si

may come (and) see her.

2. Letter to the king introducing a messenger who has

news for the king's private ear.

[K 498.]

2.

a - na Sarri be - Hi - ia arad - ka

To the king, my lord, thy servant

m ilu Ramman-ibni lu sul - mu a - na Sarri

Ramman-ibni. Greeting unto the king,

4 .

be - Hi - ia mar Babili KJ $u - u

my lord. That Babylonian [/'.e. of whom the king already knows]

- <^HAtET? y.^T-TTI^H El If

ina muh - hi - ia it - tal - ka ma - a

to me came. (He said):

LETTER OF INTRODUCTION 263

ETT? -di - bi ina pi

- ia ma- a ina ekalli

My messaee with mv own mouth I (must be \ into the palace{delivered),/

9.

/w _ 3/ - lu - u - ni u - ma -a an - nu - h'm

let them bring me." Even now

ma pa - an Sarri be - ili - ia

into the presence of the king my lord

. tc ^ I3 .

-'

- bi - la - $u Sarru be - ili

I have caused them to bring him. Let the king my lord

? - al - hi me - nu $a di - bi- su-u - ni umu

ask him what is in his message. On

XXVIII KA** istu Ubbi alu Sa-ad - di ina

the 28th day from Saddu into

/a - aw ^<zm 3^ -z'/z'

- ia u - si - bi - la - $u

the presence of the king my lord I caused them to take him.

3. Letter from Apia to the queen -mother reassuring her

during the king's absence.

[K 5 23.]

a - na ummi tarri belli- ia arad - ka

To the mother of the king, my lady, thy servant


Apia - a ilu Bel u ilu Nabu a - na ummi

Apia. May Bel and Nabu unto / the \

\mother of/

Sarri belli - ia lik - ru - bu a - du - u

the king, my lady, be propitious. Now

u - mu - us - su ilu Nabu u ilu Na - na - a

daily unto Nabu and Nana

a - na ba - la - ta nap - $a - a - ti

for life

w a - ra - ka u - mu $a far

and length of days for the king of

_

matati b'eli - ia u ummi sarri belti- ia

the lands, my lord and/

for the l the king, my lady,\motherofj

. tJUt ^ -E| 1 3.^ j^^ ^ flf

w - ja/ - la ummi $arri belti - a

do I pray. Let the mother of the king, my lady,

lu - u ha - ma - ti amslumar-sip

- ri Sa

be of good cheer(?).

A messenger of

du - un - ku

favour from Bel and Nabu

LETTER TO THE QUEEN-MOTHER 265

z'/- //'

with

V Vfor mdtdti

the king of the lands

be - Hi - ia

my lord

- ta - lak

goeth.

4. Letter to the king from Kudurru explaining why he has

been prevented from coming to thank the king personally

for a, favour he has received.

[K 81.]

flf ~Hf

E - 'an - na

E-ana

IH *JH ^lik - ru - bu

be propitious.

Erech

va - na far mdtati be - Hi - ia

To the king of the lands, my lord,

arad - ka m Kudurru

thy servant Kudurru.

Uruk Kl

May Erech

u

and

a - na Sar matati be - Hi - ia

unto the king of the lands my lord

Daily to Itar of

and

z/" Na - na - a

Nana

a - na

for

napSdtiP1 Sarri beli - ia

the life of the king, my lord,

u - sal - lu

I pray.


7W

Iki*a(fa)-apluamslu dsu U sarri be - Hi - a

IklSa-aplu, the physician, whom the king my lord

7.

a - na bul - ti - ial

i'$ - pu - ra

to save my life sent,

- /<2/ - /// - an - ni Hani? 1 rabuti? 1

has kept me alive. May the great gods

9 . s

^ $ame(e) uirsittm(ti?nj

a - n

of heaven and earth unto

Sarri beli - ia lik - tar - ra - bu u

the king, my lord, be propitious, and

7*" ^ww^ ^arn' 3<?// - ia lib - bu - u

the throne of the king my lord in the midst of

$am~e(e)a - na da - ris lu - kin - nu $a

heaven for ever establish. For

-ii T?- i

' - tu a - na - ku u Sarru beli - a

dead was I and the king my lord

u - bal - lit - an - ni ta - ab - ta - a - ti

hath caused me to live; the benefits

. bul-ti-ia is contracted from bulluti-ia.

LETTER FROM KUDURRU 267

,fa Sam' be - Hi - ia i - na muh - hi - ia

of the king my lord towards me

Tr^T HET^ffl 16. Vma - ' - da a - na a -maru Sa Sam'

are many. To see the king

- z'# - ia ai - tal - ka urn - ma al - lak - ma

my lord I went, (saying) : "I will go and

pa - ni $a Sam belt - ia am - mar - ma

I the i of the king my lord I will behold, and(countenance/

Tfc -ITu - rad - di - e - ma a - bal - lut amelu rafr

_ ____

I will go down and live." The . . . .-officer

ul - tu harrani ^ a - na Uruk

from the road to Erech

ut - tir - ra - an - ni urn - ma amelu

turned me back (saying) : "A cap-

kisir ul - tu ekalli un - ku

tain from the palace a sealed letter

a - na muh - hi - ka it - ta - Sa -

to thee has brought;


25- ^z7 - // - ia a - na Uruk KI

with me to Erech

26. jm -TI* A tT ET 7. K&T *=!

/# - Tza/ra - $/ - is - ma te - e - mu

thou must go." The instructions

& tTIU1

IT-

-?tz/^- kan - ga a - na Uruk KI

he carried out and to Erech

-II Tf- A'r r<2 - an - ni sarru beli - a

he brought me back. Let the king my lord

lu - u i - di

know!

5. Letter to the king from Akkulanu asking for an answer

to a previous letter.

[K 604.]

-II- na sarri beli - ia arad - ka

To the king my lord, thy servant

ET^ 3. jiu< <HW^ I,

- ^w/ - la - nu lu - u $ul - mu a - na

Akkulanu. Greeting unto

-II W 4. -Hf- -S < -Hf- <^TItarri belt - ia ilu Nabu u ilu Marduk

the king my lord. May Nabu and Marduk

i. i-sak-kan-ga = isakkamma (isakkan-ma).

LETTER FROM AKKULANU 269

a - na Sarri belt - ia lik - ru - bu

unto the king my lord be propitious.

^TT fciSS -II W 8 - UM#/ - mu $a $arri beli - ia tu - ub

Prosperity to the king my lord, joy

libbe n Pl - Su u tu - ub Stre P l - $

for his heart and health for his body!

ina gab- ri - e $a e -

gir- ti - ia

In answer to my letter

i3.If

Sarru be - Hi a - na ameiu arcft _ j

may the king my lord unto his servant

send.

LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA.

i. Letter from Burraburiash, king of Karduniash,

to Amenophis IV, king of Egypt, begging for larger presents

and for his co-operation against the Assyrians.

[Bu. 88 io 13, 81.]

tn -TI IH -m -TTIa - na Ni -

ip- hu - ur - ri - ri - ia

To Niphuriria,

TTI <=E]- <M fcAtf

ar 7?zata Mi _ jf_ n-

. j fo . fa- _

king of Egypt, speaks

3. tcm El EV E^IT ^ -TTI^ -um - ma Bur - ra - bu - ri - ia - a$ sar

thus BurraburiaS, king

E^TI ^T ^ tEft - 4- E^< -tH El_ ra - du - ni - ia - a$ ahu - ka - ma

of Kardunia, thy brother.

^ ^ 5. ff

a - na ia - a - Si $u - ul - mu a - na

With me it is well; with

C^T I- a - $a biti - ka a$$ativl - ka

thee, thy house, thy wives,

GREETINGS TO THE KING AND HIS HOUSEHOLD 271

6.-- v -t- ka mati - a

thy sons, thy land,

rabutiP 1 - ka

thy nobles,

v E^jw* Pl

thy horses,

ka '>" narkabdtiP 1 - ka

thy chariots

a// - n -

exceedingly

ul - tu

Since

ab - bu - ka

thy father

lu $u - ul - mu

well may it be.

=y *s- tyyytab - bu - u - ai

my father

u

and

with

a - ha - mi - i

one another

ta - bu - ta

friendly relations

ba - na - a

presents

id - bu - bu

established

T?

a - na

to

su - ul - ma - na

rich

a - ha - mi -

one another

ul - te - bi - i - lu

they sent

ba - ni - ta

though precious,

a - na

to

u me - ri - el - ta

and any desired object,

a - ha - mi - is

one another

272 LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA

/ ik - lu - u i '- na - an - na

they did not refuse. Now

TMI-TTMU? IT Ea - hu - u - ai II ma - na hurasi a - na

my brother 2 manehs of gold as

jy <ty* El ^ tEff . <3* ^y 3 -E -E- / - ma - ni - ia ul - te - bi - i - la

a present for me has sent;

z'- w<2 - an - na - ma hurasa ma - a - ad

now much gold,

ET-ET ^T! fc*=T-t:H JT^-Ema - la $a ab - bi - ka su - bi - la

as much as thy father, send;

w ^MW - ma mi - i - is mi - si - el $a

and, if it is less, half that of

-<5z'

- ka $u - bi - i - la am - mi - ni

thy father, send. Why

yy E.

// ma - na hurasi tu - $e - bi - e - la

(only) 2 manehs of gold hast thou sent?

i - na - an - na du - ul - U i - na

Now the work in

REQUEST FOR MORK GOLD 2y3

-TTI! f ET Tl tET <MSJ ET El-// /'//' ma - a - ad u adannti

the temple is great and with vigour

- ab - ta - ku - u - ma ippu - u$

have I undertaken (it)and am carrying (it) out;

E! Tl t^TT JT ^ -Ef r- <hurdsa ma -a -da hi - bi -la u

much gold (therefore) send. And

at - ta mi - im - ma $a ha- a^ - ha- a - ta

do thou for whatsoever thou desirest

is. -^

i - na mdti - ia $u - up - ra - am - ma

in my land send

li - el - ku - ni - ik - ku

that they may take (it) thee.

-TTI Ey- tn if

i - na Ku - ri -gal

- zu a - bi - ia

In the time of Kurigalzu my father

=m= tTTT^- =T ^ Jl ^- na - ha - ai - u ga - ab - bi - lu - nu

the Canaanites with one accord

a - na mu - uh - hi - $u el - ta - ap - ru - ni

to him sent

18


CITT El TJ T? ~H -I HP- t vum - ma -a a - na ka - an - ni malt

as follows : "Against the border of the land

2i - [^- IT*"J] Eiy t^k, E| ^E tffi >^y ^Kf ^IEJww - ur - da - am - ma i ni - ba - al - ki -

let us go down and let us make an

E: 22.

fa - am - ma it - ti - ka i

invasion and with thee let

ni - sa - ki - in a - bu - u - ai an - ni - ta

us form an alliance." My father this (reply)

el - ta - ap - ra - su - nu - ti um - ma - a

sent to them, as follows :

mu - us - $e - ir it - // - ia a - na

"Cease (seeking) with me to

srjyy^ Sf= 26 - ^^ El ^^y ^na - as - ku - u - ni Sum - ma . it - ti

form an alliance. If against

-^ TIT

sarri $a Mi - is - ri - i a - hi - ia

the king of Egypt my brother

r| 27.

- at - ta - na - ak - ra - ma it

ye are hostile and with

KURIGALZU'S FIDELITY TO EGYPT 275

.fa - ;// - *># - ma ta - at - ta - at - ka - na

another ally yourselves;

*o.Tl ^TM <tf* tWf -ET -tfcT f ET <tT*a - na - ku ul al - la - ka - am - ma ul

as for me shall I not come and shall I not

TJ ff< tT *T M -^ <T- * *9. <jg[ tEa - ha - ba - at - ku - nu - h' - i ki - i

plunder you? For

it - ti - ia na - a$ - ku - nu a - bu - u - ai

with me is he allied." My father

so. ^a:f - Sum a-bi - ka ul t$ - mi - $u - nu - ti

for the sake of thy father did not hearken to them.

HF-i - na - an - na As - $u - ra - ai - u

Now as to the Assyrians

3^TT 3=da -

gi- il pa - ni - ia a - na - ku

my subjects have I

ul a$ - pu - ra - ak - ku ki - i

not sent to thee concerning

<tt ^1 /- 33.yf ^ry ^ *t

ti mi - Su - nu a - na mati - ka

them? To thy land

18*

276 . LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA

am - mi - m el - U - ku - u ni

why are they come?

34 . a^ ET s^TTT E^TT A^fflf ET HP-sum - ma ta - ra - ah - ma - an - ni

If thou lovest me

$i - ma - a - ti mi - im - ma la

any business let them not

IdJ *- =TTT= JT -TTI t1 -T< JT ^ip

- pu u - su ri - ku - ti - su - nu

carry out, their failure (in their enterprise)

ku - u$ - si - da - su - nu - ti

secure.

a - na su - ul - ma - ni - ka III ma - na

As a present for thee 3 manehs

w > > ^ < y rukni $adi u V simittu sa

of lapis lazuli \ of the \ and 5 yoke of\mountain/

" ^ ^ 11. 1 )^ 1

sise P l Sa V '?u narkabat-isi Pl

horses for 5 wooden chariots

- te - bi -la - ak - ku

have I sent thee.

LETTER FROM TUSHRATTA 277

2. Letter from Tushratta, king of Mitani, to Amenophis III,

king of Egypt, sent with an image of the goddess Ishtar

into Egypt.

[Bu. 88ioi3, 78.]

i. If -ry T s*: &ft * -IIIa - na m Ni - im - mu - ri - ia

To Nimmuria,

V <tt tT -HI sE a.

.far ""'" Mi - 2s - ri - i ahi - ia

king of Egypt, my brother,

//# - ta - ni - a $a a - ra - - a - mu

my son-in-law, whom I love

3. <HiIJ W tE EvTT AHF- T{ ET f ^w ^ i - ra - a - ma - an - ni

and who loves me,

i 4. t:m ET r ^ki -

'

bi - ma urn - ma m Du - us - rat - ta

speaks thus DuSratta,

<tt tE j^III -*f S^ 5-

3far ^/z' - i - ta - an - ni $a

king of Mitani, who

E E^II A-f If ^ -tH tif ^ -fcjyf ETi - ra - a - mu - ka e - mu - ka - ma

loves thee, thy father-in-law.

a - na ia - h' $ul - mu * a - na

With me it is well; with


ka - a - $a lu - u sul - mu a - na

thee may it be well, with

tTTTT -tH T ^T & TTT ff

<$*/?' - &z a - na f Ta - a - turn - hi - pa

thy house, with Tatumhipa

- ia a - na astati - ka sa

my daughter, with thy wife whom

ta - ra - a - mu lu - u $ul - mu

thou lovest may it be well;

a - na assati P l - ka a - na mare P l - ka

with thy wives, with thy sons,

I ET- -ta - na amelutiP 1 rabuti - ka a - na

with thy nobles, with

**u narkabati P l - ka a - na sise P l ka

thy chariots, with thy horses,

a - na sabe Pl - ka a - na mati - ka

with thy troops, with thy land

u a - na mim - mu - ka dannis(is)

and with all that is thine exceedingly

ISHTAR'S DESIRE TO GO TO EGYPT 279

tTff tT =TT tT

</ti/ifiis(is) dannis(ts) lu - u hd - mu

exceedingly exceedingly well may it be.

;// - ma ihl Rtar $a alu Ni - i - na - a

Thus (spake) iStar of Nineveh,

ET T

belit matati gab - bi - I - A' - na - ma a - na

the lady of all lands : "Unto

v <tt ty -m tE -5. tt ^T v// _ ^ _ n _ , / _ na mafi $a

Egypt into the land which

TtT

E-pTI ^-4- T^ ^ m <3* IHa - ra - - a - mu lu - ul - lik - ku - me

I love I will go,

-TI W ^ ss T- W -^ ^TT! Ellu - us - sa - hi - ir - me a - nu - um - ?na

I will depart (?)." Verily

i - na - an - na ul - te - e - bil - ma

now have I sent (her) and

*/ - tal - ka

she is gone.

a - nu - um - ma i - na tir - si

Indeed in the time of


a - bi - ia - ma llu Istar beltum(tum} i - na

my father [Star, the lady, into

$a - a - si it - tal - ka u

that land went and

E I- tff *e ^T t ^T Tl ^- tCTTT E!ki - i - me - e i - na pa - na - a - nu - um - ma

just as formerly

. ^T ^TTT *fcU ET ^SS ^T HI ^// - ta - $ab - ma uk - te - ib - bi - du -

she dwelt (there) and they honoured her

22. KT^JHJJ ^ ^"J M^f-u i - na - an - na ahi - ia

so now may my brother

a - na X-$u eli $a pa - na - a-nu

ten times more than formerly

fcU & Z] ^ 4-

li - gi - ib - bi - is - si'2 ahi - ia

honour her. May my brother

I

li -gi - ib - bi - is - zu 2

i - na ha - di - e

honour her, with joy

//' - miS - Sir - ~su - ma li - du - u - ra 3

may he allow her to return.

1. II 2 Pret. from kabatu with pron. suffix.

2. II i Prec. from kabatu with pron. suffix. 3. '.I i Prec. from taru.

INJUNCTIONS FOR ISIITAR'S SAFE RETURN 281

y-=yj//H /?/<ir &//'/ .fa - me - e ahi - ia

May iStar, the lady of heaven, my brother

u ia - Si

and me

li - is - sur - an - na - Si

protect

I . C li - t'm

for 100,000

t ^y ^yyy/// - du - ia ra

great joy

u

and

tandtiP 1

years

bi - ta belit i$ati

may the lady of fire

a - na

unto

ki - la - a - al - li

both of us

li id - din - an - na - h' - ma

give

u

and

kt - i

thus

ta - a - bi i ni - pu - u$

good shall we do.

1. ta-a-bi = tabi.

2. The last two lines of the letter, the meaning of which is uncertain, are

here omitted.

OBSERVATORY' REPORTS.

i. Reporting the date of the Vernal Equinox.

[K 15.]

^T fflf t^umu VI KAN sa ar

'lu Nisanu u - mu

On the 6th day of Nisan, the day

<- 3.

u mu - h' sit - ku - lu VI .......

and the night were equal. Of 6 periods1

5 .

flf ^- ^ <T- 6.^ ^u - mu VI ....... mu - si iln Nabu

was the day, of 6 periods was the night. May Nabu

7. Tlilu Marduk a - na sarri be - i - U

(and) Marduk unto the king, my lord,

lik - ru - bu

be propitious.

i. The {\7 >~ is proved by this and similar passages to have been a space

of two hours.

THE VERNAL EQUINOX AND LUNAR OBSERVATIONS 283

2. Reporting a successful observation of the moon.

[K 716.]

ma - sar - tn ni - it ta - sar umu XXIX KA^

A watch we kept. On the 29 th day

ilu Sin ni - ta - mar ilu Nabu u

the moon we saw. May Nabu and

-HP- *2G 5- ]] ^ sup* -II ^t]}llu Marduk a - na $arri beli - ia

Marduk unto the king, my lord,

6.jj^j ^m ^- ?.

lik - ru - bu sa m Na - bu - u - a $a

be propitious. From Nabua of

the city of ASSur.

3. Reporting an unsuccessful observation of the moon.

[K 297.]

a - na Sarri beli - ia arad - ka

To the king, my lord, thy servant

T -*f <W & II 3. K^ ET- < -!<m |7

Htar-iddin-aplaam*lu rab -

e$reti(tt) Sa

Itar-iddin-apla the chief of

284 OBSERVATORY REPORTS

5 .

pl $a alu Arba' - ilu

the astronomers of Arbela.

. m</ - w $ulmu(mu} a - na Sarri belt - ia

Greeting to the king, my lord

9 .

//w Marduk illt iStar sa

May Nabu, Marduk (and) Itar of

Arba - ilu a - na sarri beli - ia

Arbela unto the king, my lord,

//^ - ru - In ina nmi XXIX KAN ma - sar - tu

be propitious. On the 29 th day a watch

ni - ia - sa - ar bi - it ta - mar - ti

we kept. At the house of observation

.6. A4f tTffi '? HF- < -ETirpitu

ilu Sin la ni - mur

(there were) clouds. The moon we did not see.

is. >3 ^ ^y y t^ i 9 . <y^ ^ar&u Sabatu iimu I KAN Urn - mu

The month Sebat, the i st day, the eponymy

T -II ^ v < 1m

Bel-harran-$adu(u}-a

of Bel-harran-Sadua.

LUNAR OBSERVATIONS 285

4. Reporting a lunar eclipse.

[K 88.]

-. ~ K& -EET -II W 2 - ^T -ta - na '"'*' /#&7r /*// - m ;w/ - ka

To the chief gardener, my lord, thy servant

y f t ^ ^- 3. - 4"' /7 Nabii-him-i<Mimi t7 "' tl/" rob -

e&rete(te)Xa

Nabu-um-iddina, the chief (of the astronomers) of

|V" Marduk a - na

Nineveh. May Nabu (and) Marduk unto

^/z' - *iz M - ru - bu umu XIV KAN

the chief gardener, my lord, be propitious. On the i4th day

9. ^TT -Hf-<<<masartu sa ilu Sin ni - ta - sar

a watch of the moon we kept.

ilu Sin atald is - sa - kan

The moon was eclipsed.

REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS.

i. From Nabu-ahe-erba.

[K 692.]

enuma Sin ina arl! u Kislimu umu XXX KAN

When the moon in the month Kislev, on the 3oth day,

<T- .s?5 ^T EiMM 3. -tTMinnammar sar Mar - tu KI ina kakki

is seen, the king of the Western land with (his) arms

sumkutu(tu] sa m ilu Nadu - ahe P l - erba

r(shall achieve) \ From Nabu-ahe-erba.I a conquest. /

2. From the chief astrologer.

[K 69 3.]

enuma Sin ina namun'-Su kima umu I KAN

When the moon in its appearance as ontheistday,

umu XX VIIIKAN innammar limuttim(tim) Mar - tu KI

(so) on the 28th day is seen, (there will be) evil fortune for the Western land.

REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS 287

3. T < *T mt& <T- 4. <Mciiiima Sin umu XXVIII KAN innammar dumku

When the moon on the 28th day is seen,' l

Akkadi K1 limnttu "Ia!u Mar - lu Kl Ufor Akkad, evil fortune for the Western land. From

ET- TJ ^TTj,^ _ asu

the chief astrologer.

amelu

3. From Akkulanu.

[K 694-]

enumaumu XVI ^A^. Sin u Samas itti a -ha - mt$

When on the 1 6th day the moon and the sun with one another

<y^ y~~ . 3 .^ y ^ ^^ mitteinnamru F l sarru ana sarri nukurta uma'ar(ar)

are seen, king against king hostility will direct,

Sarru ina ekalli - $u a - na mi - na - at

the king in his palace for the space of

<MTI A 4. tTTT* t^TTTar - hi u - ta - sar $epa

ll nakiri

a month will be besieged, the feet ^e,

vl 5. ESS^- - VIa - na mati-$u amslu nakiru ina mati-Su Sal - ta - nis

into /his land

\ the enemy in his land triumphantlyl(will come),/

288 REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS

6 . y

ittallaku Pl enuma Sin ma arb u Duzi lu - u

will march. When the moon in the month Tammuz either

^T <W tEE 7

umu XIV KAN lu - u umu XV KA*illi

on the i4th day or on the 15th day with

llli SaittXi la innamir(irj sarru ma ekalli - su

the sun has not been seen, the king in his palace

<T- r ETu - ta - sar umu XVI ^^ innammar-ma

will be besieged. On the i6th day should it be seen,

<I^f V ^=TTdumku matu Subarti ^l limuttu

((there will be) forSubartu, evil fortune\ prosperity /

- tu sa

for Akkad and the Western land. From

- - - n

Akkulanu.

SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS.

[K 251.]

TH3USum - ma ma - ru a - na a - bi - Su

If a son to his father

TJ & [tET s0TT] -TI* tHTT ^a - fo' #/ - ta ik ta bi

"Thou art not my father" . says,

ga - la - ab - Su ab - bu - ut - turn

they shall brand him, in fetters

I <1

i - Sa - ak - kan -hi u a - na kaspi

place him and for silver

2. *s ET ET -TTI TJ ^T- din-Su Sum - ma ma - ri a - na

sell him (as a slave). If a son to

um - mi - Su ul um - mi at - ti ik - ta - bi

his mother "Thou art not my mother" says,

19

290 SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS

ffz# - ut - ta - as - su u -gal

- bu - ma

his face they shall brand and

TJ -ET S3fc tTTTt ff A-TTT fi< tffl JT <HEJIa - la - am u - sa - ah .

- ha - ru - Su u

the city they shall forbid him and

*TTTT -TTT^ * IS* JT 3. e=^ ETi - na biti u - se - su - $u Sum - ma

from the house they shall drive him. If

EMTI^T <tT* ET -TTIa - bu ana ma - ri - su ul ma - ri at - ta

a father to his son "Thou art not my son"

ik - ta - bi ma biti u i - ga - rum

says, from house and wall

^TTT [-ET] 4. ET ^:TTT ^ T

i - te - el - la Sum - ma um - mu ana

he must depart. If a mother to

ET HfU JT <tT* ET T^ -TTI -ET ^TTTma - ri - Su ul ma - a - ri at - ta

her son "Thou art not my son"

.< eTTT

ik - ta - bi ina biti u u - na - a - ti

says, from house and household stuff

E ^T i^TTT s. *s ET - -gTT s^TTTi - te - el Sum - ma aS - Sa - ta

he must depart. If a wife

I. mu-ut-ta-as-su = muttat-su.

LEGAL RELATIONS OF HUSBAND AND WIFE 2gi

-TI^TT pE-TT^SmET <-T^ ^ T<

mu - us - su i - zi - ir - ma ul mu - ti

her husband hates and "Not my husband

at - ta ik - ta - bi a - na na - a - ru

art thou" says, into the river

i - na - ad - du - Su Sum -ma mu - tu a - na

let them throw her. If a husband to

aS - Sa - ti - Su ul aS - Sa - ti at - ta

his wife "Thou art not my wife"

ik - ta - bi I

/2ma - na kaspi i - Sak - kal

says,J

/2maneh of silver he shall pay.

7 . ^ ET T *T- t <MTI 0T3fw/w - ma a - me - lum ar - da

If a man a slave

tiT *T ^Hfff ^TTT IHi - gu - ur ma im - tu - ut ih ta - lik

hires and he dies, (or) gets lost,

!!T * <MTI -&z'/

- ta - ba - ta it ta - pa - ar - ka

(or) runs away, (or) disappears,

w /w - ta - ra - su i - di - Su Sa

or falls sick, as his hire for

i. mu-us-su = mut-su.

19*

292 SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS

=TTT= ET tffi HF- TTT T HF- *- /# - tan x

/27^4 - ^- ^r

- $e - am

one dayJ

/2 (a measure of) corn

i- ma - an - da - ad

he shall measure out.

i. Rev., Col. Ill, 1. 23 Col. IV, 1. 22.

PROVERBS AND SAYINGS.

. TJ

sa - al - tu a - far ki - na - tu - ti

Hostility is among (one's) servants,

kar -si a - ka - li a - $ar pa - h' - $u - ti

slander where with oil

^ - /a - a$ - h' u-bar - ru ina alt Sa - nim - ma

one is anointed. A servant in another city

ri - e - $u ib - ru - turn Sa u - ma - ag - tan

is a high officer. Friendship is for a day,

T T! -K 34. y

ki - na - tu - tu Sa da - ra - a - ti ana

service is for ever. With

ka -la da - mi - ik u u - la - pa

every one is he friendly and into an alliance

i. Sm. 61, 11. 1215. 2 - Mid., 1. i6f. 3. Ibid., 11. 911.

294 PROVERBS AND SAYINGS

-ETJ3la - bi -

enters.

ik - kal

doth eat,

alpu na - ka - ri

The ox of an enemy

ones

ETra - ma - m

own ox

Sam - me

weeds

J3 -TTI ^TTbi - ri - iS

in a fat pasture

HPF-

ni - il

lies.

6 .

ina na - ri

By a stream

b - ba - Si ->

thou art, but

thy water

da - ad - da - ru

stinketh 3

appu - na - ma ina

exceedingly ;in

/^^'- n' - / /3 - h' - ma su - lu - up - pa - ka

a plantation thou hast been, but thy date

(was) gall.

- da - nu

To give

$a Sarri

is the king's (privilege),

/ - w<5 - 3w $a $a - ki - i na - da - nu

to make joyful is (the privilege) of the ruler. To give

fistheking'sl\ (privilege), /

- mu - ku

to show favour

Vs

a - ba - rak - ku

( (the privilege) \

\of the governor./

i. K 4347, Obv., Col. Ill, 1. 6f. 2. 807 19, i3o, 11.68. 3. Literally,

"(is) a stink". 4. K 4347, Rev., 11. 19 24. 5. tu-ub-bu = tubbu. 6. Sm. 61,

1. 5 f. 7. 7*M., 1. 7 f.

TEXTS

TO BE TRANSLITERATED AND TRANSLATED

Inscription of Tiglathpileser I.

Engraved on the rock near the source of the Tigris.

-TTI

T

T? T

v - ET

T

mi T

Inscription of Assur-nasir-pal.

From his statue in the British Museum.

Ei- tm^- i

-

ET- =n?^-

298 INSCRIPTION OF ASHURBANIPAL

v =T T

Hunting-inscriptions of Ashurbanipal.

i. From a relief in the British Museum, representing the king pouring a

libation over four dead lions.

T- I

=yrrt= v

T

INSCRIPTION OF RAMMAN-NIRARI III 299

2. From a relief in the Louvre, representing the king seizing a lion by

the ear and slaying it.

Inscription of Ramman-nirari III.

From a stone slab in the British Museum.

[51-92, 35.]

T< V

.IT ^T m HF- A fr T? I

v Hf-A <ET - MK- TTT A-*f

IH ^11 ^T TT

T I

I v- V - t^I

3 -HF-WTT ^T^TIET Sr! ^ < -ET

3oo INSCRIPTION OF RAMMAN-NIRARI III

=

3

T^ -e=T

TTT <tt *? A-

1 < ^.^ -ffi ^T.^-Hf- ^T T ~Y Hf-

7 -f -Afl- < -HP <^T -III ^^I > -

v

v JET v -m <

T HF- <Tti^ ET V- Hf-

yy tyyyyA^ ^!T^ v

*

T Hf- -< -TZI -t

-HZ -yyz

y -^yy

-

w <

SENNACHERIB'S FOURTH CAMPAIGN 3oi

The subjugation of Babylonia by Sennacherib in

his fourth campaign.

From a cylinder in the British Museum.

[No. 12174.]

coi. HI, i. 4* t

in

-TT^

tyyyy y

1. I. e.,matu Bit- la-kin.

2. I. e.,amelu Kal-da-ai, the Chaldean.

3o2 SENNACHERIB'S FOURTH CAMPAIGN

* iMTT v ^yyj

-III

^

tn

=m= T?

v

yyy i

T- i<*

rflg SET

Tl II <M!I ^T< -^ T-

ASHURBANIPAL'S CONQUEST OF ELAM 3o3

liH^KI

v -t

The conquest of Elam by Ashurbanipal.


[No. 12168.]

Col. v, 1.90 f <\V

&T

- -tTT tEB T

v ^ *

T< I

^ v

tyyyt

Tl

-TTI

tCTTT

i~fA

304 ASHURBANI PAL'S CONQUEST OF ELAM

ro4

<TT

I

T tCTTT t^f ^TT ^

V

tyyyy v

<y-yil

-'

-< -c

THE SACK OF SUSA 3o5

.

-II -II -.-Hf-T I

MfF

I TJTI

v t^ ET -ey -yyi

<MTI -!< ^^ -yyi

T-tTTT=

--TT

20

3o6 INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON

te-rw A TT Ty T / ^T^TT /YY AT T>~CTY?T fA*~< 1 1 >~<l< >7^~ Z33 C^T! <|| ^T TW**-

>-^j_LJ -V^. A|\ ^ J \jj

<ff -yy^ y v Jl l>

. vi, i. . ^yy ^^ y v <^y ey <jgf

< ~T< 2If <T* ^^ T V

^THH- JlTT

Inscription of Esarhaddon recording the restora-

tion of Eanna, the temple of the goddess Ishtar.


[81 6 7, 209.]

E^TT ^s: -HP If <cT

DEDICATION TO ISHTAR

HFTI *TI ^T<

3oy

TI<T

ET--K

ET- =TTT

T HF- A l -Hf

I

v JT F -TH

-TTI I II

TTT -HF-=TTTTTI

HF- <^T! < -HF- <W HF- 1- ET- I-20*

3o8 INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON

~f I TI

4

< -HF-<W -*fT-

!< *TI* -^T! I- v

tTTTT Hf-A

T

< -III efi -<T< < ET IHI

JT

tyyyy Ey^

TITLES AND GENEALOGY OF THE KING 3og

T

T--TTI

jy =yyy< wy ~f < E^ y -tir ^r tS^ I

-Hf-<w

3 io INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON

33

=yyy

34

<MTI/ fc

y

y{v

^< y

^ v IHI

TTI

-fflf

W T^I

-<y< tt^ JT

Hf-T

i. Reading uncertain; u-si-bi-ma, if correct, = ustZpi-ma.

INSCRIPTION OF NABOMDUS

tU ^-tfcj 4,

D -

TJ

TT

Inscription of Nabonidus commemorating the re-

storation of the temple of the Moon-god at Ur.

On four cylinders in the British Museum.

[K 1689, K 1690, K 1691 and K 1692.]

I? TT

Hf-

yyi jy

3

-ET

3 12 INSCRIPTION OF NABONIDUS

TT

" T HF- <

18B=TTT= ^

I <T-

Hf-

IH ET ^ -^H-TTI T T IH -

I Hf- <^^W -TTA ^ t^ I

yy ^yy^ jy y? ^<y

yyi

<y-iiiy

f< -II -Hf-T

t=yyyy t

HIS PRAYER TO THE MOON-GOD 3i3

. ii, i.

-HF- Tl <I- HI

JT T

-TTI ^

ET-

--<T<

^TTTT -TT^

dl It -t

3 yyy<

-ET

*> <!< T ^

tj -ET

y

3 14 INSCRIPTION OF NABONIDUS

- tETT EE^T ^TTT 3 ^ *- -!!!< -<!<

-HP- t=TTT= -<T< -tH

T -ffff

VOCABULARY

VOCABULARY.

a-a interj. : "alas!"; employed as subs. : "grief, pain".

ai particle of -prohibition : "not". Cf. Hebr. ^.

si interrogative particle : "where?". Hebr. ^.

\iu interrogative pronoun : "who, which ?". Cf. Hebr/X.

aibu "enemy" : sometimes written ia-a-bu. Hebr. D^K.

abu "father". Ideogr. S^J. Hebr. SK.

abubu "flood, deluge"; Marduk's weapon, "thunder-

bolt ')".

abubis\

} adv. : 'like a deluge".abubanis

\

abbuttu "fetter". Hebr. nb#-

abaku Pret. ebuk, i sing, dbuk : "to carry off (as spoil)".

abiktu "defeat". Ideogr. ^[>~ ^|~.

abkallu cons :r. st. abkal : "spokesman, director". Ideogr.

abalu Pret ubil, ubla;

Prec. lubil, hbil : "to bring, carry,

conduct; to dispense (commands); to prompt,

ur$ e (with tibbu "the heart" as subject) ;to lay

(th hand upon)". Cf. Hebr. ^DIH, Hif. of b^

Ifteal, Part, muttabbilu : "to bring, carry".

Shafel, iret. uSabil, uSebil; Imper. subil : "to bring,

cause fo bring, send".

3i8 VOCABULARY

Ishtafal, Pret. uMabil, ult'ebil, usibil : "to cause to bring,

to send".

biltu constr. st. bilat : "tribute, taxes; burden, weight; ta-

lent". Ideogr. ^f^TCfabullu "great gate, city-gate". Ideogr. jfl^ E|>-.

abnu constr. st. aban : "stone". Ideogr. fr"^f-Hebr. pX

abru "wing, pinion". Hebr. "Dl*.

abarakku "governor".

abatu Prec. li'abit; Pres. i'abat, Mat : "to destroy; to be

destroyed, disappear". Hebr. ^IDSI.

Piel, Pret. u'abbit, ubbit; Part, mu'abbit : "to destroy,

annihilate".

Nifal, Pret. innabit : "to fly, escape".

Ittafal, Pres. ittabat : "to fly, run away".

aga fern. sing, agata, demonstrative pronoun : "this"; the

form aga is also used for all numbers genders and

cases.

agu "crown, tiara, diadem",.

agu "stream, river".

agagu Pret. igug : "to be angry".

aggu fern. sing, aggatu : "angry, furious '.

aggis adv. "angrily, in wrath".

uggatu "anger".

agammu "swamp" ;written with determ.

J^'J^J.Hebr. D3^l.

aSaPPu "wing of a bird".

agaru Pret. igur : "to hire"..*

agurru see igaru.

adi "up to, to, until; together with"; adi mati "how

long?". Ideogr. ^J. Hebr. 1$.

adu adv. "now".

adu "age, long period of time".

adu "to fix, ordain".

VOCABULARY 3 19

Piel, Pret. uaddi\ Inf. uddu : "to fix in place; to or-

dain, appoint; to determine".

adu plur. cide : "ordinance, command".

adaguru "vessel for incense".

admu "the young (of birds, serpents etc.)".

udmu "generation, race".

adannu "a fixed time".

adannis adv. "exceedingly, vigorously". Ideogr.

Adaru the month Adar. Ideogr. >%H^ ^. Hebr.

adaru Pret. edur : "to fear".

adattu(i.

e. adantti),. plur. <z<fcatf : "dwelling".

ahu "brother"; ahu ..... ahu "the one ..... the other".

Ideogr. E^. Hebr. HK.

ahamis adv. "together"; ana ahamti "together, to one another";

itti ahamti "with one another".

ahu "side; bank of a river; shore of the sea".

ahu fern, ahitu : "hostile".

ahazu Pret. ihuz;

Pres. ihhaz : "to hold, seize;

to learn;

to begin". Hebr. ttlX.

Shafel, Pret. usahiz\ Pres. uUhaz : "to cause to take".

Nifal, Pres. innahaz : "to be taken".

ahulapi adv. "how long?"; ahuldpi kibu "to proclaim forgive-

ness (to some one)".

[aharu] "to be behind". Hebr."111$.

aharru uthe West-wind". Ideogr. ^Jft. ^yj^ ^^J. Cf.

Hebr. niHK.

aAri/ fern. plur. ahratu : "future"; ina ahrdt ume "in the

future". Cf. Hebr.jntjg, nn.CjS-

akalu Pret. z^/; Pres. z^j/, 2 sing. takal\ Part. 5^7, masc.

plur. dkiluti : "to eat". Ideogr. ^-Effij.Hebr.

teal, Pret. zM^/ : "to eat".

aAra Vood". Ideogr. ^.alu Ur. aldni : "city". Ideogr. ^TT-U

320 VOCABULARY

aladu Pret. ulid', Pres. ullad : "to bear, bring forth"; fern,

part, alittu (for alidtii)"woman in travail, mother".

Hebr. lh\

Ifteal, Pret. ittalad : "to spawn".

Piel, fern. part, mu'allidatu : "to bear".

ilittu "child, offspring".

alaku Pret. illik, 2 masc. sing, tallik, i sing. a-lik\ Prec. i sing.

lullik;

Pres. illak, i sing, allak; Imper. a-lik, al-ka

;

Part. alik\ Perm. 3 plur. a/-&z : "to go, to come";

alaku risilt (or ana rlsui] "to go to the help of";

alik idi "ally"; alik pdni "leader; predecessor".

Ideogr. J^J. Hebr. $*. . ^ . ^ .

Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. ittalak "to go, walk, proceed".

Ideogr. J^J J^J.

Iftaneal, Pret. and Pres. ittanalak "to go along or

round".

Shafel, Pret. uSalik : "to cause to go" ;karmuta Zuluku

"to cause to fall in ruins".

alaktu "path".

alikutu "going, advance".

allaku "active, quickly-moving".

malaku "going, course".

alalu Pret. ilul : "to bind, |o hang, to hang up".

alalu "to be void, to be nothing".

ul negative : "not".

ullu "denial, nay".

[alalu] "to be strong".

alilu "strong".

allalu "strong, powerful".

ellatu "might, forces; family relatives".

allallu a brightly-coloured bird.

alpu "ox". Ideogr. ^y^. Hebr.f\b%.

amu "to speak".

VOCABULARY 321

Ishtafal, Pret. and Pres. uUami : with libbu "to think,

direct the attention to".

amatu constr. st. amat : "word, command; thing". Ideogr.

atmu "word, speech".

mamitu "ban, curse; oath, compact".

amelu\ plur. ameluti : "man"; for amel urki see araku.

amilu I Ideogr. ^yyyy.

amelutu "mankind".

ammaku "instead of".

ammlni "why ?".

ammatu "earth".

amaru Pret. emur, imur', Pres. immar\ Imper. amur, fern.

amri : "to see;

to find;to read (in an inscrip-

tion)". Ideogr. ^|~, $>- J*~.

Ifteal, Pret. itamar : "to see".

Nifal, Pret. innamir; Pres. innammar; Inf. ndmuru :

"to be seen;to be found".

tamartu "observation"; bit tdmarti "observatory".

amassa interj.

: "help !"(?).

amtu constr. st. amat : "maid, handmaid". Ideogr. '\*-/V.

Hebr. rmana prep. "to". Ideogr. J.

anu constr. st. an : "receptacle, place"; an silli "dungeon".

Anu the god of heaven.

Anutu\

>"divinity".Anumutu]

[anahu] "to sigh, lament". Hebr. rQX.

tanlhu "sighing, sorrow".

sunuhu "full of sighs".

[anahu] Pret. enah; Pres. innah \ "to grow weary; to de-

cay" ;la dnihu "unwearied".

anhutu "ruin".

21

322 VOCABULARY

anaku

anaku

anumma

[ananu]

annu

unninu

[ananu]

anantu

annu

annunu

aninu \

anini

ninu

nini

annu

annusim

anakati

asu

asamu

asmu

simtu

asmaru

[ape]

personal pronoun : "I". Hebr.

"lead". Ideogr. *->f- *~T|.Hebr.

"verily, indeed".

"to be gracious". Hebr.pfi.

Ifteal, Inf. utnennu : "to weep, pray, supplicate";

inf. used as subs, "prayer, supplication". Cf.

Hebr.[irinn.

"mercy, grace ; consent, yea".

"prayer, supplication".

"to be hostile".

"opposition, fight, attack".

"sin, error, wickedness".

"sin, fault, transgression".

personal pronoun : "we". Hebr.

anrii (gen.), anna (ace.) ;fern, anmtu, anriiti (gen.),

anriita (ace.); masc. plur. annuti, annutu\ fern, anndti,

demonstrative pronoun "this".

adv. "now".

(fern, plur.) "she-camels".

"physician". Ideogr.^ \} ^\."to be adorned".

"adorned",

constr. st. simat', plur. simati : "ornament, adornment,

honour"; la simati "property or position unlaw-

fully held". Ideogr. |>- ^|."lance"

;written with determ.

l|,<?. g.

*>" as-mar-e.

"to shine forth". Cf. Hebr. HS;.

Shafel, Pret. u^dpu, u$epi\ Imper. Supa; Perm, supu :

"to cause to come forth, call into being, create,

make; to make bright; to praise, glorify".

VOCABULARY 323

"to cause to appear; to make bright, to adorn;

to be called into being, to be created".

supu "bright, brilliant, glorious".

apalu Pret. ~ipul\ Pres. ippal : "to answer".

aplu constr. st. apil : "son". Ideogr. J^, ^r^^5|.apsu "ocean, abyss". Ideogr. *-j^y| t^^=J.

appu (*'.e. anpii) : "countenance; top (of a tree)". Cf.

Hebr.*]g,Dm

appunnama adv. : "mightily, exceedingly; on a huge scale, of

huge stature".

apparu plur. appare, apparati : "reed-bed, swamp".

apsanu "yoke".

asu Pret. usi', Pres. ussi-, Part. dsu\ "to come or go forth,

to escape ;to come forth (from the mouth), to be

decreed". Hebr. K^\

Shafel, Pret. u&st; Part, musesu, fern, mu^e-m-at;

Inf. Siisu : "to cause to come or go forth,

to send forth, to bring out; to allow to es-

. cape, to let go; to drive out; to take one-

self off".

situ "exit; that which comes forth; offspring"; si-it

lib-bi-ia "my offspring" ;sit pi "that which comes

forth from the mouth, speech, word";

sit SamSi

"the rising of the sun, the east".

si'atu \ "eternity" ; um si'ati "days of old";

u-mu sa-a-H

satu| "eternity".

assaru substantive of uncertain meaning : kima as-sa-ri

edit ippar&d "like an assaru alone he fled".

[aku] "to fear, to reverence". Cf. Hebr. nnjT.

Iftaal, Pret. utakku : "to be obedient".

alfsu "obstinate, rebellious".

akaru "to be precious". Hebr. *lp\

21*

VOCABULARY

akru fern, akartu : "precious, costly".

sukuru masc. plur. $ukuruti\ "costly"; $u-ku-ru-tim Sarru-

u-tu "treasure of the kingdom".

akrabu "scorpion". Ideogr. *-*] | ^. Hebr.

akrab-amelu "scorpion- man". Ideogr. *~-] f

!

<x

'aru am

urtu

mu'irrutu

tertu

aru

arba'u

ribu

aribu

argamannu

aradu

ardu

ardutu

arhu

arhisam

arhis

araku

Pret. 'ir : "to set out";

$a-ad la '-a-ri "an in-

accessible mountain".

Piel : "to send;to rule"

;Part, mu't'rru "ruler".

"command".

"leadership".

plur. t'ereti : "law, command; divine oracle;

will, design".

Pret. ura : "to bring, carry, carry away".

fern, irbitti, irbitta : "four". Ideogr. nz, ^ .

Hebr. $2^$.

"fourth". Ideogr. TJJ'.

"raven". Hebr. 2*$.

"red purple, crimson"; written with determ.

I^IlE : "crimson wool". Hebr.]fcr\$.

Pret. iirid; Pres. urrad : "to go down; to swoop

down". Hebr. TV.

Shafel, Pret. u&rid', Perm. Zurud : "to bring

down".

constr. st. arad', plur. ardani : "slave, servant".

Ideogr. ^^|."servitude, submission, vassalage".

constr. st. araji : "month". Ideogr. >%^f.Hebr. HT.

adv. : "monthly".

"quickly, speedily".

Pret. erik : "to be long". Hebr.TplK.

Piel, Pret. urrik; Pres. urrak : "to lengthen;

VOCABULARY

to be very long" ;urrak time "he will have a

long life" (cf. Hebr. D^ T^CO-[araku] "to be behind".

arki "behind, beneath, after". Ideogr. l?JE^.arku "situated behind

;future"

;fern. plur. arkatu, employ- *f.

ed as subs, "the back, the rear; the future".

Ideogr. Jl^JE^r.* *"

arkis "backwards, back".

arkanu "afterwards".

arallu "the lower world, Hades".

arammu "battering-ram".

arnu constr. st. aran : "sin".

araku Prec. link : "to be green; to be or become pale". (

Hebr. pT.urku amel urki \ "gardener". Ideogr.

urkitu "green herb".

araru Pret. irur : "to curse". Hebr.

irritu "curse".

araru "to be hot, to burn''. Hebr. Tin.

arurtu "drought".

arattu "mighty".

asabu Pret. &; Pres. uttab] Part. a$(t)bu\ Perm.ah'd, 3 plur. ,

a$-bi, at-ba : "to sit; to dwell". Ideogr. JEJ.

Hebr.3tt^.

Ifteal, Pres. ittasab; Imper. ttiab, plur. tti-ba; Perm.

tatib : "to sit down;to dwell".

Shafel, Pret. uMib : "to make to sit, to seat; to

cause to inhabit, to settle (trans.)".

Ishtafal, Pret. uMe&b "to cause to dwell".

musabu "dwelling". Cf. Hebr. Dtflfc.

subtu constr. st. Subat : "dwelling". Ideogr. ^JEJ JE|. Cf.

Hebr. DS^-asamsutu "tempest, hurricane".

326 VOCABULARY

asnan

asaru

asmasirtu

esreti

asaru

asru

asris

asru

asar

asris

asaridu

asasu

ussu

asasu

asustu

assu, assum

"bread".

"to be gracious, to favour". Cf. Hebr.

Piel, Inf. uHuru employed as subs, "pardon".

"shrine, sanctuary".

pluri atrati : "shrine".

(P^ur "shrines, temples".

Pret. Jh'r; Perm. 3 plur. asru : "to bow down,

humble oneself".

"meek, submissive".

"humbly".

constr. st. afar; plur. asrdti: "place". Cf. Hebr. "Ittfg.

"in; where; during".

"against".

"first in rank; chief, leader, prince" ; aplu asaridu

"son of highest rank". Ideogr.^"to found". Cf. Hebr.

Piel, Pret. ush's : "to found".

"foundation".

"to be sorrowful".

Piel : "to afflict";Perm. uSSuS "afflicted".

"trouble, sorrow".

"in order to; because of; since"; sometimes

in combination with the relative : assu sa

assatu

atu

itutu

atalu

atmu

ataru

"wife". Ideogr. E Hebr - H^."to see".

Piel, Pret. uttu (written /-/, -/) : "to perceive ;

to choose, elect",

"the chosen, elect",

"eclipse". Ideogr. >H^ ^^.see aniu.

"to exceed, to abound". Hebr. 1JT, ^inij.

Shafel, Imper. siitir : "to make preeminent".

VOCABULARY 32 7

atru constr. st. atar; fern, atartu "abounding in".

suturu "mighty, glorious".

atta fern. atti\ masc. plur. attunu; personal pronoun :

"thou, you". Hebr. HfiK, fiK,

atta'u afang(?)".

attu in phrase at-tu-u-a "as for me".

e

eberu

ebirtu

ebirtan

nibartu

nibirtu

egu

egu

egirtu

edu

edis

edu

edu

edesu

iddissa

essu

essutu

ezebu

particle of prohibition : "not". Cf. Hebr. ^.

Pret. ebtr, ibir : "to pass over, cross, traverse, pass

through".; bir-ki-ki e-bi-ri-e-ti (Part. fern, plur.) "thy

striding knees". Hebr. *DJJ.

"further bank, opposite side (of a river)".

"on the other side, beyond".

"crossing (over a river)".

"opposite side (of a sea or river)".

"to sin, go astray".

Pret. egi : "to delay, be slack".

"letter". Hebr. rnj.

^one, alone". Hebr. nilK.

adv. "alone".

"flood". Cf. Hebr. *1K.

see idu.

"to be new". Hebr. ttflH.

Piel, Pret. uddft; Part, muddti; Inf. udduSu : "to re-

new".

new". Ideogr.

"newness"; ana eHuti "anew".

Pret. ezib, izib : "to leave, abandon". Hebr.D1JJ.

Shafel, Inf. tuzubu "to save";

Suzubu ina "to pre-

serve from".

328

ezezu

izzu

- izzis

uzzu

efu

etutu

eteru

eku, iku

ekutu

ekallu

ekemu

ekurru

elu

VOCABULARY

Pret. ezuz, izuz; Perm. 3 plur. iz-zu : "to be angry,

furious". Cf. Hebr.njj.

Ifteal, Pret. iteziz : "to be angry",

fern, izzitu; "angry, terrible",

"angrily, in wrath",

"anger, wrath",

"to be dark"; bit e-ti-e (Inf.) "house of darkness".

Cf. Hebr.ntfSJ.

"darkness".

Pret. etir, itir : "to protect, save, spare" ;with prep.

ina "to spare from". Hebr. ^IftJ?.

Nifal, Pret. innitir-, Prec. i sing, lunnitir : "to be saved",

"starving, in want",

"want, need",

plur. ekallali : "palace". Ideogr. fc:TT T ^V-. Hebr.

eli

elu

Pret. *&>, F&iw (3 sing, i-kzm;

3 plur. e-ki-i-mu) : "to

capture, take away from, detach".

plur. ekurre, ekurrati : "temple".

Pret. eli\ ili-, Pres. ^//i* : "to be high ;to go or come

up, to ascend; to depart, make off". Hebr. rh%.

Ifteal, Pret. iteli, itela-, Part, mut-tal-lu : "to be exalted;

to go up; to emerge; to depart".

Piel, Pret. ulli : "to raise".

Shafel, Pret. u&eli, uMa; Prec. Itieli; Imper. Suli : "to

raise, to lift up; to bring in; to carry up; to

drive away".

Ishtafal, Pret. uSteli, ult'eli : "to bring up or out".

"over, upon; against; beside, in addition to; unto";

ana eh, ina eli "to";also written e-la "beside, with

the exception of". Ideogr. ^^T^f. Cf. Hebr. bj?.

fern, elitu; plur. eluti, fern, eldti : "high ; shrill, loud"

;

elati "the zenith".

VOCABULARY 329

elis "above".

ullu "distant (of time)"; gddu ulld "for ever"; ultu ulld

"from of old".

ullanu "distance";

ultu ulldnumma "when, as soon as".

ellu fern, ellitu; plur. elluti, fern, elleti : "bright, pure'".

Ideogr. ^|.teliltu "purification".

ellamu "front"; ellamu'a "over against me". Cf. Hebr. D^IS,

ellamu

ellatu

elmisu

elippu

elesu

ulsu

emuemuema

emu

emedu

nimedu

emeku

emkuenku

adj. "in front, before".

see \alalu~].

a brightly-shining precious stone, "diamond (?)". Cf.

Heb. ttT^'pn.

"ship". Ideogr. ^y *~\}}.

"to rejoice". Hebr. yb%.*

Ifteal, Pret. itelis : "to rejoice",

"joy, exultation",

"father-in-law". Hebr. DPI.

"place, space".

"in, among"; also writtene-ijn.

Pret. emi\ Perm, emi : "to be like". Cf. Hebr. !"!$?. ,

Ifteal, Pret. itemi : "to become like".

Shafel, Pret. u$emi\ "to make like, reduce to a state of".

Pret. emid\ Imper. 2. fern. sing, en-di-im-ma= emdi-ma :

"to stand; to lay upon; to cast down, subdue".

Hebr. 1&J7.

Ifteal, Pret. itemid : "to take a course (of a ship)".

Piel, Pret. ummid : "to set up, erect".

Nifal, Pret. innimid : "to advance",

"dwelling"; kussu riimedi "seat",

"to be deep". Hebr.

"wise".

33o VOCABULARY

emuku

nimeku

temeku

enu, inu

enuma

inuma

enu

enu

eninna

enesu

ensu

[eseku ?]

eseru

epiru

epru

epesu

epistu

epesu

ipsu

"might, power"; plur. emuke, emuka "forces",

"wisdom"; b~it nimeki "the Abyss".

"fervent prayer",

"time"; as conj. "when".

"when". Ideogr. J.

Pret. eni : "to make void, make of no effect;to van-

quish, overcome, humble". Ideogr. ^^J^. Cf.

Hebr.PUJJ.

Nifal, Pret. in-nin-na-a, in-nin-nu-u : "to be annulled".

fern, enitu : "lowly". Cf. Hebr. 1^, vjy.

"now; thereupon".

"to be weak, to decay". Cf. Hebr. $3K.

"weak".

"to distress (?)"; i-si-ik-sa.

Pret. est'r : "to enclose, imprison, besiege ;to take

captive". Hebr. 1p.

Iftaal, Pres. utasar : "to be enclosed, besieged".

constr. st. epir\ plur. epire, eprdti: "dust". Ideogr. ^~^TT.

Hebr.^SJJ.

Pret. lpu$\ Pres. ippu$\ Imper. epus, ip-$a\ Part, epfifu :

"to do, make"; pa epesu "to open the mouth, to

speak"; Urruta eprtu "to rule a kingdom, exercise

sovereignty". Ideogr. ^y~.

Iftaal, Pret. t'tapuS, itepus : "to make; to deal with".

Shafel, Pret. uUptt : "to cause to make or build".

plur. epSeti, ip-^a-tu : "deed, action; insignia (of do-

minion); occurrence"; ip-*it limuiti "evil fate".

Pret. tpu$, 3 fern. sing, t'epus-, Imper. epus', "to be-

witch"; Part, epifu, fern. ept'Mu "wizard, witch".

Ishtafal, Part. fern. muMeptitu "witch, sorceress".

"witchcraft".

VOCABULARY 33l

esenu

esepu

eseru

usurtu

eseru

usurtu

eklu

era

era

erebu

ereb samsi

niribu

erebu

erinu

eresu

eristu

meristu

meriltu

eresu

iresu

Pret. <?>/, isin : "to smell".

"to add to, increase".

Piel, Pret. ussip : "to add to".

"to bind, to enclose". Cf. Hebr.

Piel : ? u-sir.

plur. usurdti : "boundary, end".

"to form". Hebr. ^T.

Piel, Inf. ussuru : "to make, fashion",

plur. usurdti'. "sculpture, relief"; usurti salmi "image,

statue". Ideogr. :J ^^-const, shekel, ekil : "field, estate, territory". Ideogr.

T? m-Pret. eri, iri : "to be pregnant, to conceive". Hebr.

rnn.

"copper". Id'eogr. ^I^TT-

Pret. erub, irub', Pres. irrub', Imper. erub', Part. ~eribu\

"to enter;to set (of the sun)". Ideogr. ^gfEj.

Cf. Hebr.n^JJ.

Ifteal, Pret. iterub : "to enter".

Shafel, Pret. u$erib\ Imper. Surib : "to make enter,

to bring in".

Ishtafal, Pret. usterib : "to make enter",

"the setting of the sun, the west". Ideogr.

Hf- ^T I If Cf- Hebr - yyi> **yp-"entrance".

Pret. eriba, er-ba : "to increase". Ideogr. ^>^yT."cedar". Ideogr. ^] Jg[J^ppf. Cf. Hebr. J^."to desire, wish for".

constr. st. trfat "desire". Hebr.

"wish, desire; desired object",

"smell, sweet savour".

332 VOCABULARY

esu "to trouble, disturb"; Perm. *&', tit "troubled".

esitu plur. eSati : "trouble, disturbance".

tesu "ruin; hurricane".

esgallu "mansion".

[eseru] Pret. isir : "to be straight". Hebr. *\1$\

Shafel, Imper. susir : "to direct"; Perm. Sutur

"led".

Ishtafal, Pret. u*tttir\ Prec. UWSir; Part. muWSiru;

Inf. tutesuru : "to direct, lead",

fern. iSartu, isirtu : "right, righteous". Hebr. ÎtT^

"righteousness". Hebr. ÎtJ^S.

constr. st. eXerif : "ten"; for iSten eSrit see isten.

Ideogr. ^. Hebr. n^.see asaru.

see edesu.

"lord"; fern. Â7/z'/w "lady, queen".

Pret. etik, itik', Pres. ittik\ Imper. etik : "to go, march,

advance; to traverse; to go through or into, to

transgress". Hebr. pflj.

Ifteal, Pret. itetik, etetik : "to go, march".

Shafel, Imper. $utik\ with prep, itti : "to cause to

depart from, to remove from".

metiku "course".

isaru

mesaru

misaru

esertu

esreti

essu

essutu

etellu

etillu

eteku

i

ibbu

ibru

ibrutu

precative particle : "come!"

"bright",

"friend". Hebr.

"friendship".

VOCABULARY 333

igaru plur. t'garu, t'gare, igarati: "wall". Ideogr. ^JJ J ^fcl5<.

Cf. Hebr. 13PI.

agurru "brickwork".

idu plur. iddj iddti ; "hand; side; might, strength; pos-

session; hire, price for hire"; idi, idd "at the side

of". Ideogr. ES^J. Hebr. T.

idu, edu Pret. 1di\ Perm. idi\ Part, idu : "to know, take

knowledge of, understand; to see, choose, elect";

ma la idi "without knowing, unwittingly". Hebr. JH\

Iftaal, Pret. utaddi : "to be known, to be recognised".

iddu "pitch, bitumen". Ideogr.

iddisu

iddissu

idlu

idirtu

izzu \

izzis}

iku

iku

ikdu

ikkibu

ikkaru

iklitu

ikribu

ilu

, iltu

. Hutu

illurtu

ilittu

'iltu

iltanu

see edesu.

"man, lord, hero". Ideogr. :]

"grief, misery".

see ezezu.

"small water-channel".

see eku.

"strong, mighty, courageous".

"sin, fault".

"gardener". Ideogr. EvfJ *~E^

"darkness". &]]]] ^chamber". Cf. Hebr.

see karabu.

plur. Hani, He : "god". Ideogr. >->^-

tyy", plur. yy~ fff~- Hebr. hx.

constr. st. ilat\ plur. ilati : "goddess",

"godhead, divinity",

"bond, fetter".

see aladu.

"bann, curse",

see istanu.

>-- = bit ikliti(?)

"dark

j rarely written

334 VOCABULARY

imhullu "evil wind, hurricane".

immu "day".

immeru "lamb, sheep". Ideogr. ^f| *"^|- Hebr.

imnu "right hand, right". Hebr. pj\imeru "ass". Ideogr. ^T^- Hebr. *l1toPT-

izzrfu const, st. /OTa/ : "breath, spittle, foam, poison". Cf.

Hebr. n&H.

ina prep, "in, by, through, during, in the time of"; some-

times written m. Ideogr. > .>)t > ; J,

112u see ewu.

inu plur. *a, z<? : "eye; part, share". Ideogr. ^|>~;in plur.

frequently written <|*ff. Hebr. pg.

.mbu constr. st. iw/3 : "fruit; manly strength, virility".

inuma see eww.

inanna \

inanni ? "now".

inannu I

islru see isku.

ipsu see epe.su.

isu, issu "wood, tree". Hebr.pg.

Jsu "scanty, "few". Cf. Hebr. ph.issuru plur. issurdti : "bird". Ideogr. ^JJ.

issuris adv. "like a bird".

irtati plur. subs, used adverbially : "swiftly".

irnittu "triumph, victory".

irpitu "cloud, clouds".

urpatu plur. urpdti : "cloud".

irsitu "earth;

district". Ideogr. ^Jg[.Hebr. pv

K.

j'rnYw see araru.

iresu see eresu.

irsu "couch". Ideogr. j ^^^^. Hebr.

irtu constr. st. irat : "breast". Ideogr.

if iati personal pronoun : "me".

VOCABULARY

isu

isdu

isdahhu

ispatu

isku, isku

iskatu

isaru

issakku

isatu

istu

istanu

iltanu

isten

isten esrit

istenis

istar

iati

itu

itpesu

itutu

ittu

itti

u

u'a

Pret. (with meaning of Pres. also) iti : "to have,

possess ;to be". Ideogr. ^. Cf. Hebr. tf?.

constr. st. ih'J : "foundation;lower or hinder part";

itid stir/it' "the horizon".

"bridle (?)".

"quiver". Hebr. HS^X.

"portion, possession, property".

"chain, fetter". Cf. Hebr.

see [eseru].

"fire". Ideogr.t; M- t >. the ide gr -

for Gibil the Fire-god, is also employed for

tialu "fire". Hebr. t^K.

prep, "from"; adv. "after"; #/# //^z "from, out of".

s

Cf.

"north, north-wind". Ideogr. A JT.

"one". Ideogr. J,which with phon. compl. >

frequently written^-\\.

Cf. Hebr. Dttty,

"eleven". Cf. Hebr.

adv. "together".

"goddess". Ideogr.

Hebr. n^see iasi.

"boundary; ordinance, law".

"prudent".

see atu.

plur. itati : "side". Cf. Hebr. D.prep. "with". Ideogr. ^Jgf.

U

copula : "and"; written^, <y^^Qf. Cf. Hebr. ^ 1.

interj. : "alas"; employed as subs, "grief, pain".

336 VOCABULARY

ubanu

ubaru

uggatu

ugallu

udmu

uzzu

uznu

uhhu

uknu

uksu

ul

ullu

ullu

ullu

ullanu

ulinnu

ulapu

ulsu

ultu

umaumuumu

umisam

umussu

umatan

umagtan

umamuummaummu

"finger; peak, summit". Ideogr. ^EJ ^JJ."servant".

see agagu.

"storm, hurricane".

see admu. ,

see ezezu.

constr. st. uzun : "ear; mind, attention"(cf. bo$u,

sakanu). Ideogr. ^[^, in plur. frequently writ-

ten ^|>ff . Hebr.|]S.

plur. uhhe : "trick (?)".

"lapis lazuli". Ideogr. J^;<^ ^ ^.

"longing".

see alalu.

demonstrative pronoun : "that".

see elu.

a garment. Ideogr.

"bond, alliance". Cf. Hebr.

see elesu.

prep, "from"; adv. "after, since". Ideogr. ^^||y.adv. "now".

"storm". Ideogr. ^J.

plur. iime : "day"; ina umisu^ina umeSuma, inu umisu,

inumtium "then, at that time"; i$tu umimma

"henceforth". Ideogr. ^J. Hebr. D1\

adv. "daily".

adv. "for a day".

"beast".

adv. "thus"; introduces direct speech.

"mother". Ideogr. Nt>->fT- Hebr. DK.

VOCABULARY 33y

ummanu "craftsman"; also mar ummani. Hebr. |EK.

ummanu plur. ummdne, ummdndti : "tribe, people; host, forces,

troops". Ideogr. ^, ^ ^Jfumman - manda "tribal hordes".

ummatu "host".

unlku plur. uriik'eti', "kid".

unkenna "the whole; full strength"; see sakanu. Ideogr.

unninu see \ananu\.

unku "signet-ring; sealed letter".

unutu plur. undti: ','furniture, household stuff".

usurtu see eseru.

uru "enclosure, field". Cf. Hebr. nn.K.*

urhu constr. st. uruh: "road". Hebr. Fnfc.

urkarinnu a precious wood. Ideogr.

urpatu see irpitu,

urkusee aralcu.

urkitu]

urru "light, day". Ideogr. ^J ^|J. Hebr.

urfu see. 'aru.

usu a precious wood. Ideogr. ^ij 1]^.

usultu plur. uUati\ "blood-vessel, channel for the blood,

artery".

usumgallu "monster-viper". Ideogr. Ej^ ^-^-yjy^.

usmanu "camp". Cf. Hebr. njbtt^D-

ussu see asasu.

ba'u Pret. and Pres. iba : "to come, reach, go". Hebr. 813.

Piel-Shafel, Pret. utta'i: "to storm against, plunge

down upon".

babu plur. bdbdti, bdbdni\ "gate". Ideogr. tf-]r.

22

338

biblu

bubutu

buhalu

batalu

batlu

batiltu

baku

bikitu

bakru

bukru

balu

bala

balu

belu

belu

VOCABULARY

constr. st. bibil: "inclination, desire"; bibil libbi

"prompting, desire of the heart",

"hunger, famine; food, bread",

"male beast",

"to cease". Hebr. btS3.

fern, batiltu : "discontinued, at an end";

Id batlu

"unceasing".

plur. &Z//0/2': "discontinuance, discharge"; see rasu.

Pret. ibki\ Pres. ibaki-, Perm, baki, 3 plur. baku :

"to weep". Hebr. H?3.

Iftaal, Inf. bitakku "affliction",

"weeping".

"young of the camel".

constr. st. bukur : "first-born". Hebr. ^"D^J.

"not to be, fade, go to ruin". Hebr. pfesi.

Piel,Pret.&i///: "to destroy, bring to an end, cut off".

Prep, "without".

Pret. ibely ipil : "to conquer, subdue, rule".

plur. bele: "lord"; bel ade "one who is faithful

to commands"; bel mamiti "one who is faithful

to an oath";

bel sallmi "ally, confederate";

la

bel kussi "one with no claim to the throne";

bel narkabati "commander of the chariots", writ-

ten

Hebr.

constr. st. belit: "lady". Ideogr. "jE:?

"lordship, rule, authority, dominion".

the power or dominion of the god Bel;written

beltu

belutu

Belutu

bel-pahati "governor". Ideogr.

bulu "four-footed beast; cattle".

billudu "divine command".

VOCABULARY 33 9

balatu Pret. iblut\ Pres. ibalut: "to live". Ideogr. ^.Piel, Pret. uballit-, Pres. uballat; Imper. bullit-, Inf.

bullutu;"to cause to live, give life to, quicken,

raise to life".

Iftaal, Pret. ubtallit: "to keep alive".

balatu "life". Ideogr. >~<T< *-|.baltu masc. plur. baltuti: "living, alive".

baltutu "state of being alive"; bal-tu-su-un ik-tu-da kata 11-

ai "my hands captured (them) alive".

[balkatu] Shafel, Pres. u&abalkat : "to tear down".

Nifal, Pret. ibbalkit : "to fall upon ;invade

;revolt

against". Ideogr. ^^-J^.

\balalu] "to pour out". Hebr. bb%.

Piel, Inf. bullulu : "to smelt;to confound".

balru "side, bank".

biltu see abalu.

banu Pret. ibni\ Pres. ibani\ Imper. bini\ Part, bant,

bdnu;Perm, bani, fern, banat : "to build, make,

form, create, beget". Ideogr. J^I. Hebr. PIJ.

.Nifal, Pret. and Pres. ibbani\ "to be built, formed,

created;to be laid (of a net)".

Ittafal, Pret. ittabni'. "to be created, restored".

binutu "creation, product ; building, structure".

bunu "formation, origin, beginning".

bunnannu "form".

nabmtu "creation, creature".

banu "bright, beautiful; rich, precious".

bakamu Pret. ibkum; Imper. bukum : "to tear in pieces".

ba'aru, baru Pret. ibar\ Pres. 3 plur. ibarru: "to catch".

baru Pret. ibri\ Pres. ibari: "to see, gaze upon".

Shafel, Pret. utabri: "to cause to see".

baru "seer". Ideogr. ^ >*~.

biru "glance ;midst"

;ma blri "between, in the midst".

22*

840 VOCABULARY

birtu constr. st. birit : "glance ;midst

;clearness

(?')" ;ma

birit "between, among" ;me birtu "water of clear-

ness (?)", 2. e. water that is clear.

tabritu "sight, wonder"; plur . tabrdti': "marvellous treasures".

baru "to be superabundant". Cf. Hebr. 8*13, KÎS.

Piel-Ishtafal, Pres. u$tabarri\ "to be sated, to abound

with".

biris adv. "in luxuriant pasturage".

barbaru "leopard" or "jackal". Ideogr. JVJ >Jf- E^JT-birku plur. birkd, birke : "knee"

;tar-bit bir-ki-ia : "my off-

spring". Hebr.1j^3

[baramu] Piel : "to weave coloured threads".

birmu "brightly-coloured cloth, variegated stuff". Ideogr.

^Jx&J. Hebr. Din?.

bitrumu "brightly-coloured".

baraku Pret. ibrik : "to flash (of lightning), to blast".

birku "lightning". Hebr. p^3.biritu "fetters".

basu Pret. MM;

Pres. tbati (rarely written ipasi) ;Part.

bdÛj ba$i;Perm, bati

;"to be

;to be inclined,

directed". Ideogr. ^|T^.

Shafel, Pret. uSabtt : "to cause to be, to create"

(Ideogr. JJ^, in proper names); hitta subsu "to

commit sin".

Ishtafal, Pret. uMabSi: "to make, create".

busu "property, possessions". Ideogr. ^ ÊJ, ^ J.

basamu Pret. ititim : "to build, form, prepare".

Piel, Pret. ubaHim : "to form".

basmu "viper".

bitu "house; temple" ;

bit Hi "temple" ;bit durdni in op-

position to aldni: "walled or fortified cities"; bit

nakamti "treasure-house";

bit tukldti "stations for

troops". Ideogr. . Hebr. JTS.

bithallu

batnu

bataku

batku

butaku

subtaktu

bitrumu

VOCABULARY 341

"saddle-horse"; sometimes written with determ.

word of uncertain meaning.

Pret. ibtuk : "to rend, tear;

to cut off, separate".

Piel, Pret. ubattik : "to cut through, sever". Cf.

Hebr. prD.

Nifal, Pret. ilbatik : "to be destroyed".

"cleft, fissure, breach"; batka sabdtu "to close a

breach, restore".

"destruction".

"flood";, written $ub-tak-ti, which can also be read

ru-htm-ti.

see \baramu].

gabbu "all, the whole".

gabru "answer, reply".

gabasu Pret. igbu$ : "to be firm, hard, proud".

gabsu "mighty".

gibsu constr. st. gtbft : "multitude".

gugallu "ruler, director". Ideogr. >^2^ El^"-

gadu prep, "up to; together with".

guzalu "messenger, servant, minister". Ideogr. \*-^ |y J .

guhlu "stibium".

[galabu] Piel, Pres. ugalldb \ "to brand".

gallu "evil demon, devil".

galtu fern, galittu : "terrible".

gamalu Pret. igmil ; Imper. gimil : "to complete ;to spare

(the life of)"; with ina "to spare from". Cf.

Hebr. bty.

gimillu "mercy, sparing of life"; gimillu turru "to requite,

take vengeance", see taru.

gitmalu "perfect".

3 42 VOCABULARY

gammalu "camel". Ideogr.

EfflJ.Hebr.

gama.ru Pret. -igmur : "to complete, bring to an end". Cf.

Hebr. *mIfteal, Inf. gitmum employed as subs, "perfection,

excellence".

Piel, Part, mugammiru : "to carry out, achieve".

gamru constr. st. gamir: "perfect".

gimru constr. st. gimir : "entirety, the whole";

kal gimri

"everything ;the world".

gimirtu constr. st. gimrat', plur. gimreti'. "entirety, the whole";

ki^at kal gimreti "the whole of the world".

ginu "appointed offering".

gunu "district (?)".

gappu "wing, feather".

gipa.ru "piece of land, field".

ga.ru plur. gdre : "enemy, opponent". Cf. Hebr. ,TI3, PP13.

girru "way ; campaign, expedition".

gisparru "snare, trap".

gasaru "to strengthen, fortify". Cf. Hebr.

gasru "mighty".

gisru fern, gtiirtu : "strong, powerful".

ma.gsa.ru "might, strength".

gitmalu see ga.ma.lu.

Part. dcCibu : "to overwhelm (?)".

Pret. idbub;Pres. iddbub, idibub : "to speak, converse,

proclaim ;to plan, intrigue"; itti . . . . tobuti dabobu

"to establish friendly relations with". Cf. Hebr.

[da'abu]

da.ba.bu

dibbu "speech, message". Cf. Hebr.

VOCABULARY 343

dabru

dagalu

daddaru

dadmu

Du'uzu

masc. plur. dabruti \ "mighty".

Pret. idgul\ Imper. dugul: "to look at, behold";

ddgil pdni "subject of, tributary to".

Shafel, Pret. u$adgil\ Perm. Sudgul: with pdnu "to

entrust to".

"stink".

plur. dadme : "dwelling, habitation".

the month Tammuz. Ideogr. E-^**^ ^J. Hebr.

daku

tiduku

diku

dakkassu

dalabu

dalibtu

dalahu

dalihtu

dalalu

dallalu

dullu

daltu

damudimu

dimtu

damamudumamu

Pret. iduk : "to slay". Ideogr. <. Cf. Hebr. ^.Ifteal, Pret. idduk\ "to slay".

"battle".

Pret. idki\ "to summon, assemble".

word of uncertain meaning.

"to be in trouble".

Piel, Part, mudallibu : "to afflict, oppress".

plur. dalbati, da-al-pa-a-te : "affliction".

"to confuse, to disorder";

Inf. daldhu employed as

subs, "trouble"; &J$- ^^, **ru dalihu "dis-

turbing wind, whirlwind". Hebr. fth^.

Shafel, Inf. Sudluhu : "to confound, destroy".

plur. dalhtiti: "disturbance".

Pret. idlul : "to bow down, humble oneself, wor-

ship". Cf. Hebr. hh^.

"cripple".

"service, work, task".

constr. st. dalat; plur. dalati: "door". Ideogr. ^*]]. Hebr. r\b^..

"blood". Ideogr. M. Hebr. n1

!.

plur. dimd : "tear". Cf. Hebr. pfc^.

"tears, weeping". Hebr. njD^.

Pres. idammum : "to lament, moan".

"howling, lamentation".

344 VOCABULARY

dimmu "column, obelisk".

damaku "to be friendly, favourable, propitious". Ideogr.

Piel, Inf. dummuku : "to make favourable;show

favour".

damku fern, damikiu-, plur. damkuti, fern, damkati'. "friendly,

good, favourable; health-giving (of water-supply);

trusty (of warriors)". Ideogr. ^|>-^.damiktu "mercy, favour"; plur. damkati "good deeds".

Ideogr. <!-*f- <|^f

dumku } "favour, good fortune;

comeliness". Ideogr.

dunku } ^|^fdimtu plur. dimati'. "pole, post".

dimtu see dimu.

danu Pret. idln;Pres. idan : "to judge".

dinu "judgment". Hebr.p*!.

daianu "judge". Ideogr. ^|^f= >^^-. Cf. Hebr. p^.

dananu "to be strong".

Piel, Pret. udannin;

Inf. dunnunu : "to strengthen,

make fast".

dananu "might, power".

dannu fern, dannatu', plur. danniiti, fem.dannati: "strong,

mighty". Ideogr. ^JJf g|| ^.dannis adv. "very much, exceedingly" ;

also written with

phonetic complement is, i. <?. dannis. Ideogr. ^jy^.

dannatu "foundation, base; distress, affliction (ideogr.

dannutu "strength, strong point, fortress";

alt dannuti "for-

tress, stronghold".

dandannu "strong, all-powerful".

dunku see damaku.

dapnu "strong, mighty".

dapinu "strong".

VOCABULARY 345

duppu "tablet". Ideogr. t

diparu plur. dipdrdii\ "torch". Ideogr. ^

dupsimtu plur. dupTimdti : "destiny- tablet". Ideogr. :*"]

dupsarru "scribe"; usually written e'

am*ludup-$ar.

daru fern, ddrilu; plur. ddruti, fern, ddrdti : "lasting, conti-

nual, everlasting"; ## ddrdti "for ever, continu-

ously" ; /ara ddrdti "an everlasting shrine". Ideogr.

daris adj. "eternal";a0 ddrt'S "for ever".

cfuru plur. durdm: "wall"; dur appi lit. "the wall of the

face", i. e. "the cheek"; see also bitu. Ideogr.

dirratu "whip (?)".

durussu "foundation".

dasu Part. ddt'S : "to tread under foot, crush, destroy".

Cf. Hebr. tfn

[dasu] "to abound, be luxuriant". Hebr. M*\.

Piel-Shafel, Pret. ut-das-U-a : "to cause to have in

abundance, to endow with".

[zabu] Pret. izub : "to melt, dissolve". Hebr. SIT.

zazu "to divide".

Piel, Pres. uzaz : "to divide".

zahalu a bright stone or metal.

zakaru Pret. zis^wr; Pres. izakar: "to name, call upon, pro-

claim, speak, tell";$uma zakdru "to name a name",

i. e. "to bear a name, to exist". Cf. Hebr. IDT.

Piel, Perm, zukkur : "to name";

$u-ma la zuk-ku-ru

"they were not named, did not exist".

346 VOCABULARY

zikru constr. st. zikir: "name, speech, word, mention,

renown". Hebr. ^pt.

zikaru|

"male; man"; zikru kardu "valiant hero". Ideogr.

zikru \ ?!?], -r|. Hebr. "fit.

zikritu plur. zikreti'. "women of the palace". Ideogr.

zalpu "wicked".

zaliptu constr. st. zalpat \ "wickedness, iniquity".

zamu Piel "to exclude from";Perm, zummu "excluded

from".

zumbu(i.

e. zubbu} : "fly". Hebr. sn|.

zamaru "to sing". Hebr. *)&!.

zamaru "song".

zammeru plur. zammere : "singer, musician". Ideogr. E^^jit-

zammertu plur. zammereti'. "female musician". Ideogr.-

M*zumru constr. st. zumur, rarely zumir : "body".

zinu "to be angry".

zinu "angry".

zananu "to rain".

Shafel, Pres. usaznan : "to cause to rain".

zananu "to provide for, care for, support".

zananutu "provision, abundance".

ziku Pret. izik : "to blow, storm, rage".

zuku constr. st. zuk : "foot-soldiers";

zuk Sepe "foot-

soldiers, infantry".

zakapu Pret. izkup, iskup : "to place, set up, erect". Hebr.

Tzikkuratu "peak of a mountain

; temple-tower".

[zakatu] "to be sharp, pointed".

zaktu "sharp, pointed".

zifrtu "spur".

VOCABULARY 347

zaru Pret. iz~ir\ Pres. izirri: "to hate, conceive a hatred

for"; Part, za'iru "enemy". Hebr. lit.

Piel, Imper. zir: "to abandon".

zirutu plur. zlrdti\ "hatred".

[zaru] Part, zaru : "to beget". Cf. Hebr.ST]J.

zeru "seed, descendants". Ideogr. >~c, >^. Hebr. p*lj.

zarabu "to be oppressed".

Piel, Pret. uzarrib : "to oppress, afflict".

zarbis adv. "in trouble".

zurbu constr. st. zurub : "trouble, affliction".

[zarbabu] Nifal, Perm. 3 plur. nazarbubu : "to fume, to be

furious".

Hhabasu 3 plur. Perm.

(?)ha-ba-su: "to be filled, swelled

out (?)".

habatu Pret. ihbut;Pres. ihabat : "to plunder".

hubtu constr. st. hubut : "booty ; captives".

hegallu "abundance". Ideogr. ^ifc Hfl^'hadu .Pret. ihdi\ "to rejoice"; with prep, ana "to rejoice

in or at"; Inf. hadu employed as subs. "joy".

Hebr. .Tin.

hadis adv. "joyfully".

hidutu plur. hidoti\ "joy". Ideogr. ^^J|.hazanu plur. hazdndti'. "ruler, governor". Ideogr.

hatu Pret. z'AF/ : "to see, survey".

hatu Pret. ihti; Pres. ?7///i': "to sin". Hebr.

"sin";^/ >z/ snner.

hititu plur. hitdti'. "sin, iniquity".

"sceptre". Ideogr. |^ ^J T^J g^.

[ha/u] Pret. /: "to tremble, quiver". Cf. Hebr.

348 VOCABULARY

haialtu

halsu

halaku

"army, host". Cf. Hebr. b?!l.

plur. halse, halsani; "fort, entrenchment"; written

*TT *+--fc- Cf- Hebr - r^o-

Pret. ihlik : "to be destroyed ;to flee". Ideogr.

sahluktu

\hamu~]

hamatu

hitmutis

hamatu

hamamuhamiru

hansu

hasasu

hasisu

hipu

hasbu

haku

haru

ha'iru

hamiru.

Ifteal, Pret. Malik: "to be lost".

Piel, Pret. uhallik;Prec. lihallik

;Part, muhalliku

;Inf.

fyulluku : "to destroy, cast down".

"destruction".

Perm. 2 fern. sing, hamati: "to be of good cheer,

be comforted (?)".

Pret. ihmut; Imper. humut : "to hasten".

adv. "swiftly, in haste".

Pret. ihmut : "to burn".

Piel, Pres. uhammat: "to make glow, to light up".

Ishtafal, Part. muVahmitu : "to flame, burn".

Pret. ihmum : "to rule, direct".

see ha'iru.

"fifth". Ideogr.lj!jf.

Hebr. ^fcfr

Pret. ihsus : "to think, conceive, plan, invent;

to

recollect, to set in the memory".

Ifteal, Imper. hissas (for Msas) : "to understand".

"wisdom, understanding".

Pret. ihpi: "to shatter, destroy; to split".

Ifteal, Pret. ihtepi : "to shatter".

Piel, Part, muhippi, muhip : "to shatter, destroy".

subs, of uncertain meaning.

Pret. ihik : "to mingle together (intrans.)".

Pret. ihri\ "to dig".

Iftaal, Pret. uhtarri'. "to dig".

Shafel, Pret. uSafrri "to cause to dig out".

"spouse, husband".

VOCABULARY 349

"spouse, wife".hirtu

hiratu

huribtu "desert". Hebr. ."

harbasu "power of striking icrror, fury".

[harmatu] "to destroy".

Shafel, Part, mutyarmitu : "to destroy".

[harmamu] Shafel, Prec. lilharmim : "to overpower, destroy".

hurasu "gold". Ideogr. ^r ^Jf^- Hebr. p*lH.

harranu "way, road". Ideogr. p\^.

hursu plur. hursani'. "mountain, wooded highland". Cf.

Hebr.

hirtu \

hiratu}

hasu Pret. t&JX : "to hasten, set out, go". Hebr.

hasahu Pret. ifrSuA, ihtih : "to long for, desire".

husahu\

} "hunger, famine".husahhu

}

hasalu "destroyer".

hitmutis see hamatu.

hatanu . "son-in-law". Hebr.

see ha'iru.

tabu

tabu

tabis

tabtu

tibu

Pret. itib;Pres. itab, itib : "to be good, well-pleas-

ing". Hebr. Dltfi.

Piel, Part, mufibu: "to make joyful"; Inf. tubbu

(constr. st. tub)ajoy".

fern, tobtu : "good, pleasant ;loud (of the voice)".

"joyfully, cheerfully".

plur. tdbtdti(?)

: "benefit".

"to sink". Hebr. jntp.

Iftaal, Pret. uttibbi: "to make sink, duck under".

350 VOCABULARY

tabahu "to slaughter". Hebr.

Piel, Pres. utabbah : "to slaughter".

tahu, tehu Pret. ithi\ Pres. itehi, itihhi : "to draw near, ap-

proach".

titu, tittu "clay, mud, earth".

temu "understanding, mind; account, instructions, com-

mand". Hebr. DJJtD.

taradu "to drive away, hunt". Cf. Hebr.

Piel, Pres. utarrad : "to hunt".

ki

ki'am

kima

kime

kabasu

kibsu

kibru

kibratu

kabatu

kabtu

kabittu

kibatu

K

conj. "as, when, after, since, for". Hebr. ^3.

prep, "like, according to".

adv. "thus".

prep, "like, as, according to; corresponding to, in

place of"; adv. "as soon as". Ideogr. ^vJJ.

"just as".

Pret. ikbus : "to tread". Cf. Hebr. DD3.

Piel, Pret. ukabbis; Part, mukabbisu : "to tread down,

trample on".

Shafel, Inf. sukbusu : "to cause to tread down, to

batter (of siege-engines)",

constr. st. kibis : "footstep, tread",

constr. st. kibir : "bank (of a river)",

plur. kibrati : "region ; quarter of heaven". Ideogr.

trfc. Hebr. rnM."to be heavy, weighty". Hebr. "153-

Piel, Pret. ukabbti, ukebit : "to honour".

Iftaal, Pret. uktebit: "to honour",

fem. kabitiu : "heavy, weighty, pre-eminent,

with pron. suffixes kabtat : "spirit, mind;midst (?)".

"abundance, great quantity".

VOCABULARY 351

kudurru \

"boundary, frontier". Cf. Hebr. "HS, TTTO.kuduru

J

kiki adv. "so, to such an extent".

kakku "arm, weapon". Ideogr. :J JEJ.

kukku "darkness".

kakkabu plur. kakkabdni: "star". Ideogr. zi^*^-. Hebr.

kikkisu "reed-house".

kalu "to hold". Hebr. SlD.

Piel, Part. *&"/ : "to hold;to hold high, raise".

kalu Pret. i/fc/if, #/a;

Pres. *&?//, ikalld : "to hold back,

restrain, prevent ;to withhold, refuse". Hebr.

Pret. i/a;Pres. z&z//a : "to cease, come to an end".

Hebr. nba.

kalu constr. st. kal\ "all, the whole". Ideogr. Jfl.

kalamu "all, everything ;of every kind".

kalis "altogether, completely".

kalbu constr. st. kaldb : "dog, hound". Ideogr. JJ^J JEJ.

Hebr. SS?.

kalbannati (plur.) siege-engines.

[kalalu] "to be complete". Cf. Hebr. bbz.

Shafel, Pret. uSaklil; Part, musaklilu;

Inf. suklulu :

"to complete".

Ishtafal, Part. muUaklilu, fern. muS-tak-K-la-at : "to

carry out, fulfil".

kullatu "totality, all, the whole"; also written kul-la-ia-an.

kilallan\

...;/_ "both; on both sides".

kalamu see kalu.

[kalamu] Piel, Pret. ukallim;

Inf. kullumu : "to cause to see,

show to, display".

[kalmu] Nifal, Pret. ikkilmi'. "to look upon".

352 VOCABULARY

kalis see kalu.

kamu Pret. ikmi, ikmu\ Pres. ikammi\ "to conquer, over-

come, take captive".

kamu plur. kamuti: "bound, captive".

kamutu "captivity, condition of imprisonment"; kamiitsu ilki

uas a prisoner he took him".

kamatu "enclosure".

ki'amI

kima \ see ki.

kime }

kimu "family".

kimtu "family".

kamalu Pret. ikmil\ "to be angry".

kimiltu "anger, wrath".

kummu "thy, thine".

kamasu Pret. ikmis : "to bow oneself, to bow down".

Iftaal, Pret. uktammis : "to be bowed down, over-

whelmed".

Ishtafal, Pret. uUakmis : "to cause to bow down".

kamaru "to strike down";

Inf. used as subs., <?. g. ka-mar-

su-nu as-kun "I struck them down".

kamaru "net".

kamaris adv. "in a net or snare".

[kamaru] Piel, Inf. kummuru : "to make plentiful".

Iftaal, Prec. lik-tam-me-m : "to be made plentiful".

kamatu]

}see kamu.

kamutuJ

kimtu see kimu.

[kanu] Piel-Shafel, Pret. u$km : "to humble oneself, make

obeisance".

kanu Pret. ikun;

Pres. ikdn;

Perm, kan, ken : "to stand,

be established, be firm, endure". Ideogr. ^|,

- Hebr - 13 -

VOCABULARY 353

kaianu

kaian

kaiana

kaianamma

kinu

Piel, Pret. ukin;

Part, mukinnu;

Perm, kun;

Inf.

kunnu, constr. st. kun : "to set, fix, make firm,

hold fast, found, establish, appoint, arrange";

kun libbi "truth, constancy".

Iftaal, Pret. uktin : "to set, fix, arrange".

"continuous, enduring, imperishable".

adv. "continuously".

"firm, sure, established, true". Ideogr. >-

Hebr.[3.

klnis adv. "truly, legitimately, carefully".

kittu "right, justice".

\kanu~] Piel, Pret. ukanni'. "to prepare carefully".

kinatutu "service;servants".

kanaku Pret. iknuk : "to seal".

kunukku "seal". Ideogr. fj~^ ^JTT.

kananu "to crouch down".

Piel : "to press down";

Perm, kunnun "bowed,

crouching".

Pret. iknu$ : "to bow down, submit".

Ifteal, Perm, kitnutu "subject".

Piel, Pret. ukanniS'. "to force into submission".

Shafel, Pret. u$akni$, utiknti;

Part. mu'Sakntiu : "to

cause to submit, bring into subjection",

adj., plur. kanSuti'. "subject",

"to bind, take captive".

Ifteal, Pret. iktasi'. "to bind, fetter".

Iftaal, Pret. uktassa: "to be bound"; ideogr. ]*"(?),

e. g. T >rTTY== uktassa

(?).

/rasffu

kasu

kanSsu

kansu

kasu

"fetter, bonds".

Pret. iksu : "to cover, to hide oneself". Hebr. HD3.

Iftaal, Pres. uktassi: "to serve as a hiding-place for".

354 VOCABULARY

kisukkis

Kislimu

kussu

kaspu

kusapukusarikku

kapadu

kappu

kippati

kappu

kaparru

kupru

kissu

karu

[karu]

kiretu

Iriru

karabu

ikribu

karamu

karmu

karmis

karmutu

karmatu

karanu

"hand". Hebr.r]3.

"sheep-boy".

"bitumen". Ideogr.

adv. "in confinement".

the month Kislev. Ideogr. *-y^ ^^>-. Hebr.

"throne";

kissu riimedi "seat". Ideogr. :J"-

W,*~- ^J. Cf. Hebr. KD3.

constr. st. kasap : "silver, money". Ideogr. ^^ ^J.

Hebr.J^D?.

subs, of uncertain meaning.

"ram (?)" ; plur. written ku-sa-rik-ki.

Pret. ikpud', "to plan, think, consider, ponder on".

(2.e. kanpu] "wing". Hebr.

^33.

(plur.) "the ends (of heaven and earth)". Cf. Hebr.

. Cf. Hebr.

"dwelling, hall".

"wall". Ideogr.

"to fetch, bring".

Ifteal, Pret. ikteri : "to summon".

"banquet". Cf. Hebr. JTIS.

"plantation, garden". Ideogr. ^:J

Pret. ikrub\ Pres. ikarrab : "to be propitious, bless,

pay homage to".

Ifteal, Pret. iktarab : "to be propitious, to pay ho-

mage to".

"prayer".

"to cast down, overthrow".

"ruin".

adv. "like a ruin".

"ruin";

for karmuta Suluku see alaku.

"food, sustenance, support".

wne Ideogr.

VOCABULARY 355

kurunnu

karru

karsu

karasu

karasu

kisibbu

kasadu

"sesame-wine". Ideogr.

"costly raiment".

"belly". Cf. Hebr.

"destruction".

"seal".

Pret. ik$ud\ Pres. ika$ad\ Imper. kuhid '. "to reach,

come up to, draw near, approach, come; to

seize, take, attain to; to conquer, overcome".

Ideogr. V-

Piel, Imper. kuHid : "to attain to, secure".

Shafel, Pret. ttSakttd : "to cause to attain;to cause

to conquer"; with katu "to cause the hand to

conquer, to deliver into the hand".

"booty; possession; prisoners".

"neck;bank of a river". Ideogr. J^Lt^.

Pret. ik&ip ; Imper. kisip : "to enchant, cast a spell

upon". Hebr.F|l$3.

"enchantment, sorcery". Hebr. ^^3."sorcerer". Ideogr. ^^ ^^TT' Hebr '

kisittu

kisadu

[kasapu]

kispu

kassapu

kassaptu "sorceress". Ideogr.*-

>-:V<y ^^|[kasaru] Pret. iksir : "to repair, set up again".

kasasu Pret. #&tf : "to assemble, collect (?)".

kissatu "host, totality, the world". Ideogr.

kasusu

kisittu

fcstu

katu

kasu

kasa

kitu

"darling, beloved".

see kasadu.

plur. fa'Sa/u "wood, forest".

fern, kati, kd$i\ plur. katunu, kaSunu, personal pro

noun : "thee, you".

"cloth". Ideogr. Jg[ ^J-,

856 VOCABULARY

katamu Pret. iktum : "to cover; to close (the lips); to

overwhelm".

Piel, Inf. kuttumu : "to cover completely".

kuttumu "covered, hidden".

kitru "alliance".

katru "gift> present".

la negative particle : "not". Hebr. $h.

\le'u] Pres. ili'i : "to be able".

li'u fern. constr.st. li'at'. "strong, mighty, powerful"; lali'u

"impotent, weak, unable". Ideogr. s*ij ^1^6*litu "strength, might; triumph, victory".

la'atu "full extent (?)".

[IS'u] "to wish".

multa'utu "will, pleasure, determination".

lu precative particle; particle of emphasis used with

3 and i pers. sing, and plur. Hebr. f?.

lu conj. "or";

lu ... lu ...,/......, lit . . . u

lu , . . "either . . . or . . .".

lu "wild ox".

littu "wild cow".

[lababu] Perm. 3 fern. sing, labbat, 3 masc. plur. labbu : "to

be angry, to rage".

libbatu "anger".

libbu "heart; womb, bowels, courage"; ina libbi, libbi,

libbu "in, in the midst of"; ana libbi "against".

Ideogr. ^jyy. Hebr. ^, M^.liblibbu "offspring, descendant".

lubultu see labasu.

labanu "to lay or cast flat".

libittu plur. libndti : "brick". Ideogr. ^t- Cf. Hebr.

VOCABULARY 857

labaru Pret. ilbur, ilbir : "to grow old".

Shafel, Pret. u$albir\ Pres. u^albar : "to cause to

become old, to prolong; to grow old".

labaris adv. "into old age" ;labariS alaku "to become old".

labiru fern, labirtu^ plur. masc. labiruti, fern, labirdti : "old,

former"; ki-ma la-bi-ri-im-ma "as of old".

labasu Perm, labti, 3 plur. lab-$u : "to clothe oneself, be

clothed"; ulapa labatu "to enter into an alliance".

Hebr. Vlb.

Ifteal, Perm, litbu* : "to be clothed".

Shafel, Pret. uSalbiS : "to clothe".

lubasu "garment".

lubustu]} "garment".

lubultuJ

nalbasu "robe, garment".

labuttu "ruler, governor".

libittu see labanu.

litu "hostage".

lalu "fulness, abundance"; la-li-e baldti "the fulness of

life".

lilatu "evening". Hebr. rfo*h.

lamu Pret. ilmi, ilme\ Perm, lami, 3 masc. plur. lamu : "to

surround, catch, besiege".

Shafel, Pres. u$almi\ Inf. tulmu \ "to enclose, catch".

limu "period; eponymy".

lim "thousand".

limetu 1

} "neighbourhood .

limitu}

lamadu Pret. ilmad\ Imper. Kmad, li-mid-da \ "to learn, to

perceive"; lam-du (Perm. 3 plur.) "trained". Hebr.

Piel, Pret. ulammid : "to teach". Hebr.

limenu "to be evil".

3 5 8 VOCABULARY

fern. limuttu\ plur. masc. limnuti, fern, limneti \ "evil,

wicked, hostile". Ideogr. ^

adv. "evilly, terribly".

"evil, misfortune". Ideogr.

constr. st. lumun '. "evil, wickedness, evil purpose".

plur. lu-ma-si : certain stars.

"to gallop".

"descendant". Ideogr. *]]] ^|^ ^J*.Pret. ilput : "to turn, overturn, destroy". Hebr.

limnu

limnis

limuttu

lumnu

lumasu

lasamu

liplipi

lapatu

Shafel, Pret. uSalpit : "to destroy".

salputu "destruction; misfortune".

laku, liku Pret. ilki, ilkd\ Prec. lilki\ Pres. ilekki, ilikki\ Imper.

liki\ Part, liku, fern, li-ka-at, K-kat '. "to take, catch,

receive". Ideogr. +~<\(.Hebr. HpS.

Ifteal, Pret. ilteki'. "to take possession of".

lisanu plur. lisdndti : "tongue, speech, nation". Ideogr.

^Tr^f. Hebr.

la'atu

litu

littu

see [jfe'u].

see la.

Mma enclitic particle of emphasis : the forms me, me, mi

and mu also occur.

ma. enclitic particle : "and".

ma. adv. "thus, as follows";

introduces direct speech.

mu plur. me : "water". Ideogr. J^.Cf. Hebr. l, *fo, Q^D.

magaru Pret. imgur : "to render obedience to, to gratify" ;

Part, mdgiru, plur. mdgire "obedient".

migru constr. st. migir : "darling, favourite".

magsaru see gasaru.

VOCABULARY 359

ma'adu|

madu\

ma'adu

madu

ma'adis

mu'du

madadu

madatu

madattu

mehu

mahazu

mahhumahhutas

muhhu

muhhumahasu

maharu

Pret. im'id, imid\ Pres. imciid : "to be numerous,

many, much, to swarm". Cf. Hebr. *1K.

fern, maattu, maitu\ plur. ma'aduti, fem. ma'addti '.

"many, much".

adv. "greatly, exceedingly, much"; ana ma'adif "in

great numbers".

plur. mu'de '. "abundance".

',Pres. imandad'. "to measure". Hebr. Yl_D.

see nadanu.

"storm, .tempest".

"city, town". Cf. Hebr. nil,

fem. mahhutu : "prophet, prophetess".

adv. "like one possessed".

ina muhhi, ana muhhi '. "on, upon; concerning; to,

towards; against",

"skull".

Pret. imhas\ Pres. imahhas : "to smite". Hebr.pfljjp.

Ifteal, Pret. imdahis, imdahhis : "to fight"_^ Part.

plur. mundahhise, mundahse "warriors";

Inf. mithusu

employed as subs, "battle, attack".

Pret. imhur\ Imper. muhur : "to correspond to,

rival; to oppose, fight; to go or come before;

to pray to; to take from; to receive favourably;

to be first, to have preeminence" ;Part, mahiru

"opponent, rival";

la mahdr (Inf.), la mahra, la

mahri "invincible".

Ifteal, Perm, mithur : "to correspond to, to lie over

against".

Piel, Pret. umahhir, umahir\ Prec. limahhir \ "to come

before; to bring before, offer"; Inf. muhhuru

employed as subs, "offering", e. g. muh-hu-ru u-

ma-hir "I offered an offering (libation)".

36o VOCABULARY

maharis

mahru

mahru

mihru

mihirtu

muhru

mitharis

tamharu

mittu

meku

maksu

makkuru

namkuru \

nakkuruJ

main

Shafel, Pret. usamhir : "to seek out, visit, punish".

Ishtafal, Pret. uMamhir : "to set, place".

Nifal, Pres. immahar : "to be equalled".

"against; in greater degree than, surpassing".

constr. st. mahar '. "front"; mahri, mahar, ana mahri,

ina mahri "in front of, before, against" ;adi mahri

"into the presence of";

dlik mahri "predecessor" ;

Sarru $u-ut mah-ri, $ar ma-har "a former king".

Ideogr. <J>-.

fern, mahritu', plur. rnasc. mahruti, mahrutu : "first,

former".

"battle, storm".

"front";constr. st. mihrit, mihrat employed as prep.

"before, over against".

constr. st. muhur : "homage".

adv. "together".

"battle".

"club (?)". Ideogr. ] Jgf ^.word of uncertain meaning.

"bond, fetter".

"property, possessions". Ideogr.

Hebr.

Cf.

"property".

Pret. imli : "to fill;

to be full, to be full of, to

be fulfilled". Hebr. btt.

Ifteal, Pret. imtali'. "to be filled with".

Piel, Pret. and Pres. umalli, u-mal-lu-u, u-ma-al-la-a :

"to fill up" ;with katu "to fill the hands with,

deliver into the hands of, invest with".

Iftaal, Pret. um-ta-al-la : "to fill with".

Piel-Shafel, .Pret. utmalli : "to fill".

VOCABULARY 36l

main constr. st. mal : "fulness" ; ma!, mala, mala $a "as

many as, as much as". Hebr. tihl$.

malu fern, malltu : "full". Hebr. &6fc.

milu "flood, stream".

malahu "sailor". Ideogr. ^J |gf Hebr. n^2.

malaku Pret. imlik : "to counsel, take counsel"; maldku

milku "to come to a decision", e. g. mi-lik-Xu

mil-ku (Perm.) "he came to a decision". Cf.

Hebr.-!|^pj.

Ifteal, Pret. imtalik : "to take counsel with one-

self"; 'with negative "not to take counsel with

oneself, to be ill-advised".

maliku \ constr. st. malik : "prince ; arbiter, counsellor".

malku } Hebr.T^ft.

malikutu "rule, empire ; position of counsellor".

malkutu "lordship, dominion".

milku constr. st. milik : "counsel".

malaku see alaku.

millu "troop, gang (?)".

melammu plur. melamme : "brightness, splendour, majesty".

malmalis adv. "into two parts, asunder".

mulmullu "dart, spear, javelin".

malasu Pret. imlus : "to pluck out".

multa'utu see [le'u],

mama see manma.

mima\

see minma.mimma}

mimmu see minmu.

mamman see manman.

mummu "uproar, confusion".

mamitu see amu.

manu Pret. imnu; Pres. imanu, imani : "to count, reckon,

362 VOCABULARY

menuminutu

manuminu

mandattu

manzazu

manzaltu

manahtu

lanama

minmu}

mimmu\

manmanmammanmannuminutu

misu

[masaku]

musaru

musaru

allot;

to recite (an incantation)" ;ana Id mam

(Inf.) "without number". Hebr. njfc.

"number".

plur. mindii: "number; space, period".

"maneh"; generally written

j *~*~\-Hebr. njtt.

gen. mine, mini;ace. mind, interrogative pronoun :

"what ?".

see nadanu.

see nazazu.

see nahu.

indefinite pronoun : "anyone"; with negative "no

one".

indefinite pronoun : "anyone, any".

indefinite pronoun : "anything, everything, what-

ever";mimma sumsu "everything that bears a

name, i. e. that exists; everything, various ob-

jects, of every kind".

indefinite pronoun : "anything, whatever, all of";

also "something of, a little of", e. g. mimmu Sen

"early dawn".

indefinite pronoun: "anyone"; with negative "no

one".

interrogative pronoun : "who ? whom ?".

see manu.

Pret. imsi\ "to wash".

Piel, Prec. limissi: "to wash clean, purify".

Shafel, Pres. uSamsak : "to withhold, keep back,

conceal".

Ishtafal, Pres. uMamsak: "to be kept back, hindered".

"inscription".

VOCABULARY 363

[masu]

masu

[masaru]

[masaru]

misru

massaru

massartu

masartu

makatu

makittu

miktu

maru

Perm, mix : "to be little, to be less (?)".

Perm. mast: "to be wide;

to be enough, sufficient".

Piel, Pret. umassir : "to divide".

Nifal, Pret. tmmasir : "to be banded together (?)".

constr. st. misir; plur. misratu, misrcti '. "boundary ;

section; territory".

see nasaru.

Pret. imkut-. "to fall, fall upon".

Ifteal, Pret. imtakuf. "to fall".

Shafel, Pret. utamkit, u$imkit\ Part, nmsamkitu'. "to

overthrow";Inf. sumkntu (ideogr. ^JTT) employed

as subs, "conquest",

"ruins".

constr. st. mikit : "chasm, abyss". .

"to send".if jtUfc- T

TJ ^- ^^^ "^H?

Piel, Pret. uma'ir;

Pres. uma'ar, umdr : "to send;

to rule;to command, to commission"; Inf.mu'uru

employed as subs, "rule, lordship". Ideogr. JEJJ^-

Iftaal, Pret. umta'ir : "to command, enjoin upon",

"present, gift",

plur. mare \ "son"; mar man' "grandson"; mare ali

"townsfolk". Ideogr. &, ^^ J^J.constr. st. mdrat

; plur. mdrdti : "daughter". Ideogr.

tamartu

maru

martu

marutu "sonship". Ideogr.

mar-sipri "messenger, envoy" ;written

Eyffj J^ I^II>

T F -TTI-meriltu see eresu.

miranu "power (?)".

marasu Pret. imras : "to be steep, difficult;to be strong".

marsu masc. plur. marsuti'. "steep; difficult, grievous".

VOCABULARY

marasu Perm, man's : "to be sick".

Ifteal, Pres. imtaras : "to be or fall sick".

Shafel : "to make sick";Perm, sumrus "sick, af-

flicted".

marsu "sick, woeful, afflicted".

marsis adv. "afflicted, in tribulation".

mararu "to be bitter". Hebr. ^Hfc.

Shafel, Pret. usamrir : "to make bitter, to cause

to rage (of weapons)".

mariu "gall". Cf. Hebr..TTl.!?, fTtlfc.

namurratu constr. st. namurraf. "anger, rage".

mu'irrutu see 'aru.

marsu fern, maruttu : "evil";

the fern, maruttu is also

employed as subs, "sorrow".

meristu see eresu.

martu see mararu.

masu Pret. imtt : "to forget".

Nifal, Pret. imma$i : "to be forgotten".

musu "night".

musitu plur. mu$ati : "night".

musabu see asabu.

masadu "to overcome".

Iftaal, um-das-^ad : meaning uncertain.

masdu word of uncertain meaning.

masahu Pret. imtuh : "to measure".

masku constr. st. md&ak : "skin, hide". Ideogr. *^yj.masalu "to be like". Cf. Hebr. btyto).

Piel, Pret. umaSh'l : "to make like, to imitate".

Shafel, Inf. sumSulu : "to make like, to divide

into equal parts".

mislu constr. st. mtiil : "half".

tamsllu "likeness, image".

maslu constr. st. masal '. "whole".

VOCABULARY

[masaru] Piel, Pret. umaHir; Free. lime$ir\ Pres. umaHar; Imper.

muHtr : "to leave, forsake, abandon;to loose, to

let go free; to permit, allow; to cease".

Iftaal, Pret. umdaMir : "to let loose".

mesaru 1

see [eseru].misaru \

musaru see musaru.

musitu see musu.

mati "when?"; adi mati "how long? when?". Hebr. Tlfc.

matima "whensoever";ana matima "for ever, always".

matu plur. matdti : "land". Ideogr.

matu Pret. imut\ Pres. imat : "to die". Hebr.

Ifteal, Pres. imtut : "to die".

mitu plur. mituti, mi-tu-ta-an \ "dead".

mutu "death".

mutu "man, husband". Cf. Hebr. fi.

mitharis see maharu.

mitlutu "might, power".

matima see mati.

matku . "sweet drink, mead". Cf. Hebr.

metiku see eteku.

muttu "front".

iMutas "before".

muttatu "countenance, face".

N

ni enclitic particle, appended to verbs especially in

relative sentences.

[ne'u] Pret. in? : "to stop, restrain, hinder". Hebr. fcfl3.

nitu "enclosure".

nabu Pret. ibbi\ Pres. inambi\ Imper. ibi\ Perm, nabi : "to

call, name; to command; to appoint, proclaim";

366 VOCABULARY

nibu

nibittu

nibhu

nabalu

nabu "to be named, bear a name, exist".

Cf. Hebr. S23.

Ifteal, Pret. ittabi : "to name, call by name".

Piel, Pret. imambt, unamba I "to cry aloud, lament",

"number",

constr. st. nibit : "name;chosen one, elect"

;nibit sumi

"mention of the name, name",

"enclosure (?)".

Pret. ibbul, ibul : "to destroy".

Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. ittabal\ "to destroy; to steal (?)".

"talon, claw (of an eagle)",

"flame",

see banu.

see eberu.

see nabu.

plur. nage : "region, district, land".

constr. st. nagab '. "the whole".

Pres. inagag \ "to cry, to bellow".

Prec. 3 plur. li-na-du;Pres. ina'ad, i-na-du : "to exalt,

praise".

Ifteal, Pret. ttta'id : "to exalt, glorify; to exalt one-

self"; Part, mutta'idu "arrogant".

"exalted". Ideogr. ^^^ ^E-/

plur. tanadatu '. "glory, honour".

"glory, honour".

Pret. iddi\ Pres. inadi\ Imper. idi\ Perm, nadi '. "to*

throw, cast, cast down; to lay (a foundation), to

set or place (a dwelling), to found (a"^rine);

to dispense (commands) ;to raise (a cry), to re-

cite a spell or incantation (ideogr. ^^i

Ifteal, Pret. iltadi : "to lay, bring upon".

VOCABULARY 36 7

Iftaneal, Pret. ittanamdi : "to utter (a spell)".

Nifal, Pret. innadi '. "to be cast".

nadanu Pret. iddin', Pres. maddin, inamdin, iddan : "to

give, deliver, grant, allow; to sell; to make,

create";nadan (Inf.) Satti "yearly gift". Ideogr.

fcjrfCf. Hebr. JJU

Ifteal, Pret. ittadin \ "to hand over".

"gift".nudunnu

mandattu

madattu

madatu

nadru

nazazu

"tax, tribute".

plur. masc. nadruti : "fierce".

Pret. izziz\ Pres. izzaz\ Imper. iziz\ "to stand,

stand up, take one's stand". Ideogr. J^|.

Ifteal, Pret. ittaziz : "to stand, take one's stand".

Shafel, Pret. utaziz, uSeziz, u$ziz \ "to set, set up,

fix, establish".

manzazu "place, station, resting-place" ;man-za-az

bdbj

e-kur "that stood before the gatfi--ef^frie

temple".

manzaltu(*'.

e. manzaztu) \ "place, position".

sezuzu masc. plur. rezuzuti : "erect, reared on end".

nahu /Tret, inuh : "to rest; to be appeased". Hebr. PPIJ.

\Piel, Pret. uriih\ Prec. linih\ Inf. nuhhu : "to bring

to rest, compose, pacify; to overpower, con-

quer".

nihu fern, nlhtu : "quiet, peaceful".

mhtu "rest".

manahtu "couch".

nihesu Pret. ihhis; Pres. inahhis, inamhis \ "to subside;

to go, depart".

Ifteal, Pret. ittehis : "to retreat".

nuhsu "abundance".

368 VOCABULARY

natalu Pret. ittul\ Pres. inatal, inattal : "to look, behold,

gaze, look up, glance".

Ifteal, Pres. and Pret. itiatal : "to look upon, see".

Iftaneal, Pres. ittanatal : "to gaze".

nitlu constr. st. nitil : "look, sight".

nakkuru see makkuru.

nikiltu plur. nikldti : "cunning ; cunning plan, device". Cf.

Hebr. b^,

[nakamu] "to heap up".

Piel : "to heap up, hoard"; Perm, nukkum "stored,

heaped up".

nakmu "heaped up, hoarded".

nakamtu plur. nakamdti : "treasure";

bit nakamti, plur. bit na-

kamati, "treasure-house".

nakasu Pret. ikkis : "to cut off, to cut down".

Piel, Pret. unakkis', Imper. nukkis : "to cut off, tear

off".

niksu constr. st. nikis '. "cutting off; breach".

nakaru "to be altered;to be hostile". Cf. Hebr.

Iftaneal, Pres. ittandkar '. "to be hostile".

Piel, Pret. unakkir\ Pres. unakkar : "to alter, change

(trans.)".

Iftaal, Pres. uttakkar : "to be altered".

nakaru "hostile; foe".

nakiru plur. nakir'e '. "enemy, foe". Ideogr. A^-, ESS ^V'nakru fern, nakirtu : "hostile"

;as subs, "enemy". Ideogr.

nakris adv. "as a foe, with hostile intent".

nukurtu "hostility". Ideogr. -jt- A-.

[nalu] Perm, nil: "to lie, lie down". Cf. Hebr. brtt,

nalbasu see labasu.

\_namu~\ Piel, Pret. unammi : "to destroy".

L

VOCABULARY

nimedu see emedu.

namkuru see makkuru.

nimeku see emeku.

namaru Pret. immir : "to shine, be bright".

Piel, Pret. unammir;

Pres. unammar; Imper. num-

mir : "to make bright, to give light to".

namru fern, namirtu : "bright".

namirtu "brightness, light".

namrirru "brightness".

nammassu "beast".

nini\

see aninu.mnu

}

nunu "fish". Ideogr. ^<.nun-amelu "fish-man". Ideogr.^ K$f? *"

nindabu "offering, free-will offering". Ideogr.

Cf. Hebr. Himnannaru "light".

nisu Pret. issi : "to retreat, recede from". Hebr.

nisiggu "spoil from hunting (?)".

nasahu Pret. issuh\ Pres. inassah : "to tear away or out,

to carry off, remove". Hebr. fipl

nasaku Pret. issuk : "to set in position, to grasp (a weapon)".

nismatu "will, purpose".

nasaku "to glorify, extol".

nasku "lordly, magnificent".

nisilftu "splendour, costliness"; nisikti, abne nisikti, nisikti

abne "precious stones".

napahu Pret. ippuh : "to flame or shine forth"; ideogr.

V, ' g- napaha(ho)ilu

$am$i(Si) "sun-rise, the

east". Cf. Hebr. HSJ.

napharu see paharu.

napasu "to breathe, breathe freely". Cf. Hebr. #}.

Piel, Inf. nuppuSu : "to let breathe, to give ease to".

24

3 7o

napistu

nappasu

naptanu

nasu

\nasalu]

nasmadu

nasaru.

nisirtu

massaru

massartu

masartu

naku

naku

niku

nak-me

nakbu

nakaru

VOCABULARY

with pron. suffixes napsat; plur. napsati : "lite;

living creature, person". Ideogr. >~JJ^. Hebr.

"air-hole, window".

see patanu.

constr. st. nas : "portion of an eagle's wing, wing-

feathers".

"to sink(?)".

Shafel, Pret. utamsil : "to cause to sink".

Ishtafal, Pret. ultamsil : "to cause to sink".

see samadu.

Pret. issur; Imper. usur '. "to watch, keep, pro-

tect". Ideogr. Kffi<- Hebr -

"1^3-

Ifteal, Pret. ittasar\ with massartu as object : "to

keep a watch".

"watching, guarding; store, treasure"; bit nisirti

"treasure-house"; amat nisirti "hidden w^ord,

secret".

"watchman".

"watch". Ideogr. ^JPret. inuk : "to lament, wail".

Pret. ikki : "to pour out (a libation), to offer (an

offering)". Ideogr. >->^S Cf. Hebr. n^?.Ifteal. Pret. ittaki : "to offer".

plur. nike : "libation; offering, sacrifice"

;bel nike

"sacrificer". Ideogr. <^^, sometimes written

with determ.JEJJ.

"irrigator". Ideogr. EJ^ ]} *--]

"depth". Cf. Hebr.Sp_J.

Pret. zkkur, ikur; Imper. ukur : "to destroy, pull

down". Cf. Hebr.1J5J.

naru

naru

neru

nlru

naru

nlru

nuru

narabu

nurbu

narbu

nirbu

niribu

narkabtu

naramu

naramtu

niraru

niasi \

niatij

nasu

nasu

VOCABULARY 3y I

plur. narati : "stream, river". Ideogr. TlTJ. Hebr.

Pret. mar, imr\ Imper. nir \ "to slay, destroy, van-

quish".

"destroyer".

"inscribed tablet of stone".

"yoke". Ideogr. j lE^TT^f."light".

Piel, Part, mu-nir-bu "destroyer".

constr. st. nurub : "fragment, piece".

see rabu.

see erebu.

see rakabu.

see ramu.

"helper" ;occurs in a number of proper names,

e. g. Ramman-nirari.

nisu

nisittu

nesu

nisu

personal pronoun : "us".

Pret. inu$ : "to totter, be in ruins;to slip".

Pret. i$$i; Imper. ih'i Part, nasu, constr. st. na$\ Perm.

nah' : "to raise, bear up; to bear, carry, bring;

to carry off, capture" ;with tamharu "to make

ready for battle". Hebr. Kttt.

Ifteal, Pret. itta$i\ "to raise, bring; to raise, cast

(the eyes)".

"raising, invocation";

rii$ kati "raising of the hand,

invocation, prayer".

constr. st. ntiit : "darling".

"lion". Ideogr. JV-J ^fcEjJ.

"people" ; plur. m'Se : "peoples ; men, mankind".

Ideogr. ^f24*

372

nasaku

nasaku

nasru

nisittu

niati

natu

nitu

nataku

VOCABULARY

"to bite". Hebr.TptfJ.

Piel, Pres. unaHak '. "to bite, tear".

Pret. iHik : "to kiss". Hebr.

Piel, Pret. <tf&2 : "to kiss".

Nifal, Pret. 3 plur. in-nis-ku : "to press on, jostle

one another (?)".

"eagle".. Ideogr. EE^J *-JJ.Hebr. ^5.

see nasu.

see niasi.

"to strike".

Piel, Pret. unatti : "to smash, shatter".

see ne'u.

Ifteal, Pret. ittatak; Prec. littatuk : "to dissolve, melt,

disappear". Cf. Hebr.1JJU

siba

sibi

siba

sabasu

sagusadu

sadaru

sidru

[sahu]

sihu

sahalu

sahmastu

sahapu

fern, sibittu \ "seven". Ideogr. . . Hebr. tfSttf.

"seventh". Ideogr.^see sabasu.

"to starve^ be in want".

Pret. <&/ : "to destroy".

Perm, sadir : "to set oneself in battle array; to

carry on (a rebellion)",

"line of battle". Cf. Hebr. Tip.

Perm, sihi, 3 fern. sing, si-ha-ti \ "to disappear, cease;

to revolt".

Piel, Pret. usahhi : "to destroy, blot out, overthrow",

"revolt, rebellion".

Pret. ishul:. "to pierce",

"rebellion".

Pret. ishup : "to overwhelm". Hebr.

VOCABULARY 3 7 3

saharu

sihru.

sihirtu

sukkallu

sikkuru

sakapu

[salu]

[salu]

taslitu\

teslltuI

salamu

salimu

salimis

salmu

suluppu

salatu

summatu

Pret. ishur : "to turn, turn towards; to surround,

harass, infest". Cf. Hebr. *)!"JD.

Ifteal, Pret. issahur, issahra; Pres. i-sah-hu-ra : "to

return".

Piel, Pret. usahhir; Imper. suhhir', Perm, suhhur; Inf.

suhhuru \ "to turn, to turn towards".

Ishtafal, Pret. uMashir, uStathir : "to cause to sur-

round, to surround with".

Nifal, Inf. nashuru : "to be turned, to turn oneself

(from anger)".

Ittanafal, -Pres. ittanashar : "to turn oneself towards",

constr. st. sihir : a precious stone,

"enclosing wall; neighbourhood ;

full extent, whole" ;

ana sihirttiu "in its full extent",

"minister, servant". Ideogr. t^jy^-

"bolt". Ideogr. ^y ^yy^ ^^. Cf. Hebr. nStD?.

Pret. iskip\ Pres. isakip : "to cast down, overthrow;

to cast oneself down, to rest".

Pret. is-lu-u : "to cast off (a yoke)". Cf. Hebr. nbp.

Piel, Pret. usalli\ Pres. u-sal-la, u-sal-lu\ Inf. sullii. :

"to pray".

"prayer, supplication".

Pret. islim; Imper. silim : "to deal favourablv

be gracious".

"mercy; alliance, confederacy",

"favourably, mercifully",

subs, of uncertain meaning, occurrin.-",

a-$ar sa-al-me.

/alty, ring (?)".

ay, remove

"date". Ideogr.

"household".

plur. summdti \ "dove". Ideogr. >-

3 74 VOCABULARY

simtu

sinuntu

sinnisj

sinnistu]

sanaku

sunku

sisu

sipu

sapahu

sapanu

sippu

saparu

saparis

sakaru

sidru

[sahu]

sihu

sahalu

sahmastu

sahapu

see asamu.

"swallow". Ideogr.

"female, wife". Ideogr. "jj-.

Pret. isnik : "to oppress ;to hold fast".

"want, hunger".

plur. stse : "horse". Ideogr. ^T^ V ^TT' Cf"

Hebr. DID.

"to pray",

"to loose, scatter, bring to naught" ;Perm, sapih

"loosened".

Piel, Pret. usappih; Part, musappih, mu-si-pi-ih : "to

scatter, break up, shatter". Cf. Hebr. USD.

Nifal, Pret. issapih : "to be scattered".

Pret. ispun ;Pres. isapan : "to cover, overwhelm, cast

down, overcome, subdue". Cf. Hebr.JSD.

plur. sippe '. "threshold",

"net",

"in a net".

Pret. iskur, tikur : "to speak, to command".

Ittafal, Pret. ittatkar : "to speak".

constr. st sikir, sekar '. "word, command".

"drink-offering, libation".

"to oppose, resist". Hebr. Tip.

'sweet drink, mead",

sixth". Ideogr. ffi f Hebr. *&$.

asc. plur. sittuti : "the others, the rest",

^egular offering". Ideogr.

VOCABULARY 375

pa

pagru

padu

pidu

padanu

puzru

pihu

pihu

pahatu

pihatu

paharu

puhru

puhuru

napharu

patu

pataru

patru

paku

palu

"mouth; word, command". Ideogr. ^^z-. Hebr. ,1S.

constr. st. pagar : "body, corpse". Hebr. *"|j.

Part, padu \ "to loose, to free"; la padu "unsparing,

without mercy". Hebr. ITl^-

"purchase-money",

"way, path".

constr. st.puzur; plur. puzrati : "secret, concealment".

Pret. iphi', Imper. pihi : "to close, shut".

Ifteal, Pr.et. iptehi : "to shut",

"to steer"; Part, p'ehu "steersman, pilot",

"district, province, territory"; bel pahati "governor".

Ideogr. -J^."governor". Ideogr. f^ ^JI^- Cf- Hebr - HPIS.

"district, province". Ideogr. ^1^^."to collect (intrans.)".

Ifteal, Pret. iptahar : "to collect (intrans.)".

Piel, Pret. upahhir, u-pi-hi-ir : "to collect (trans.) ;

to strengthen". Ideogr. J^J^T-

constr. st. puhur'."whole; assemblage; might, strength,

support; host, forces". Ideogr. ^^f. puhurtu : "united",

"entirety, the whole". Ideogr.

"boundary, border, limit; all"; pat gimri "entirety,

the whole, the entire extent". Ideogr. E^EK.

Pret. iptur\ Pres. ipattar : "to tear away, remove".

Hebr. -)tOS.

Nifal, Pret. ippatir '. "to be torn away",

constr. st. patar : "dagger". Ideogr. ^^-fyj.

"misery (?)".

"reign, year of reign; symbol of royalty, ring (?)".

Ideogr. >->-y<6.

3y6 VOCABULARY

[pelu] Piel-Shafel, Pret. uspel : "to conquer, overcome".

Ideogr. *-A|*.

pulu "stone, stone-block".

palahu Pret. iplah : "to fear, be afraid; to reverence".

Ifteal, Pret. iptalati : "to fear".

palhis adv. "with fear".*

pulhu "fear".

puluhtu constr. st. pulhat', plur. pulhati \ "fear, terror".

[palku] "to be wide".

Shafel, Pret. ut-pal-ki : "to open wide".

palku masc. plur. palkuti : "wide;

fat".

pallukku "circuit, boundary". Cf. Hebr. T|s.

[palasu] Nifal, Pret. ippdlis\ Pres. ippolas; Imper.

'

napKs\ Inf.

naplusu : "to look upon, behold;

to look upon in

pity".

Ittafal, Inf. itaplusu "to gaze upon".

pilsu "mine (in siege-operations)".

[paltu] Nifal, Pret. ippdlti, 3 plur. ip-pdl-tu-u : "to be de-

feated".

panu constr. st. pan : "face, countenance, front"; pan, ina

pan, ana pani "before";

ina pana "formerly" ;sar

pa-ni "a former king" ; lapan (Hebr. *)h) "before".

Ideogr. <J>-.Hebr. D'OS.

pananu adv. "formerly"; i-na pa-na-a-nu-um-ma "formerly".

paltadu Pret. ipkid; Imper. pikid : "to inspect; to control;

to entrust or commend to (for safe -keeping)".

Hebr. *!.

Ifteal, Pret. iptekid : "to appoint".

[pakalu] Piel : "to make mighty"; Perm, pukkul "mighty".

paru plur. pare: "mule". Ideogr.

[paru] Imper. puru' : "to cut off".

Piel, Pret. uparri' : "to cut off, sever".

VOCABULARY 877

pir'u "offspring, descendant". Ideogr.

piru plur. pirdni, pirati : "elephant". Ideogr.

[parcfu] Shafel, Part, mu^-par-du : "to make bright".

parzillu "iron". Ideogr. >>$- >j-. Hebr. bH3.

[paraku] Shafel, Pret. uSaprik, with ma pan : "to bring upon

with violence, cause to happen to; to display

force towards".

parku "bolt (of a door)".

[parku] Nifal, Pret. ipparku-, Inf. naparku : "to cease; to dis-

appear, depart".

Ittafal, Pret. ittaparka : "to disappear".

parakku plur. parabke, parakkani : "shrine, room, chamber".

Ideogr. Effi.

parasu Pret. iprus : "to divide;to determine, decide". Ideogr.

>^. Cf. Hebr. D^S.

Nifal, Pret. ipparis\ Pres. ipparas : "to be decided;

to stop, cease".

purussu "decision". Ideogr. ^^ >^-.

piristu "decision".

parsu constr. st. paras : "command, statute, ordinance".

Ideogr. ^f= >->Jf-.

[pararu] Piel, Pret. uparrir; Part, muparriru : "to break in

pieces, shatter". Cf. Hebr. TllS.

Iftaal, Pret. uptarrir : "to be broken, to be shattered".

[parasu] Nifal, Pret. ipparft\ Part, muppartu : "to fly, to fly

along".

Ittafal, Part. muttapriSu : "to fly".

[parsadu] Nifal, Pret. tpparSid; Inf. napariudu : "to fly, to es-

cape, to disappear" ;ina kate naparfudu "to dis-

appear".

pasahu Pret. jpSafr : "to be appeased, to be satisfied".

Shafel, Pret. utaptih : "to appease, to satisfy".

pasafu Pret. ip*it\ Pres. ipa&t : "to blot out, deface, destroy".

VOCABULARY

[pasaku] "to be strong; to be grievous".

sapsaku "tribulation, affliction".

supsuku "troubled, afflicted".

pasaru Pret. ipsur : "to loosen;to subdue (wrath)".

Piel, Prec. lipa^sir : "to loosen, dissolve".

Nifal, Prec. lippasir : "to be loosened, to be laid

open".

pasasu Pret. ip^us : "to anoint".

Nifal, Pres. ip-pa-a'S-'si : "to be anointed".

pasisutu "anointing with oil, trade of anointing".

passuru "dish". Ideogr. z| ^|^:^<~y|.

pitu Pret. ipti, iptd ;Pres. ipatti, ipeti, ipitti; Imper. ptti, ptta;

Part, petu : "to open; to declare, divulge, reveal

to". Hebr. nnS.

petu "opener (of a gate), porter". Ideogr. Evffj ^~ ^^.

putu "face, front".

patanu "to eat".

naptanu "feast".

pitpanu "bow";sometimes written with determ.

zj.

pataku Pret. iptik : "to make, create;to make or mix (wine)".

pitku constr. st. pitik : "structure".

pattu plur. pat-tu-te : word of uncertain meaning.

sabu plur. sabe : "warrior";

in plur. "people, mankind";

sdbe kasti "archers";

sabe tiduki "warriors". Ideogr.

^fE^ff^f Cf. Hebr. X=5:.

[sabu] Piel, Imper. subbt : "to look at, behold".

sabaru Shafel, Pret. u^asbir : "to inform, to acquaint with".

sabatu Pret. isbat-, Pres. isabat, isabbat', Imper. sabat', Part.

sdbit : "to hold, grasp, hold fast, take, capture ;

to undertake (work) ;to exorcise"

;harrdna sabatu

VOCABULARY 3 79

sibittu

subatu

sadu

suhu

seheru

sahru

sihru

suhntuQ)

silu

silu

saltu

sulatu

[salalu]

sillu

"to take the road, set out"; with $adu as object

"to take to the mountains";ina kdta sabit (Perm.)

"taken in the hands", i. e. "in captivity" ;sa-bit

ar-ka-ti "that was behind".

Ifteal, Pret. issabat\ Inf. tisbut (for sitbut] : "to take;

to begin" ;with harranu as object "to set out".

Piel, Pret. usabbit : "to take, capture".

Shafel, Pret. uSasbtt : "to cause to take (a road),

to despatch ;to cause to take (a habitation),

to station, to settle".

Ishtafal, Pret. uUasbit : "to cause to take (a road) ;

to cause to take (a position), to post".

Nifal, Pres. issabat : "to be held fast".

"captivity, durance".

"garment". Ideogr. JEJ.

Pret. isiid : "to glow".

"wish, desire (?)".

Perm, i sing, si-ih-ri-ku : "to be small, young".

Piel, Pret. usahhir', Pres. usahhar : "to diminish, to

lessen; to deprive of, exclude from".

Iftaal, Pret. ussahhir : "to depart (?)".

masc. plur. sihruti : "small, petty, young". Ideogr.

"youth".

plur. file : "rib;side". Hebr. yS^,, yb$.

"to fight".

"hostility, battle".

"battle".

"to overshadow". Hebr. bb%.

Piel, Pret. usallil : "to set as a covering, to spread

out".

"shade, shadow, shelter". Ideogr. l ^rl. Hebr. b#.

38o VOCABULARY

salmu

salmu

saltu|

salatu ]

sumu

samadu

simittu

nasmadu

senu

[senu~]

sipru

supru

susu

sissu

seru

siru

sirutu

sir

siru

sarahu

sirlalu(?)

sirmahu

sarapu

sirpu

sirritu

constr. st. salam^ plur. salmanu, salmani \ "image".

Ideogr. ^/<^^^, ^-. Hebr. D^.fern, salifhtu', fern. plur. salmati'. "dark, black"

;salmdt

kakkadi "the black-headed", i. <?. "mankind". Cf.

Hebr.

see silu.

"thirst". Hebr.

Pret. ismid : "to yoke, harness, equip, gird on";

Perm. 3 fern. sing. Zandat, 3 masc. plur. sandu

"girt, equipped". Cf. Hebr.1)3^.

plur. simdati : "yoke". Ideogr. J^.Hebr.

"yoke".

plur. sine : "sheep". Cf. Hebr. |K^.

Pret. isan, ism : "to fill with".

"lapis lazuli". Ideogr.

"claw". Cf. Hebr.

"marsh, marshland".

"bond, fetter"; sometimes written with determ.^lT.

"field, plain, desert". Ideogr. ^>f- ^fc, j^^ffern, sirtu : "high, exalted, august". Ideogr. ^E^"supremacy, majesty".

Prep, "on, upon, over; against"; ana sir "to, upon";

sin's "to";

si'-ru-us-Su "upon him", si-ru-us-su-un

"upon them". Ideogr. ^^r.

"serpent". Ideogr. ^^^<.Pres. isarrah : "to cry aloud, chant". Hebr. rTl.

written sir-la-la : portion of a temple, "facade (?)".

"monster-serpent".

Pret. isrup : "to dye with"; Perm. 3 fern. sing.

sarpat, 3 masc. plur. sarpu "dyed with".

word of uncertain meaning,

plur. sirreti : "affliction". Cf. Hebr.

VOCABULARY 38i

[ka'u]

kabu

kibu

kibltu

kubbu

kubu

kablu

kablu

kudmu

kalu

kulu

kalalu

killatu

kullultu

kamu

kanu

kannu

kinnu

kapu

"colossal serpent, dragon". Ideogr.

see slru.

see asu.

Ka measure.

Piel, Pres. uka : "to wait". Hebr.HJp.

Pret. ikbi; Pres. ikdbbi; Imper. kibi\ Part. kabu\ Perm.

kabt, Mbi,\ "to speak, proclaim, command". Ideogr.

Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. iktabi : "to speak, say".

"word, command". Ideogr. ^Ez

plur. kubbe, kube : "cry".

constr. st. kabal : "midst; battle, assault, storm".

Ideogr. E<2<lf Cf- Hebr - ^5p-

adj., fern, kablitu; fern. plur. kablati : "in the midst";

ina kabldt "in the midst of".

"front"; as prep, "before", kud-me-^u-nu "before

them". Cf. Hebr. D^.Pres. ikallu : "to burn". Hebr.

nSf?.

"cry". Hebr.Sip.

Piel : "to abuse, disgrace". Cf. Hebr.

plur. killdti : "sin, transgression, offence".

"iniquity".

Pret. ikmu\ Part, kdmu : "to burn".

"reed". Ideogr. -J|^. Hebr.HjjJ.

"frontier (?)".

"nest; family, household". Hebr.fp.

Pret. ikup : "to fall in, become ruined".

382

kapu

klpu

kuppukasaru

kisru

kakkadu

kakkaru

karabu|

kirebu \

VOCABULARY

Pret. ikip : "to entrust to".

Ifteal, Pret. iktipa : "to entrust to".

plur. kipdni : "governor, prefect" ;written with

determ.yyyy.

"chest, basket; cage"; usur kuppi "a caged bird".

Pret. iksur : "to bind;to seize, take".

Ifteal, Perm, kissur (i. e.kitsur) : "to form".

Iftaal, Pret. uktassir : "to collect, to rally (intrans.)".

Ideogr. ^Jf jjEj^ (?).

constr. st. kisir : "might; battalion"; cf. rab-kisir.

"head". Ideogr. ^||^: J^J. Cf. Hebr.

"ground, soil;land".

Pret. ikrib : "to approach, draw near". Hebr.D*"lp.

Ifteal, Perm, kitrub : "to draw near for battle, to

attack";

Inf. kitrubu employed as subs, "attack,

assault".

Ishtafal, Pret. ustakrib : "to bring near".

constr. st. kirib : "midst, interior; bowels"; kirtb,

ina kirib "within". Hebr.S*1fJ.

"to be strong".

fern, karittu : "strong, valiant, heroic, courageous".

kirbu

[karadu]

kardu

karradu "strong, brave, valiant". Ideogr.

karradutu "strength, valour".

kurdu "might, power".

lizuradu plur. kurdd'e : "strong, valiant; hero, warrior".

karadu Pret. ikrid : "to come, arrive".

karnu "horn"; part of a chariot. Ideogr. "T^yf-

Hebr.

rt?karasu "to break off, to bite off". Hebr.

JHJ5.

karsu "slander";karsi akdlu "to slander".

karuru "drying up, abatement".

VOCABULARY 383

kasu Pret. ?/&/.?; Imper. &!$; Part. kdi$ : "to give, present,

bestow"; Inf. kdhi employed as subs. "gift".

kistu "gift".

kastu plur. kaSd/i : "bow". Ideogr. :J K^J- Hebr. n$[3.

katu plur. kdte, kdtd : "hand". Ideogr. ^E|.

katu Pret. ikti : "to come to an end;to be accomplished".

Piel, Prec. likattd : "to bring to an end, destroy".

Shafel, Pret. utikti : "to bring to an end".

re'u "to pasture ;to rule". Hebr.

re'u "shepherd". Ideogr. t^jgj,re'utu "shepherding, rule",

rifu "pasture, pasturage".

ru'a "companion, neighbour". Hebr. $Tl.

\rabu~] "to be wide, broad". Hebr. 211"!.

rebitu "wide space or square (in a city)". Cf. Hebr.

rabu Pret. z'rfo' : "to be great; to increase". Hebr. !

Ifteal, Pret. irtabi : "to be or become great".

Piel, Pret. urabbi : "to make great, raise to authority ;

to rear, bring up".

Iftaal, Pret. irtabbi : "to praise, magnify".

Shafel, Pret. and Pres. u^arbi : "to make great, mag-

nify ;to raise to power".

Piel-Shafel, Pret. utrabbi : "to make great, to raise to

power".

rabu } fern. rabitu\ plur. rabuti, fern, rabdti : "great", ideogr.

rabiu] Ej*~; employed as subs, "high officer, noble",

ideogr. VTTT El*"* r rab Sikkatutu see sikkatu.

rabis "greatly, gloriously, majestically".

rubu fern, rubdtu : "great, exalted"; employed as subs.

"noble, prince". Ideogr.

384 VOCABULARY

rubutu "greatness, loftiness, might" ;rubut ISfar "the mighty

iStar".

narbu

nirbu

surbu

tarbitu

"greatness".

fern, surbutu : "great".

"child, offspring".

rab-asu "chief astrologer". Ideogr.

rab-esreti "chief"(lit.

"chief of ten"). Ideogr.

rab-kisir

tab- ____

ribu

[rababu]

rabasu

\ragagu]

raggu

targigu

rigmu

[radu]

[racfu]

ruhu

rahasu

rahasu

rihsu

"captain". Ideogr. ryfy ^r *">-]

an officer. Ideogr. vp^ Ej>- *".

see arba'u.

Piel-Shafel, Prec. Itimbbib : "to make great or mighty".

Cf. Hebr. ran.

Perm, mbis, 3 plur. rabsu : "to lie in wait, lurk;

to cower down". Hebr.j^*l.

"to be wicked".

"wicked".

"sinner, wicked man".

constr. st. rigim ; plur. rigme : "cry, lamentation;

din, clash (of arms)".

Pret. irdi : "to go, march".

Ifteal, Pret. irtedi : "to go".

Shafel, Pret. and Pres. utardi : "to cause to go;

to cause to flow, to make discharge itself";

urha Surdu "to take the road".

Piel, Pret. uraddi : "to add".

Piel-Shafel, Pret. utraddi : "to add".

"spell, sorcery".

Pret. irhus : "to trust to, to put hope in" ; em-

ployed with prep. eli.

Pret. irhis\ Part, rahisu : "to overwhelm".

constr. st. rihis : "downpour".

VOCABULARY $85

rakabu Pret. irkab : "to ride; to mount a chariot". Hebr.

=*!

Shafel, Pret. uSarkib : "to cause to embark (on

a ship)".

Ishtafal, Pret. ustarkib : "to sling on (a weapon)".

rakbu "messenger".

rukubu "riding, chariot".

narkabtu plur. narkabdti : "chariot". Ideogr. :T]p<Y.

Cf.

Hebr. HDS^.rakasu "to bind". Hebr. D5*J.

Ifteal, Perm. r//&/j : "to bind fast, set in order".

Piel, Pret. urakkis : "to fix, to cast up (entrench-

ments)".

riksu constr. st. rikis : "band, bond; barrier, bounds".

markasu "bolt (of a door)".

ramu Pret. irdm, irim\ Pres. z'rdm, in relative clause iram-

mu, in letters from Tell el-Amarna ira'am, iraham;

Part, rd'imu : "to love";

with double ace. "to

grant to". Ideogr. tXjgigif-Hebr. CITl.

remu . "mercy".

riminu\

fern, rimmtu : "merciful .

nmnu)

naramu "love, affection; darling".

naramtu "darling".

ramu Pret. irmi, irmd; Pres. irami', Part, rdmu : "to cast,

to cast down; to set or take up one's dwelling,

to inhabit". Cf. Hebr. Ptfc'"!.

Ifteal, Pret. irtame, with tubtu as object : "to set one's

dwelling".

Shafel, Imper. surma, with Subtu as object: "to cause

to inhabit".

Piel-Shafel, Pret. u^-ram-ma : "to cause to dwell

or inhabit".

25

386 VOCABULARY

ramu

rimu

rumu

ramaku

ramamu

ramanu\

ramnu \

resu

rusu

rasabu

rapasu

rapsu

ritpasu

risu

risutu

rasapu

[reku]

ruku

rifcu

rasu

Pret. irmu : "to be loosened".

Piel, Imper. ru-um-me : "to loose; to forbear".

plur. rimdni : "wild ox". Ideogr. ^A . Hebr.

fern, rumtu : "high, exalted".

Pret. irmuk\ Pres. irammuk : "to pour out".

Pret. irmum : "to thunder".

Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. irtamam : "to thunder".

"self".

"to crush".

Piel, Prec. lira'is : "to crush, shatter, destroy".

"poison".

Piel, Pret. urassib : "to slay".

"to be broad".

Piel, Pret. urappis', Pres. urappas; Part, murappisu : "to

broaden, to increase",

fern, rapastu, rapaltu : "broad, great, wide-spreading".

Ideogr. ^y^-J.

"broad, great",

"helper",

"help".

Pret. irsip : "to fit together, to build". Hebr.Fjin.

Pret. trek : "to be distant". Hebr. prn.fern, riiktu; plur. masc. rukuti, fern, rukati, ruketi: "dis-

tant (of time and place); broad, extensive"; ina

ruki "afar off". Ideogr. ^>-flPf.

masc. plur. rikuti : "empty" ;rikutisunu kussidasunuti

"their failure secure". Hebr. pn.Pret. irU\ Pres. irasi', Imper. risi : "to have, possess";

rema, or salima, or taiara, rasu "to have mercy" ;

batilta rasu "to take one's discharge, to desert".

Shafel, Pret. usarsi, u$ar$a : "to cause to have";

batilta

$ursu "to cause to cease, to discontinue":

VOCABULARY 38y

marsitu "possession".

[resu] Pret. iri$ : "to rejoice, to be glad".

Ifteal, Pret. irtiS : "to rejoice, to be glad".

risatu (pur.) "exultation, shouts of joy".

resu "head, summit; beginning, dawn (of the day); chief,

high officer". Ideogr. ^]]^- Hebr. tf*Cl.

restu '"chief, principal, of highest rank; primeval".

resutu "slavery, service".

rasubbatu "might".

[rasadu] Shafel, Pret. uUrtid : "to found, establish, make

firm, strengthen".

russu "lordly, sumptuous".

re'utu\

see re'u.rltu

]

!

"spittle, slaver; breath". Ideogr. ^Tr^T.

ritpasu see rapasu.

s

sa relative pronoun "who, which"; genitive particle ;

employed as conj. "for, since",

[se'u] Pret. *? Y; Pres. z'&Y; Imper. ^Y; Perm. &Y: "to see,

survey ;to seek, to take heed for". Hebr. njj^-

Ifteal, Pret. t'X/e'i : "to seek, to seek out, to care

for".

Iftaneal, Pret. titoni'i, t'Meni't; Pres. istend : "to seek,

to look carefully; to look after, to care for".

seu "corn, grain". Ideogr. ^.su fern. H; plur. masc. Xunu, Sun, fem. $tna; personal

pronoun : "he, she, they".

su fem. 37; plur. masc. Sunu, Zuniiti, fem. Smart, Mnartna:

"that".

sebu Pret. t$M: "to be satisfied with". Hebr.

25*

388 VOCABULARY

sibbu

sibtu

sabasu

sabasu

sabaru

sabru

sabasu

subtu

subtaktu

sigaru

sagasusadu

sadu

sadu

\_sudu~]

sud-saku

[sidu]

sadadu

siddu\

sidu I

sada.hu

[sadalu]

sadlu

sidimmu(?)

sezuzu

"girdle".

"rod, sceptre ; pestilence". Hebr.

Pret. isbus : "to be angry" ;with kisddu "to avert

the neck (in anger)".

Pret. isbir-, Pres. iSdbir : "to break, to shatter".

Hebr. nattf.

Ifteal, Pret. titebir, iltebir : "to break".

Piel, Pret. uUbbir, uhbir : "to break".

Ittafal, Pret. iltrtbir : "to be broken",

"wound". Hebr. "O^.Pret. iSbuS- : "to hinder",

see asabu.

see bataku.

"bolt (of a door)".

Pret. tigti : "to slay, destroy",

"to be high; to rise".

plur. sade, tadani : "mountain". Ideogr. ^k.

the East, the East-wind. Ideogr. 4^fl- V E^H*constr. st. sud : "highness, supremacy" ;

sud lamhari

"generalship in battle",

"officer"; written ^fr ^EJ ^J ^||^.plur. side : "gift, present".

Pret. i'sdud, ildud-, Imper. $udud : "to drag, to draw;

to have patience (?)".

plur. h'de : "district".

Pres. tiaddih : "to advance".

"to be wide".

Piel, Part. muSamdtfu : "to widen, to increase".

fern. Sadtltu; masc. plur. Xadluti \ "wide, of broad

extent".

"raging hound". Ideogr.

see nazazu.

VOCABULARY 389

[sahu]

[sahadu]

sahatu

sahluktu

suharruru

saharratu

sahtu.

satu

satatu

sataru

satru

sifru

sukiidu

sakkanakku \

sakkanaku ]

sikkatu

sakanu

Pres. fSa/i/u : "to wade (in slime)".

Ifteal, Pret. titahid : "to prance, to rear".

Pret. tihut; Imper.Mt//: "to tear off"; Perm.

Uh-tu "taken off (of a diadem)". Cf. Hebr.

see halaku.

Pret. utyarir : "to be or become narrow, to sub-

side".

"grief".

"humble, submissive".

Pret. tiut; Prec. i sing. Mut\ Pres. iSdt : "to drag,

to draw, to bear (a yoke)". Cf. Hebr. fclttf.

Pret. #//; Imper. fo/fc/ : "to tear".

Pret. i?/wr, V/r : "to write, inscribe".

"written, inscribed";Xumu tatru "inscribed name,

record of name".

constr. st. &tir : "writing, inscription" ; ft/ir sumi

"record of name".

"spear".

"governor, viceroy"; also written sa-ka-an-ki.

Ideogr. ^^ ^^T> Etw ^^ ^^|."conquest, triumph"; rab sikkati "conqueror",

whence the abstract noun rab sikkaluti "migh-

tiness in battle, prowess in the fight".

Pret. *'-&&; Pres. tSakkan; lmp&r. su&un, 2 masc.

plur. $uk-na-a : "to set, place, set up, set in

position, establish, appoint; to make (a li-

bation or offering); to send (a deluge); to

raise (the voice); to execute (a punishment)";

with double ace. "to place something on

someone"; abikta takanu "to defeat"; lita $a-

kdnu "to triumph, prove victorious"; uzna

3go VOCABULARY

saknu

siknu

sikittu

suknat

sukuttu

maskanu

sakaru

sa'alu

sakanu "to direct the attention";

lisana sakanu

"to prepare for a feast"; puhra sakanu "to give

support to";

ana risuti .... Sakanu "to come

to the help of"; Perm. Saktn, sak-nu "situated,

placed". Ideogr.^. Cf. Hebr. fyf.

Ifteal, Pret. titakan, isakan-, Imper. Sitakan; Inf. sit-

kunu : "to place, lay ;to establish, fix, set up,

found"; abikta sitkunu "to defeat"; atala sitkunu

"to be eclipsed" ; puhra or unkenna sitkunu "to

exert one's full strength" ;Perm, sitkun "drawn

up (of line of battle)".

Iftaneal, Pret. istanakan "to make".

Shafel, Imper. suskin : "to cause to be established,

to set, to place".

Nifal, Pret. issakin;Inf. naskunu : "to be established

;

to be done, to be accomplished; to take place";

with prep. //// "to be allied with".

Ittafal, Pres. ittaskan, with prep. //// : "to be allied

with".

"governor, director".

con str. st. $ikin : "image; construction". Ideogr.^.

plur. siknati : "creature".

(constr. st.) : "creature, being".

"equipment, pomp".

"place, site";

a$ar ma^kanisu "the place where it

stood".

"to be drunk";

3 masc. plur. Perm.(?)

ti-ik-ru.

Hebr. "OttJ.

Pret. iS'al : "to ask"; with sulmu "to greet". Hebr.

Ifteal, Pret. i$-ta-al : "to ask; to seek for".

Piel, Pres. u$a'al : "to cry or. clamour for, to de-

mand".

VOCABULARY 3gi

tasiltu plur. tahldti : "joy, festal joy".

suluhhu "command, decree"..

[salatu] "to have power". Hebr. toSttf.

saltis\

. "triumphantly".saltanis

J

sullutu "triumphant".

[salatu] Piel, Pret. &*//// : "to pierce".

salalu Pret. $// : "to carry off, to plunder". Hebr.

sallatu "spoil, booty".

sallatis adv. "as spoil, as prisoners".

salamu Pret. isltm : "to be complete, intact; to be com-

pleted, to come to pass; to prosper". Hebr.

salmu

salamtu

salimtu

salmes

salmis

sulmu

sulmanu

sulmanis

salputu

salsu

Piel, Pres. u$allam\ Inf. tullumn : "to keep intact,

to preserve; to cause to prosper, to restore the

fortunes of".

constr. st. Salam : "dead body, corpse".

"corpse".

"completeness, entirety; prosperity, immunity from

disaster";ma Zalimti "thoroughly".

adv. "safe and sound".

constr. st. sulum : "prosperity, safety, peace; greeting;

the setting (of the sun), the west". Ideogr. ^J^."present, gift". Cf. Hebr.

jbStT.

adv. "in peace",

see lapatu.

fern. Multu : "third". .Hebr. ^^.Pret. tiim

; Imper. Sim;

Perm. $dm : "to establish;

to determine, decree". Hebr. Qlt?.

Ifteal, Pret. tifim, iltim : "to determine, decree; to

lay upon".

Piel, Part, mu^immu : "to determine, decree".

3 9 2 VOCABULARY

simtu

samu

samamu

semu

semu

tasmu

sumu

sumelu

sammu

summasamnu

[samaru]

[samaru]

samru

sumurratu

sitmuris

samsu

samutu

simtu

[sano]

sanu

sina

sanltu

[sanu]

plur. simati : "destiny, lot; affair, business".

plur. Um~e : "heaven". Ideogr. >~>^-.Cf. Hebr.

ow."heaven".

Pret. i$mi\ Pres. iSimi, isimmi; Imper. Stmi; Perm.

Xemt, 3 fern. sing, semat : "to hear". Hebr.

"obedient; favourable, propitious".

"prosperity, success".

"name". Ideogr. ^. Hebr. p#.

"left". Hebr. btitip.

"plant, herb, weed".

conj. "when, if".

constr. st. saman : "oil". Ideogr. ^yy~ z

Hebr.Jfctf.

Ifteal, Pret. istammar : "to keep, preserve ;to re-

verence". Hebr. ^ifcttf.

"to be violent".

"violent; rapid, turbulent (of a river)".

"whirlwind".

adv. "furiously".

"the sun". Ideogr. >->j- ^|. Hebr. tfttttf.

"rain".

see samu.

Pret. tint, is-ni- : "to repeat, to do a second time" :

ft-ni- ip-kid "he again inspected". Hebr.njtT.

Piel, Pret. usanm, usanna', Imper. sunni, sunna;

Inf. tunnu : "to repeat, to relate".

fern, sanutu : "second". Ideogr. TT. Hebr. *y$.

"two"; ma linasu "into halves". Ideogr. JJ.Hebr.

"repetition ; time, times". Ideogr. J.

"to be otherwise, different". Hebr.

VOCABULARY 3g3

Piel, Pret. ufanni : "to alter, distort"; Sunnu hunt

"to lose one's senses".

Iftaal, Pret. usanni (i. e. uManni} : "to alter, distort".

sanu fern, tariitu "other, another".

sangu "priest". Ideogr. ^Jsangutu "priesthood". Ideogr.

sunuhu see anahu.

sananu Pres. tiannan : "to equal, to rival"; Part. Saninu

"rival". Ideogr. <Jî Jf

Nifal, Pres. iânan : "to be equalled".

sinnu plur. $mna, Sinnati : "tooth, tusk; ivory"; Xmni piri

"ivory". Ideogr. ^^f. Hebr.|^.

sanunkatu "queen".

sanltu see [sanu].

sasu Pret. ?', i/y;Pres. z'^wz', zWj' : "to cry, to speak".

sepu plur. ^/^, ^/a : "foot". Ideogr. Ê.supu a siege-engine.

siipu see [apu].

[sapaAu] "to scatter"; Perm. z/>/z "scattered".

Nifal, Inf. naspuhu : "to be scattered, ruined".

sapaku . Pret. tipuk : "to pour out". Hebr.^StT.

Ifteal, Pret. i&tapdk : "to pour out".

sapalu "to be low". Hebr. ^Bttf.

Shafel, Inf. Xufyulu : "to abase".

saplu constr. st. Sapal: "under part" ; sapal, ina ^///'"beneath,

under".

saplu fern. Mpiltu : "low, lower".

saplis adv. "below".

saparu Pret. z'^wr : "to send, to send to".

Ifteal, Pret. iltapra : "to send".

Iftaneal, Pret. titanapar : "to send".

sipru constr. st. $ipir \ "message; work, craft; concern,

matter";

for mar-sipri see maru. Ideogr.

3g4 VOCABULARY

suparruru Pret. usparir : "to spread (a net)".

sapsaku \

\see [pasaku].

supsuku J

saptu constr. st. sapat : "lip". Hebr. HS'y.

sipatu "fleece, wool". Ideogr. TETTf .

siptu constr. st. Sipat : "incantation". Ideogr. ^~^f--

saku "to be high".

Piel, Pret. usakki : "to make high, to raise, to

carry up".

Shafel, Pret. and Pres. uM&i; Inf. suskil : "to exalt".

saku fem*fa&u/u: "high, lofty"; employed as subs, "ruler".

susku "high, exalted".

saku "to drink".

Shafel Inf. SuHu : "to cause to drink". Hebr.

maskitu "drinking ; watering (of cattle)". Cf. Hebr.

sakalu Pret. rtkul; Pres. iSakkal : "to weigh, to pay". Hebr.

Ifteal, Perm, h'/kul : "to balance, to be equal".

sukultu "weight". Ideogr. ^JEJ J^"(?).

sukuru see akaru.

saru "wind". Ideogr. ^fcfff . Hebr. nj?^.

[saru] "to go, to pass, to pass over". Hebr.

masaru "wheel".

[saru] "to grow, to increase".

mesru "wealth, possessions".

seru "morning, dawn". Hebr. ^IH^.

Slru "flesh, body". Ideogr. t^v. Hebr.

suru "reed, rush".

surbu see rabu.

sarbabu "dread (?)".

[sarahu] "to be mighty".

VOCABULARY 3g5

Ifteal, Imper. Mrah : "to show oneself strong"; Part.

muStarhu, multarhu "mighty".

Piel, Inf. Zurruhu : "to make mighty ;to increase, to

augment".

sarhu "strong, mighty".

saruhu fern. Saru/jtu : "mighty".

siris see seras.

sarapu Pret. tirup : "to burn". Ideogr. Jg^. Hebr.rp_^.

saraku Pret. i$nik\ Pres. i$arrak\ Imper. Suruk, : "to present,

bestow upon".

siriktu "gift, present".

sarru constr. st. far; plur. Sarrdni: "king". Ideogr. ^j^, ^.sarratu "queen".

sarrutu "kingdom, kingship, royalty".

surisu word of uncertain meaning.

sursu "root". Hebr.tt^tT.

sursis adv. "from the roots".

sartu "hair". Ideogr. JEJjE. Hebr.-|^t?.

sertu constr. st. Sent : "sin; punishment".

sasu fern. $d$a; plur. sdtunu, $d$un

;3 pers. sing, and plur.

of the independent personal pronoun (in the gen.

and ace.): "him, her, they"; rarely used forsuatu, Sdtu.

susu "sixty".

sasmu "fight, battle".

sasmes "to the fight".

susku see saku.

satu Pret. Mi : "to drink". Hebr. Pirittf.

mastitu "drink". Hebr. n^l^tt.

satu "to sweat (?)"; Inf. employed as subs, "sweat (?)".

[setu] Pres. iUt : "to escape".

setu "net, snare".

suatu ) fern. $iati\'

plur. masc. Suatunu, Sd/unu, fern. Xuatina,

satu I tdtina; demonstrative pronoun : "that".

VOCABULARY

sutu, sut genitive particle; relative pronoun "who, which";

employed as conjunction "since".

sutu the South-wind. Ideogr. x&^ff ^JyyJ H3J-sitmuris see [samaru].

suturu see ataru.

sattu constr. st.M : "duration; eternity" ;

ina sat "during",

e. g. ina sat must "during the night".

sattu (i. e. to/), pur. sandti : "year". Ideogr, >^, >^>-^- >~t~].

Hebr. plJttf.

sattisam adv. "yearly".

suttu plur. tuncitu : "dream". Ideogr. t-J^ ^^. Cf.

Hebr.Jttfy njt27.

suttatu "hole, pit; snare (for lions)".

#u "spell, incantation".

tibu Pret. zW; Pres. itabbi, itibbi', Perm, tebi : "to come

on, to advance, to draw near (for attack)".

Shafel, Pret. usatbi : "to cause to advance, to bring".

tibu constr. st. lib : "approach, attack, onslaught".

tabaku Pret. itbuk; Imper. tubuk : "to pour out, to shed".

Ifteal, Pret. ittabak : "to pour out, to heap up".

Ittafal, Pret. ittatbak : "to be poured out".

tabalu Pret. itbal : "to carry away".

tabulu "flock, herd".

tubuktu plur. tubkati : "side, quarter of heaven".

tabrltu see baru.

tiduku see daku.

tizkaru "high, exalted".

tahazu"fight^attle". Ideogr. ^^J,

tahazis "for battle".

takalu Perm, tdkil : "to trust in".

VOCABULARY 3 97

Piel, Pret. utakkil-, Part, mutakkilu : "to strengthen,

give encouragement to".

Nifal, Pret. ittakil : "to trust in".

tiklu plur. tikle : "helper".

tukultu "might, strength; help"; plur. tuklati "troops". Ideogr.

takiltu "purple"; with determ. E "purple wool". Hebr.

tilu "mound". Ideogr.

teliltu see ellu.

talimu fem. talimtu (constr. st. tallmaf) : "twin";

ahu tallmu

"twin brother".

\talamu] Pret. itlim : "to present to".

Shafel, Pret. ufatlim : "to entrust to";

Perm. Outturn

"entrusted".

[ta'amu] Piel : "to command, rule";

Part, muta'tmu, mute'imu

"ruler".

tarnu Pret. itmu, itmd\ Pres. itamu, itama, itammd : "to speak,

to address; to pray"; tamii itti "to speak to, to

address".

tamdu see tamtu.

tamahu Pret. iimuh : "to take, hold, grasp".

Ifteal, Pres. ittamah : "to take, hold".

Piel, Pret. uiammih : "to hold fast, to bind as a

captive".

Shafel, Pret. utatmih : "to cause to take"; with kdtu

or irtu "to place in the hand" or "on the breast".

tamharu see maharu.

temenu "foundation-inscription ;foundation".

temeku see emeku.

tumru "sacrificial flame (?)".

tamartu see amaru.

tamartu see maru.

3g8 VOCABULARY

"neighbourhood".

see masalu.

plur. tdmdti : "sea". Ideogr.

see [anahu].

"men, mankind".

see nadu.

Hebr.

tukuntu

tukmatu

taiaru

taiartu

see [salu\.

"neighbour; helper".

plur. tukmdte, tukumdte, tumkumdte, tnrnkumdiu : "oppo-

sition, battle". Ideogr.

Pret. itur-, Imper. tur : "to turn, turn back, return;

to be turned to, to be changed, to become"; in

combination with another verb "to repeat, to do

a second time". Ideogr. *p, ^4^ - Hebr.

Piel, Pret. w/zr; Imper. //r; Part. mufiru\ Inf. turru :

"to turn, change, convert;to turn back (trans.) ;

to bring back, restore; to requite, to punish (sin)";

with gimillu "to avenge", mufir gimilli "avenger" ;

pan mri turru (sometimes shortened to turru] "to

turn the front of the yoke", L e. "to turn back

(on a journey or expedition)".

Iftaal, Pret. uttir : "to turn, change, convert; to be

turned, converted".

adj. "returning, going back".

subs, "mercy", see rasu.

"return".

turratu (?) "turning aside".

VOCABULARY 3gg

ta.ru "protector".

[tarQ] Pres. ifam' : "to croak (?)".

tarbitu see rabu.

targigu see [ragagu].

targullu "anchor (?)".

taraku Pret. itruk : "to fail (of the heart), to lose courage".

Nifal, Pres. ittarak : "to fail, to cease".

tarasu Pret. itrus : "to stretch, to stretch out".

Shafel, Pret. ufafris : "to lay, set up, erect".

tarsu occurring as prep, tarsi "opposite" ;ana tarsi "against" ;

ina tarsi "before, into the presence of". Ideogr. ^.tarsu "upright, honest".

tirsu constr. st. fin's: "stretching out; direction"; ina first

"in the time of"; fins kati "stretching out of the

hand", i. e. "desire, object of desire".

tararu Pret. itrur : "to shake, tremble".

Ifteal, Pret. ittarar : "to tremble".

tertu see 'am.

tesu see esu.

tasiltu see sa'alu.

tasmu see semu.

p*'.-u

King, Leonard William

3251 First ste^

K5

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

Οδηγός στα Ασσυριακά

Documents

Transcript of Οδηγός στα Ασσυριακά